ＲＥＳＥＡＲＣＨＦＡＣＵＬＴＹＭＩＥＲＥＰＯＲＴＳ

ＯＦ

ＴＨＥ

ＯＦ

ＥＮＧＩＮＥＥＲＩＮＧ

ＵＮＩＶＥＲＳＩＴＹ

Ｖｏｌ．３２

Ｄｅｃｅｍｂｅｒ

ＰＵＢＬＩＳＨＥＤＦＡＣＵＬＴＹ
ＭＩＥ

ＯＦ

２００７

ＢＹ

ＥＮＧＩＮＥＥＲＩＮＧ

ＵＮＩＶＥＲＳＩＴＹ

ＴＳＵ，ＭＩＥ，ＪＡＰＡＮ三重大学工学部研究報告
第３２巻

２００７年１２月

目

論

次

文
佐 野 和 博 ,大 野 義 章 ：２バンドハバードモデルの強磁性と超伝導……………………………………………

１

博 士 論 文 梗 概 （ ２ ０ ０ ６ 年 度 博 士 (工 学 ） の 学 位 取 得 者 ） … … … … … … … … … … … … … …

２４

論文抄録（２００６年掲載） ……………………………………………………………………Ａ－

１

著書・編書・訳書・総説抄録（２００６年発行および掲載） ………………………………Ａ－６４

三

重

大

学

工学部研究報告
平成19年12月 １日発行

編集兼発行者

三重大学工学部
三重県津市栗真町屋町１５７７

Re searc h Re po rts of the Faculty of Engineering
Mie University
V ol.32

December 2007
CONTENTS

O riginal Papers
Kazuhiro Sano, Yosh ia ki On o
Ferromagneti sm a nd Su pe rc on ductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models……………………………

１

A bstracts of Doc tor ′s These s (R eceived The Degree of Doctorof Engineering in 2006 )…… ………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

A bstracts of Pap ers (P ublis hed in 2006) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………Ａ －２４

１

A bstracts of Boo ks a nd Revi ews (Published in 2006) …………………………………………………………………………Ａ － ６ ４

Research Reports of the Faculty of Engineering, Mie University

Publication Committee(*Chairman)
Naoki ISU*

Professor,Department of Information Engineering

Yasuo TAKEDA

Dean,Faculty of Engineering

Yasuyuki SUZUKI

Professor,Department of Mechanical Engineering

Hiroshi KAWAKAMI

Associate Professor,Department of Mechanical Engineering

Hideki SATOU

Associate Professor,Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering

Yusuke AOKIAssistant Professor,Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering

Toshikazu KITAGAWA

Professor,Department of Chemistry for Materials

Atsushi HIRANO

Assistant Professor,Department of Chemistry for Materials

Satoshi ASANO

Associate Professor,Department of Architecture

Hiroyuki TAKAI

Associate Professor,Department of Architecture

Kazuhiko ONO

Associate Professor,Department of Information Engineering

Ichiro TAKEUCHI

Assistant Professor,Department of Information Engineering

Takashi TAKEO

Professor,Department of Physics Engineering

Yuuji HUJIWARA

Assistant Professor,Department of Physics Engineering

Faculty of Engineering,Mie University
1577

Kurimamachiya-cho,Tsu,Mie 514-8507 JAPANRes. Rep. Fac. Eng. Mie. Univ., Vol.32,pp. 1-23(2007)
Original Paper

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard
ModelsKazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno∗(Department of Physics Engineering)(Received July 18, 2007)
Abstract
We investigate ferromagnetism and superconductivity in two types of two-band Hubbard models: the multi-orbital Hubbard model and the d-p model, with particularly paying attention toeffect of the interplay between the electron correlation and the band splitting. As strong correlation plays a crucial role for these phenomena, we employ two complementary approaches:the numerical diagonalization method for one-dimensional models and the dynamical mean-field
theory for the infinite-dimensional model. These approaches give us reliable results beyond theperturbative approximation or the usual mean-field like approximation. For the one-dimensionalmodels, we calculate the critical exponent Kρ based on the Tomonaga-Luttinger liquid theory
and determine phase diagram of superconducting(SC) region by the condition Kρ > 1. The SC
region appears near partially polarized ferromagnetic region in the multi-orbital Hubbard modelwith finite band splitting. Analysis of paring correlation functions for the ground state indicatesthat the triplet paring is relevant to the superconductivity. In the one-dimensional d-p model, we
find enhancements of the singlet and triplet paring correlations at the SC region. Although only
the singlet paring is relevant to superconductivity near half-filling, the triplet paring increases
with electron filling and is relevant to the superconductivity as well as the singlet paring near
full-filling. In the infinite-dimensional d-p model, we calculate the local green’s function on thebasis of the dynamical mean-field theory, where the effective impurity Anderson model is solved
using the numerical diagonalization method. It shows the phase diagrams of the metal-insulatortransition on the ground state at half-filling and quarter-filling as functions of the Coulomb interaction and the band splitting. We obtain the transition temperatures for the ferromagnetism andthe superconductivity as functions of the Coulomb interaction, the band splitting and the electron
filling. It indicates that the transition temperature of the triplet superconductivity is higher thanthat of the singlet superconductivity near the ferromagnetic state. These results suggest a close
relationship between the ferromagnetism and the superconductivity as a common feature of thetwo-band Hubbard models.

1

Introduction

The strongly correlated electron systems with multi-band (multi-orbital) have attracted muchinterest due to various interesting phenomena such as colossal magnetoresistance in manganites
La1−x Srx MnO3 [1], triplet-pairing superconductivity in the ruthenate Sr2 RuO4 [2], metal-insulatortransition in alkali-doped fullerides Ax C60 [3] and one-dimensional superconductivity of CuO2 double
chain in Pr2 Ba4 Cu7 O15−δ [4]. Among them, spin-state transition of cobalt oxides in La1−x Srx CoO3 [5,6, 7] give a good example displaying the effect of multi-orbital. Since the Hund’s rule coupling andthe crystal-field splitting between the t2g and eg orbitals are close to each other, the spin state of
the cobalt ion depends on temperature, doping concentration and crystal structure. With increasing temperature, the low-spin state (t62g e0g , S = 0) of the Co3+ (3d6 ) ion gradually changes into anintermediate-spin state (t52g e1g , S = 1) and/or a high-spin (HS) state (t42g e2g , S = 2)[6, 7, 8, 9]. With Sr
doping, La1−x Srx CoO3 shows a spin-glass state for x < 0.18 and a ferromagnetism for x > 0.18[10, 11].
Layered cobalt oxides such as Nax CoO2 also show a a variety of interesting properties as multiband systems. For example, large thermoelectric power is discovered in Na0.5 CoO2 [12]. Weak ferromagnetism has been observed in Na0.75 CoO2 [13]. The discovery of the superconductivity[14] in
Nax CoO2 · yH2 O with Tc ≈ 5K for x ≈ 0.35 and y ≈ 1.3 has stimulated considerable attention onthese materials. It has been suggest that large degeneracy of electronic states due to a competition∗ Department of Physics, Niigata University－1－1Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno

between the Hund’s rule coupling and the crystal-field splitting plays a key role in the electronic statesof Nax CoO2 as well as of La1−x Srx CoO3 [15].
With the new findings of these interesting materials, theoretical studies on the interplay between
Coulomb interactions including the Hund’s rule coupling and band splitting by crystal-field are highly
desirable. The orbitally degenerate Hubbard model, which can be regarded as a kind of multi-band
system, has been extensively investigated to clarify the effect of orbital degrees of freedom in thepresence of intra-atomic Coulomb interaction. Many authors[16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26]
have studied the ferromagnetism of this model and revealed that Hund’s rule coupling plays a crucialrole in ferromagnetism.
On the other hand, multi-band Hubbard model, which includes the effect of band splitting explicitly, has also been extensively studied for a long time. In particular, there has been much theoreticalinterest in the d-p model as a model of the copper oxide high-temperature superconductor. The model
contains hopping tpd between the Cu (d-orbital) site and the O(p-orbital) site and strong repulsive
interactions at the d and p site (Ud and Up , respectively). In addition, it can contain the nearestneighbor d-p interaction Upd and/or hopping tpp between the nearest-neighbor p sites. It is widely
accepted as a basic model describing the electronic structure of the Cu-O network. Many theoreticalstudies have been performed on this model to explain the superconductivity and/or the antiferromagnetism of the copper oxides. A few work has been discussed the possibility of so called flat bandferromagnetism in a type of d-p model[27].
In the present work, we address the multi-orbital Hubbard model in one-dimension and the d-p
model in one- and infinite-dimension, while particularly paying attention to the effect of the interplay
between the Coulomb interactions and the band splitting ∆. At the point of view of ferromagnetismand superconductivity in itinerant electron systems, we discuss these two models in detail. As thestrong correlation effect plays crucial roles in these interesting phenomena, a nonperturbative andreliable approach is required. We employ the numerical diagonalization method for the multi-orbital
Hubbard model and the d-p model with finite system sizes in one-dimension, and the dynamicalmean field theory for the infinite-dimensional d-p model. These approaches are complementary foreach other in dimensionality and expected to give us reliable results beyond the perturbative or themean-field like approximations.
Numerical diagonalization approach has already been applied for the multi-orbital Hubbard modelat ∆ = 0 case[17, 18]. Although the available system size is fairly small, the results are in good agreement with the strong coupling analysis[18] and the results from the density-matrix renormalizationgroup method[23]. To examine the superconductivity, we calculate the critical exponent of the correlation functions Kρ based on the Luttinger liquid theory[28, 29, 30, 31]. The reliability of this approachhas been extensively tested for various one-dimensional models such as the Hubbard model[32], thet-J model[33] and the U -V model[34]. We can thus expect that this approach is reliable for themulti-orbital Hubbard model and the d-p model as well.
In the limit of infinite dimensions, the self-energy becomes purely site-diagonal and the dynamicalmean field theory (DMFT) becomes exact. The local Green’s function is given by the impurity Green’s
function of an effective single impurity Anderson model. This effective one-site problem is calculatedby the numerical diagonalization of the finite size clusters. By using this method, Momoi et al. studied
the multi-orbital Hubbard model at ∆ = 0[17]. They show the phase diagram of the ferromagnetism,
but superconductivity was not discussed there. By calculating the magnetization and the pairing
susceptibility at finite temperature, we show the transition temperatures for the ferromagnetism andthe superconductivity as functions of the Coulomb interaction, the band splitting and the electron
filling.

2

Luttinger Liquid Relation

At first, we briefly discuss a general argument for 1D-electron systems based on the Luttinger
liquid theory. In the Luttinger liquid theory[28, 29, 30, 31], an effective Hamiltonian of 1D models in
the Tomonaga-Luttinger regime is generally given by
H=

vσ
2π

Z L
0

£
¤ vρ
dx Kσ (∂x θσ )2 + Kσ−1 (∂x φσ )2 +
2π

Z L
0

£
¤
dx Kρ (∂x θρ )2 + Kρ−1 (∂x φρ )2 ,(1)

where vσ , vρ , Kσ and Kρ are the velocities and coupling parameters of spin and charge parts, respectively. According to the Luttinger liquid theory, some relations have been established as universal－2－2Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models

relations in one-dimensional single band models[30, 31]. In the model which is isotropic in spin space,
the coupling constant Kσ is renormalized to unity in the low energy limit and the critical exponents
of various types of correlation functions are determined by a single parameter Kρ .
For single band model, it is predicted that SC correlation is dominant for Kρ > 1 (the correlation−(1+ 1 )− 1

Kρfunction decays as ∼ rin the Tomonaga-Luttinger (TL) regime and as ∼ r Kρ in the LutherEmery (LE) regime), whereas the CDW or SDW correlations are dominant for Kρ < 1 (the correlation
functions decay as ∼ r−(1+Kρ ) in the TL regime and as ∼ r−Kρ in the LE regime). Here, the LE regime
is characterized by a gap in the spin excitation spectrum, while in the TL regime, the excitation isgapless[28, 31]. In the case of non-interacting fermion systems, the exponent Kρ is always unity. Thus,
the effective interaction between quasi-particles is attractive for Kρ > 1 whereas that is repulsive forKρ < 1.
The critical exponent Kρ is related to the charge susceptibility χc and the Drude weight D byKρ =1(πχc D)1/2 ,
2

(2)

2

E0 (φ)
with D = Nπu ∂ ∂φ
, where E0 (φ) is the total energy of the ground state as a function of magnetic
2
flux Nu φ[31]. Here, the flux is imposed by introducing the following gauge transformation: cmσ † →eimφ/Na c†mσ for an arbitrary site m. When the charge gap vanishes in the thermodynamic limit, theuniform charge susceptibility χc is obtained from

χc =

4/Nu
,
E0 (Ne + 2, Nu ) + E0 (Ne − 2, Nu ) − 2E0 (Ne , Nu )(3)

where E0 (Ne , Nu ) is the ground state energy of a system with Nu unit sites(cells) and Ne electrons.
The filling n is defined by n = Ne /Nu , where Nu is the total number of unit cells or sites. The valuesof D and χc are calculated from the ground state energy of the finite size system through eq.(2) and(3).
It is noted that the situation is complicated for two-band models. When both bands have been
occupied by electrons simultaneously, Fermi points appear in both bands. In this case, the electronic
state of the low energy is completely changed and we can not use the above relations[35, 36, 37, 38].
On the other hand, if the electron density is sufficiently small and/or the band splitting is sufficiently
large, electrons occupy only lower band. In this case, Fermi level exits in only lower band and the low
energy effective Hamiltonian is considered to be equivalent to that of the single band model. Therefore,
we can adopt the above Luttinger liquid relations of the single band model for even two-band model.
We numerically diagonalize the model Hamiltonian and obtain the value of Kρ from the groundstate energy of finite size systems using the standard Lanczos algorithm. In addition to the numerical
diagonalization method, we use mean-field(MF) approximation to calculate the ground state energy
and obtain the approximate value of Kρ of the infinite system. This approximation has been confirmed
to be reliable at least in the weak coupling regime[39].

3Multi-orbital Hubbard Model

Previous works[17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24] have studied the multi-orbital Hubbard model inthe case of the crystal-field splitting ∆ = 0. In one dimension, some rigorous results are shown in thestrong coupling limit U → ∞: the ground state is a fully polarized ferromagnetism for 0 < n < 2
except for n = 1 when U 0 and J = J 0 are positive and finite[21]. The numerical result suggests thatthe ferromagnetism is stable also for n = 1 in the strong coupling region[23]. In infinite dimensions,the dynamical mean-field theory shows the existence of the ferromagnetism in the same parameterregion observed in one dimension[22]. They revealed that Hund’s rule coupling J plays a crucial rolein ferromagnetism. However, possible mechanisms of superconductivity and the effect of crystal-field
splitting ∆ was not considered in these studies.
In this section, we examine ferromagnetism and related superconductivity in the multi-orbital
Hubbard model, while particularly paying attention to the effect of the interplay between J and∆[40, 41, 42].

－3－3

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno

3.1
Model Hamiltonian
We consider the following Hamiltonian for the one-dimensional multi-orbital Hubbard model:
X †X
H = −t(ci,m,σ ci+1,m,σ + h.c.) + U
ni,m,↑ ni,m,↓
i,m,σ

X

i,m

ni,u,σ ni,l,−σ + (U 0 − J)X

∆X(ni,u,σ − ni,l,σ )
2 i,σ

+

U0

−

X †
X †
J
(ci,u,↑ ci,u,↓ c†i,l,↓ ci,l,↑ + h.c.) − J 0(ci,u,↑ c†i,u,↓ ci,l,↑ ci,l,↓ + h.c.),i,σni,u,σ ni,l,σ +

i,σ

i,m

(4)

i,m

where c†i,m,σ stands for the creation operator of an electron with spin σ in the orbital m (= u, l) at
site i and ni,m,σ = c†i,m,σ ci,m,σ . Here, t represents the hopping integral between the same orbitals andwe set t = 1 in this study.
The interaction parameters U , U 0 , J and J 0 stand for the intra- and inter-orbital direct Coulombinteractions, the exchange (Hund’s rule) coupling and the pair-transfer, respectively. ∆ denotes theenergy difference between the two atomic orbitals, that is, crystal-field splitting. For simplicity, we
impose the relations, J = J 0 and U = U 0 + 2J; the latter holds exactly in 3d-orbitals for ∆ = 0 andis a good approximation for ∆ 6= 0. The model in eq. (4) is schematically represented by Fig. 1(a).
We numerically diagonalize the above model Hamiltonian up to 9 sites. In the noninteracting case(U = U 0 = J = 0), the Hamiltonian eq. 4 yields a dispersion relation ²± (k) = −2t cos(k) ± ∆2 , where
k is the wave vector and ²+ (k) (²− (k)) represents the upper (lower) band energy. This band structureis schematically represented by Fig. 1(b).
(a)
J U’

(b)

ε+(k)

U

t

∆

J’

∆

−

ε (k)

Ek

F

t

Figure 1: Schematic diagrams of (a) the model Hamiltonian and (b) the band structure in the noninteracting
case.

Figure 2: Schematic diagram of
Moebius boundary condition at∆ = 0.

3.2
Result for degenerate caseWe first exhibit the result at ∆ = 0 and compare it with the previous works. At ∆ = 0, twobands are doubly degenerate and the finite size effect of the ordinary periodic boundary condition isfairly large. To reduce it, we use the Moebius boundary condition, which has been already used in
t-J ladder models[43]. The Moebius boundary condition as shown in Fig.2, is a kind of the periodic
boundary condition and efficiently reduces the finite size effect of the systems than the ordinary
periodic boundary condition.
Figure 4 shows the phase diagram of the ground state for the Nu = 8 system at n = 0.5 (4electrons/8sites) with the result of the DMRG method by Sakamoto et al.[23] on the U 0 vs. J parameter
plane. A ferromagnetic ground state with full spin polarization(S = max) appears around J ' U 0> 3. The parameter regions J/U 0 À 1 and J/U 0 ¿ 1 are paramagnetic(S = 0). No partiallyfor U 0 ∼polarized state was found at this filling. Figure also shows that the difference between our result andthe DMRG result is small. The present result is similar to those by previous studies employing theperiodic or the anti-periodic boundary conditions, but the phase boundaries of their ferromagnetic
phases seem to depend on the system size greatly. We also indicate the phase boundary of the ferromagnetic phase by using the mean-field(MF) approximation in Fig.4. In this approximation, theground-state energy E0 is calculated as
E0

=
=

<H>
X

²± (k) + U Nu

k<kF ,m,σ+(U 0 − J)Nu

X

< nm,↑ >< nm,↓ > +U 0 Nu

σ< nu,σ >< nl,−σ >

σ

m

X

X

< nu,σ >< nl,σ > +X∆(< nu,σ > − < nl,σ >),
Nu
2
σ

－4－
4

(5)

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models

15

1

n=0.5

n=0.5
∆=0

∆=0

MF

J=U’

5

S=max

J=2U’
S=0

Jc

Jc
2

Sakamoto et al.

JKρ

J=U’/2

0.5

0.25
0

S=Max

10

0.75

U’

0
0

4

Figure 3: Kρ as a function of U 0 in thecases of J = U 0 /2, J = U 0 and J =2U 0 at n = 0.5(4electrons/8sites). Jc
indicates the critical point of the singlet
ground state changing into the fully polarized ferromagnetic(S=max) ground state.

SC

S=0 (Kρ<0.5)

Kρ=0.5MF(ferro)

5

U’

10

15

Figure 4: Phase diagram of the ferromagnetic state on the U 0 −J parameter plane for
n = 0.5(4electrons/8sites) at ∆ = 0. The
dashed line represents the phase boundaryof the ferromagnetic state obtained by MF
approximation. The solid triangle shows thepoint of Kρ = 0.5 on the U 0 -axis.

where <>P
represents the expectation value of operators
P by the noninteracting ground state. Here, theterms −J i,m (c†i,u,↑ ci,u,↓ c†i,l,↓ ci,l,↑ + h.c.) and −J 0 i,m (c†i,u,↑ c†i,u,↓ ci,l,↑ ci,l,↓ + h.c.) are omitted since
the expectation values of these terms are equal to zero. The result indicates that the ferromagnetic
phase appears all over the region except the near the origin. Comparing with the numerical results,
it seems to overestimate the ferromagnetic region.
Figure 5 shows the value of Kρ as a function of U 0 for J = 0 at quarter filling n = 1(4electrons/4sites).
We also show the result of the Green’s function Monte Carlo method obtained by Assaraf et al.[44]and the MF approximation for Kρ [39], which are represented by the broken and the dashed lines in
fig.5, respectively. Here, Kρ of the MF approximation is estimated by the Luttinger liquid relation
as well as Numerical diagonalization method and the ground state is restricted to the singlet state,that is, the condition < nm,↑ >=< nm,↓ > is imposed. It shows good agreement with the numericalresult in the weak coupling regime, ensuring the small finite-size effect of the numerical calculation.
As U 0 increases, Kρ decreases from unity to ∼ 0.42. For J = 0, the model Hamiltonian is equivalent
to the SU(4) Hubbard model and the metal-insulator(MI) transition occurs at Kρ = 0.5[44]. WhenU 0 is larger than a critical value Uc0 ∼ 3, the MI transition is expected. Sakamoto et al. show then-dependence of the chemical potential at quarter filling and the existence of large charge gap inthe strong coupling region. Although the finite size effect does not allow the correct estimation of
the transition point, they claim that the metal-insulator transition occurs at finite positive value ofU 0 = J ∼ 3.
Figure 6 gives the value of Kρ as a function of U 0 in several conditions of J = U 0 /2, J = U 0 and
J = 2U 0 at n = 1. As U 0 increases, Kρ decreases, while it increases for a large U 0 in the condition
J = 2U 0 . In the region Kρ > 0.5, the SC correlation is expected to be the most dominant comparedwith the CDW and SDW correlations. To confirm the SC state, we calculate the lowest energy ofthe singlet state E0 (φ) as a function of an external flux φ. As shown in Fig.7, the anomalous flux
quantization occurs in the region Kρ > 0.5, where the signature of it increases with J. It indicatesthat the SC state is surely realized in this parameter region.
In Figure 8, we give the phase diagram of the ground state for Nu = 4 at the electron density
n = 1(4electrons/4sites) with the result of DMRG method[23] on the U 0 vs. J parameter plane. A
complete ferromagnetism with S=max appears around J ' U 0 in the strong coupling regime. This
result is in good agreement with the DMRG result obtained by Sakamoto et al.[23]. The dashed line
presents the boundary between the ferromagnetic state and the singlet state by using the mean-fieldapproximation. It seems to be fairly overestimate for the ferromagnetic region. It also indicates that－5－5Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno

0.4

1

1

∆=0, J=0
n=1

2

4

U’

Figure 5: Kρ as a function of
U 0 in the cases of J = 0 for
n = 1.0 (4electrons/4sites) at∆ = 0. The dashed line represents a MF estimation for Kρ .
The broken line indicates the
GFMC result obtained by Assaraf et al.

0.8
1.0

J=U’

0.5

S=0
J=0.5U’

0
0

0.2

J=2U’

Assaraf et al.

∆=0

∆E

Kρ

Kρ
0.5

0.6

n=1

0.75

MF

J=U’=0.0

n=1
∆=0

0.25
0

2

Jc

4
U’

S=max

1.2

Figure 6: Kρ as a function of
U 0 in the cases of J = U 0 /2,
J = U 0 and J = 2U 0 for n =1.0 (4electrons/4sites) at ∆ =
0.

1.4

0

6

0

2π

Figure 7: The energy difference E0 (φ) − E0 (0) as a function of an external flux φ at
n = 1.0(6electrons/6sites) at∆ = 0.

the ferromagnetic region is smaller than the case of n = 0.5. In this ferromagnetic region, Sakamoto
et al. also claimed that the system shows the triplet SC for J > U 0 , while it becomes insulator
for J < U 0 . The SC phase boundary in the ferromagnetic region is smoothly connected to that in
the paramagnetic region as shown in Fig. 8. These results tell us that the Hund’s rule coupling
J plays important roles not only for the ferromagnetism but also for the superconductivity. In theparamagnetic state (S=0), we plot the phase boundary separating the SC region with Kρ > 0.5
and the insulating region with Kρ < 0.5. As mentioned above, this SC phase is confirmed by theanomalous flux quantization, while this quantization disappears in the insulating region with large U 0(not shown). Within the bosonaization method, the SC state has been identified as the triplet SC
with spin gap[25]. However, very recent work claims that the relevant symmetry of the paring is not
15

n=1

1

S=0 Kρ>0.5(spin gapped)

10

(SC)

n=8/6
∆=0

(ferro SC)

S=max

Kρ

J

S=max
(INSULATOR)

MF

5

J=U’

0.5

(SC)

S=0 Kρ<0.5

MF

J=0.5U’(spin gapped)(INSULATOR)(Ferro)005Kρ=0.5

J=2U’

S=0

U’

10

15

0

2

U’

4

S=max
Jc
6

Figure 9: Kρ as a function of U 0 for n = 4/3(8electrons/6sites) at ∆ = 0.

Figure 8: Phase diagram of the ferromagnetic state on the U 0 − J parameter plane
for n = 1(4electrons/4sites) at ∆ = 0. The
dashed line represents the phase boundaryof the ferromagnetic state obtained by MF
approximation. The solid triangle shows thepoint of Kρ = 0.5 on the U 0 -axis.

－6－6Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models0

p−0 wave like triplet but 0 dxy −0 like singlet by using the bosonaization method and DMRG method
within the model at U 0 = 0[26].
To examine the case of over the quarter-filling(n=1), we calculate the value of Kρ as a function of
U 0 in several conditions of J = U 0 /2, J = U 0 and J = 2U 0 at n = 4/3 (8electrons/6sites). As shownin Figure 9, it seems to be similar to the case of (n ≤ 1. This result suggests that the overall aspectof the electronic state dose not much depend on n.
3.3
Case for finite ∆Next, we consider the case of ∆ > 0. When the lowest energy of the upper band, ²+ (0), is larger thanthe Fermi energy, EkF , electrons occupy only the lower band with kF = πn2 and the model is regarded
as a ”single component” electron system. Hereafter, we mainly treat the case with ²+ (0) > EkF . In
this case, we can not adopt the Moebius boundary condition, since the symmetry of inter-band isbroken by finite ∆. In the case n < 1, we find the following boundary conditions are suitable, thatis, the periodic(antiperiodic) boundary condition for the lower(upper) band at Ne = 4m + 2 and theantiperiodic(periodic) boundary condition for the upper(lower) band at Ne = 4m, where Ne is thetotal electron number and m is an integer. This boundary condition can be regard as an extension of
the Moebius boundary condition for the finite ∆.
For n > 1, on the other hand, our experience indicates that the usual boundary conditions, that is,
the periodic boundary condition at Ne = 4m + 2 and the antiperiodic boundary condition at Ne = 4m
for the both bands, are little better. This choice of the boundary conditions is rather empirical, but
it seems to lead better results.
1.5

0.6

ferro(S=2)

n=2/3
∆=1.2

∆=1.0

Kρ

1.2

1.4

1

0

S=2

S=1

S=1
S=1
1.6

n=2/3
1

E(Φ)−E(0)

1.25

0.75

J(=U’)=0.4

2
J(=U’)

0.4

1.8

0.2

MF

0

0.8
1.0

1.3
0

3

Figure 10: Kρ as a function of J(= U 0 )for n = 2/3(6electrons/9sites) at ∆ =1.0, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, and 1.8. The down arrows
indicate the critical points of J(= U 0 ). The
dashed line represents a weak coupling estimation for Kρ .

Φ/2π

1

Figure 11: The energy difference E0 (φ) −E0 (0) as a function of an external flux φ
for J(= U 0 ) =0.4,0.8,1.0 and 1.3 at n =2/3(6electrons/9sites) and ∆ = 1.2.

Figure 10 shows the value of Kρ as a function of J(= U 0 ) for several values of ∆ at the electron
density n = 2/3(6electrons/9sites). As J increases, Kρ decreases for a small J, while it increases fora large J, and then becomes larger than unity. Since we consider the single component system, theSC correlation is expected to be the most dominant compared with the CDW and SDW correlationsin the region Kρ > 1. To confirm the superconducting state, we calculate the lowest energy of thesinglet state E0 (φ) as a function of an external flux φ. As shown in Fig. 11, the anomalous flux
quantization occurs clearly at J ∼ 1.3, where Kρ is about 1.1. When J = 0.4, Kρ is less than unity
and the anomalous flux quantization is not found.
When J is larger than a certain critical value, the ground state changes into the partially ferromagnetic state with S=1 or S=2 from the singlet state. In Fig. 10, the broken line represents theMF approximation for Kρ . This approximation depends upon only the noninteracting ground state
where the lower band is exclusively occupied, as shown in Fig. 1. Therefore, the effect of the upper－7－7

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōnoband is omitted and the result is independent of ∆. This approximation breaks down when the effectof the upper band becomes crucial. In this regime, Kρ rapidly increases with increasing J, and finallybecomes larger than unity indicating the superconducting state. The critical values of J with Kρ = 1
are Jc ≈ 0.3, 1.0, 2.4 and 4.0 for ∆ = 1.0, 1.2, 1.6 and 1.8, respectively.
In Fig.12, we show the phase diagram of the superconducting state with Kρ > 1 together withthe partial ferromagnetic state with S = 1 and S = 2 on the U 0 vs. J parameter plane forn = 2/3(6electrons/9sites) at ∆ = 1.2, where the S = 2 state is depicted by the bunch of thinsolid circles(shadowed region). The superconducting phase appears near the partially polarized ferromagnetic region. It extends from the attractive region with J < 0 and U 0 < 0 to the realistic parameterregion for 3d transition-metals with U 0 > J > 0. We have confirmed that the superconducting region
increases as ∆ decreases, as shown in Fig.10.
Figure 13 shows the global phase diagram on the U 0 − J plane for n = 4/3(8electrons/6sites)> J > ∆, the fully polarized ferromagnetism with S = S
at ∆ = 4.0. When U 0 ∼∼max appears. It< ∆. Inset shows theaccompanies the partially polarized ferromagnetism with 0 < S < Smax for J ∼magnification of the phase diagram near the origin. As well as n < 1, the superconducting statewith Kρ > 1 appears near the partially polarized ferromagnetic region and it extends to the realistic
parameter region with U 0 > J > 0. The configuration of the partially polarized ferromagnetic state
and the superconducting state is similar to the case n < 1. When J exceeds ²+ (0) − EkF , the interband excitation develops and the occupation number of the upper band increases, which results ina large orbital fluctuation accompanied by the fluctuation between the low-spin and the high-spinstates. The mechanism of superconductivity may be related to this orbital fluctuation. We note thatsuperconductivity is also observed for the J 0 = 0 (J 6= 0) case in contrast to the previous study[45, 46],
where the pair-transfer J 0 is crucial to superconductivity. The existence of the partially polarized
ferromagnetism for ∆ > 0 has been reported in a different type of two-band Hubbard model[40].
In Fig. 14, we show the doping dependence of the critical values of J for the superconductivity
and the ferromagnetism at ∆ = 4 with J = U 0 , where we use n=4/3, 10/7, 3/2, 8/5 and 12/7 systems.
We determine the critical values on condition that Kρ > 1 for the superconductivity and S > 0 for
the ferromagnetism. Although the finite size effect is considerably large, the phase boundary for thesuperconductivity can be approximately given by the phenomenological equation, Jc = ²+ (0) − EkF .
Here, ²+ (0) − EkF corresponds to the lowest energy of the single-particle excitation from the lower
band to the upper band. This equation was found to be a good approximation for various n > 1[41].
2

ferro

S=1

J

MF

partial ferro

S=2

4

ρ

S=1

J

S=0

J

S=0
Kρ>1
0
0

SC
2

U’

n=4/3
∆=4

Kρ=0.8

Kρ=1

S=2

2

S=1

15 1 SC(K >1)

2

S=3

5
S=2

S=4
(max)

S=2
S=1

0
SC 0
(Kρ>1)

4

Figure 12: Phase diagram of the superconducting state with Kρ > 1 and the ferromagnetic states with S = 1 and S = 2(shadowed
region depicted by the bunch of thin solid
circles) on the U 0 − J parameter plane forn = 2/3(6electrons/9sites) at ∆ = 1.2.

1 U’

S=0

Kρ<1
∆=1.2
n=2/3

10 0

MF

5

S=0 Kρ<1
10
U’

15

Figure 13: Global phase diagram on the U 0 − J
plane for n = 8/6 at ∆ = 4.0. The dashedline indicates the phase boundary of the complete(partial) ferromagnetic state obtained by
the MF approximation. Inset shows the magnification of the phase diagram near the origin.

－8－
8

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models

Su−u,Tu−u

Sul

Suu

2

U’(=J)

ferro

7units6units5units4units

∆
Tul

1
Kρ>1
Kρ<1

0
1

∆
1.5
n

2

Sl−l,Tl−l

Figure 14: Phase diagram on the n − Jplane ∆ = 4.0. The broken line represents the phenomenological equation Jc =²+ (0) − EkF (see text) as a function ofn. The solid(dashed) line indicates thephase boundary of the complete(partial) ferromagnetic state obtained by the MF approximation.

Sll

Figure 15: Schematic diagrams of various
types of superconducting paring; Sll , Suu ,Sl−l , Su−u and Sul ( singlet paring) andTl−l(r) , Tu−u (r) and Tul (r) (triplet paring)

We also show the phase boundary of the ferromagnetic state obtained by the MF approximation. It
seems to consist with the numerical result.
3.4 Paring correlation functions
Next, we consider superconducting paring of the system, as shown in Fig. 15. In Fig.16, we show various types of superconducting paring correlation functions C(r) in detail for n = 2/3(6electrons/9sites)at ∆ = 1.0 and J(= U 0 ) = 1.04. The paring correlation functions are defined bySll (r) =Suu (r) =Sl−l (r) =Su−u (r) =Sul (r) =Tl−l (r) =Tu−u (r) =Tul (r) =1 X< c†i,l,↑ c†i,l,↓ ci+r,l,↓ ci+r,l,↑ >,
(6)
Nu i
1 X
< c†i,l,↑ c†i,u,↓ ci+r,u,↓ ci+r,u,↑ >,
(7)
Nu i
1 X
< (c†i,l,↑ c†i+1,l,↓ − c†i,l,↓ c†i+1,l,↑ )(ci+r+1↓ ci+r,l,↑ − ci+r+1,l,↑ ci+r,l,↓ ) >,
(8)
2Nu i
1 X
< (c†i,u,↑ c†i+1,u,↓ − c†i,u,↓ c†i+1,u,↑ )(ci+r+1,u,↓ ci+r,u,↑ − ci+r+1,u,↑ ci+r,u,↓ ) >,(9)
2Nu i
1 X
< (c†i,l,↑ c†i+1,u,↓ − c†i,l,↓ c†i+1,u,↑ )(ci+r+1,u,↓ ci+r,l,↑ − ci+r+1,u,↑ ci+r,l,↓ ) >, (10)
2Nu i
1 X
< (c†i,l,↑ c†i+1,l,↓ + c†i,l,↓ c†i+1,l,↑ )(ci+r+1↓ ci+r,l,↑ + ci+r+1,l,↑ ci+r,l,↓ ) >,
(11)
2Nu i
1 X
< (c†i,u,↑ c†i+1,u,↓ + c†i,u,↓ c†i+1,u,↑ )(ci+r+1,u,↓ ci+r,u,↑ + ci+r+1,u,↑ ci+r,u,↓ ) >,(12)
2Nu i
1 X
< (c†i,l,↑ c†i+1,u,↓ + c†i,l,↓ c†i+1,u,↑ )(ci+r+1,u,↓ ci+r,l,↑ + ci+r+1,u,↑ ci+r,l,↓ ) >, (13)
2Nu i

－9－
9

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno

where C(r) = Sll (r), Suu (r), Sl−l (r), Su−u (r) and Sul (r) denote the singlet paring correlation functions
on the same site in the lower orbital, on the same site in the upper orbital, between the nearest neighborsites in the lower orbital, between the nearest neighbor sites in the upper orbital, between lower
and upper orbitals on the same site, respectively. Further, Tl−l(r) , Tu−u (r) and Tul (r) are the triplet
paring correlation functions between the nearest neighbor sites in the lower orbital, between the nearest
neighbor sites in the upper orbital and between lower and upper orbitals on the same site, respectively.
The absolute value of Tu−u (r) is small, but the correlation of it is the slowest to decay. This result
Sl−ln=6/9 ∆=1.0
J(=U’)=1.04

Sll

1|R(r)|

Tl−l

−2

10
|C(r)|

Suu

Sul

102

1

2

3

4

Tu−u

0.42

r

∆=1.0

Tul

1

10

Tl−l
1

r

Figure 16: The singlet paring correlation
functions C(r) = Sll (r), Sl−l (r), Suu (r),Su−u (r), Sul (r) and the triplet correlation
functions Tl−l (r), Tu−u (r), Tul (r), respectively(see text). Here we show the absolute value of the correlation functionsat ∆ = 1 and J(= U 0 ) = 1.04 for
n=2/3(6electrons/9sites).

Sll

100

5

Suu

Sl−l

0

103

Tu−u

−6

10

∆=1.0

Tul
|R(r)|

−4

Sul

Su−u

10

Su−u
10

10

2

r

3

4

5

6

Figure 17:
The ratio of the singlet
paringcorrelation
functionsR(r) = C(r)J=1.04 /C(r)J=0.2 for Sl−l (r),Suu (r), Su−u (r), Sul (r) and that of thetriplet correlation functions for Tl−l (r),Tu−u (r), Tul (r) with the power-low r0.42 ,respectively(see text). The broken line
represents the power-low r0.42 predicted by
the Luttinger liquid relation.

seems to suggest that the relevant paring of the superconductivity is the tripletparing between lower
and upper orbitals on the same site and the ferromagnetic fluctuation near the ferromagnetic phase
may cause the paring. To clarify the behavior of the correlation functions, we calculate the ratio R(r)of the paring correlation functions at J(= U 0 ) = 1.04 and that of J(= U 0 ) = 0.2 as
R(r) =

C(r)J=1.04.
C(r)J=0.2(14)Although the correlation function C(r) decays as distance r increases, the function R(r) for relevant
paring is expected to increase with r, because the value of Kρ at J = 1.04 is larger than that at
J = 0.2, where Kρ is about at 1.4 and 0.98, respectively. Then, the behavior of R(r) is expectedto ∼ r0.42 . In fig.17, we show R(r) for Sll (r), Sl−l (r), Suu (r), Su−u (r) and Sul , (upper panel) andthe triplet paring correlation functions Tl−l (r), Tu−u (r) and Tul (r) with the power-low r0.42 predictedby the Luttinger liquid relation (lower panel), respectively. It indicates that that function R(r) for
the triplet paring, Tu−u , is much enhanced for long range paring correlation. On the other hand, theremains are not enhanced or decay as r increases. These results suggest that the paring correlation
function Tu−u (r) is most relevant paring to the superconductivity. Although the system size is too
small to compare the slope of the function R(r) with the power-low enhancement ∼ r0.42 directly, thebehavior of R(r) for Tu−u (r) seems to be roughly consistent with the result of the Luttinger liquid
relation.

4

d-p Chain ModelIn the previous works[47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52], the present authors and many other authors studied
the one-dimensional d-p model with large on-site Coulomb repulsion Ud at Cu sites and intersite re-

－10－
10

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models

(a)

tpp
p

∆

tpd

d

(b)
+

ε (k)
∆
−

ε (k)

Ud

Figure 18: Schematic diagrams of (a) the model Hamiltonian and (b) the band structure in thenoninteracting case.
pulsion Upd , by using the numerical method. They claimed that the superconducting (SC) correlation
is found to be dominant compared with the charge density wave (CDW) and spin density wave (SDW)
correlations and the parameter Upd is central in inducing a SC state. However, we found that if the
hopping term tpp is added to the model, the situation will be completely changed[53]. It enhances thefluctuation of charge and spin, and increases the exponent Kρ as parameter Upd does. Therefore, therepulsive interaction Upd is not always necessary for the SC state.
In this section, we reexamine the one-dimensional d-p model in the presence of the hopping term
tpp to clarify the electronic structure of the SC state, especially paying attention to the symmetry of
the paring correlation.
4.1
Model Hamiltonian
We consider the following model Hamiltonian for the Cu-O chain in the hole picture;X †X †H = tpd(piσ djσ + h.c.) + tpp(piσ pjσ + h.c.)<ij>,σ+<ij>,σ

X †
X †
X
²d
djσ djσ + ²p
piσ piσ + Udn̂dj↑ n̂dj↓ ,
j,σ

i,σ

(15)

j

where d†jσ and p†iσ stand for creation operators of a hole with spin σ in the Cu(d) orbital at site j andof a hole with spin σ in the O(p) orbital at site i, respectively, and n̂djσ = d†jσ djσ . Here, tpd stands
for the transfer energy between the nearest-neighbor d and p sites and will be set at unity (tpd =1)
hereafter in this study. The atomic energy levels of d orbital and p orbital are given by ²d and ²p ,respectively. The charge-transfer energy ∆ is defined as ∆ = ²p − ²d .
For the noninteracting case (Ud = 0), the Hamiltonian in eq. (15) is easily diagonalized to yield adispersion relationqo1n²d + ²p + 2tpp cos k ± (∆ + 2tpp cos k)2 + 16(tpd cos (k/2))2 ,(16)
E ± (k) =2
where k is a wave vector and E + (k)(E − (k)) represent an upper (lower) band energy. For tpp > 0, thewidth of the lower band E − (k) decreases with decreasing ∆ and becomes perfectly flat at ∆f lat =2tpp − t2pd /tpp . When ∆ < ∆f lat , the band bends with a peak at k = 0. To investigate the electronic
structure of the interacting case, we numerically diagonalize the Hamiltonian up to 14 sites (7 unit
cells). To carry out a systematic calculation, We use the periodic boundary condition for Nh = 4m + 2
and the antiperiodic boundary condition for Nh = 4m, where Nh is the total hole number and m is
an integer.
4.2 Critical exponent Kρ
In Fig. 19, we show the numerical results of Kρ obtained through eq. 2 as a function of Ud forn = 4/3(8holes/6units) at ∆ = 2 and tpp = 0.5. We also plot Kρ obtained through the mean field(MF) approximation, respectively. In the MF approximation, the renormalized bands Ẽ ± (k) are given
by eq. 16 in which ∆ is replaced by˜ = ∆ − 1 Ud < nd >,
∆
2

(17)

where < nd > is the hole density at a d site and is determined by solving the self-consistent equation in
the MF approximation. Using the renormalized band Ẽ − (k), we can calculate the charge susceptibility

－11－
11

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno

Kρ=

0.02
Ud=6.0Ud=6.7

0

1

6

SC

4

Kρ=1

0.01

0

Ud

Kρ

Eg(Φ)−Eg(0)2

1 Φ/2πn=8holes/6unitsMF2∆=2, tpp=0.5
0
0

8

8
0.03

2

4

Ud

0

6

∆=2, tpp=0.5

1.4

1.6
n

Figure 19: The critical exponent Kρ as afunction of Ud at ∆ = 2 and tpp = 0.5 for
n = 4/3(8holes/6units). The dashed lines
represent the results of the MF approximation (See in the text) Inset shows the energy
difference E0 (φ) − E0 (0) as a function of an
external flux φFigure 20: The SC region sandwiched between the two lines of Kρ = 1 and Kρ =∞ on the n-Ud parameter plane at ∆ =2 and tpp = 0.5. Here, we use n =8/6, 10/7, 6/4, 8/5, 10/6 and 12/7 systems.

χc and the Drude weight D. Substituting those values into eq. (2), we obtain Kρ within the MF
approximation. In the weak coupling regime, the results of the numerical diagonalization are in good
agreement with the MF approximation. It also seems to be roughly consistent with the numerical> 6.
results even in the strong coupling regime except for Ud ∼< 3, K decreases as U increases. For sufficiently large U , K increases with increasing
When Ud ∼ρddρUd and diverges at Ud ∼ 6.8 when the charge susceptibility diverges. The region where Kρ is larger than
< U < 6.8. When K > 1, the SC correlation is expected to be most dominant
unity appears at 6.5 ∼d ∼ρ
compared with the CDW and SDW correlations. Inset shows the energy difference E0 (φ) − E0 (0) as
a function of an external flux φ. It shows that the anomalous flux quantization occurs at Ud = 6.7,
when Kρ is about 2.0. While, at Ud = 6.0, Kρ ' 0.86 and the anomalous flux quantization is notfound. These result also confirms the SC phase at Ud = 6.7. The divergence of Kρ suggests thatthe effective bandwidth is close to zero. In fact, if we use the numerical value of < nd >' 0.83 with˜ ∼ −0.8 and the effective bandwidth is nearly equal to 0.1. It is
Ud = 6.7 in eq. (7), we obtain ∆very small compared with the noninteracting band. The result of the anomalous flux quantizationshows that the variation of |E0 (φ) − E0 (0)| at Ud = 6.7 is much smaller than that at Ud = 6.0. It also
indicates that the effective bandwidth is small.
Figure 20 shows the SC region where 1 < Kρ < ∞ on the n − Ud parameter plane at ∆ = 2 andtpp = 0.5. We use n = 8/6, 10/7, 6/4, 8/5, 10/6 and 12/7 systems, where numerator and denominate
correspond to numbers of electrons and unit cells, respectively. The region sandwiched between the
two lines of Kρ = 1 and Kρ = ∞ corresponds to the SC region. It is narrow near n = 1.4, however,it increases with increasing n.
4.3 Paring correlation functions
We investigate various types of superconducting paring in detail. as shown in Fig. 21. Figure 22
shows the paring correlation functions C(r) defined by
Sp−on (r) =Sd−on (r) =1 X< p†i↑ p†i↓ pi+r↑ pi+r↓ >,Nu i
1 X< d†i↑ d†i↓ di+r↑ di+r↓ >,
Nu i

－12－
12

(18)
(19)

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models

Sd−d

Sp−on

p

∆

d

10

−4

10

|C(r)|

Sp−p, Tp−p∆dUd=6.7∆=2, tpp=0.5

Sd−on

Sd−p

Sp−p

Tp−p

10−2
10−4

p

Sp−on

−2

|C(r)|

Sd−p, Td−p

Td−p

Ud=6.7∆=2, tpp=0.5
1

Td−d
2

3

4

5

r

Sd−d, Td−d

Sd−on

Figure 21: Schematic diagrams of various
paring for d-p model.

Sp−p (r) =Sd−d (r) =Sd−p (r) =Tp−p (r) =Td−d (r) =Td−p (r) =Figure 22: The singlet paring correlation functions C(r) = Sp−on (r), Sp−p (r),Sd−on (r), Sd−d (r) and Sd−p (r) (upper
panel) and the triplet paring correlation
functions Tp−p (r), Td−d (r) and Td−p (r)(lower panel), respectively (see text). Here
we show the absolute value of the correlation
functions at ∆ = 2, tpp = 0.5 and Ud = 6.7
for n=4/3(8holes/6units).

1 X< (p†i↑ p†i+1↓ − p†i↓ p†i+1↑ )(pi+r+1↓ pi+r+1↑ − pi+r+1↑ pi+r↓ ) >,
2Nu i
1 X
< (d†i↑ d†i+1↓ − d†i↓ d†i+1↑ )(di+r+1↓ di+r+1↑ − di+r+1↑ di+r↓ ) >,
2Nu i
1 X
< (d†i↑ p†i↓ − d†i↓ p†i↑ )(pi+r↓ di+r↑ − pi+r↑ di+r↓ ) >,
2Nu i
1 X
< (p†i↑ p†i+1↓ + p†i↓ p†i+1↑ )(pi+r+1↓ pi+r+1↑ + pi+r+1↑ pi+r↓ ) >,
2Nu i
1 X
< (d†i↑ d†i+1↓ + d†i↓ d†i+1↑ )(di+r+1↓ di+r+1↑ + di+r+1↑ di+r↓ ) >,
2Nu i
1 X
< (d†i↑ p†i↓ + d†i↓ p†i↑ )(pi+r↓ di+r↑ + pi+r↑ di+r↓ ) >,
2Nu i

(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)

where Sp−on (r), Sd−on (r), Sp−p (r), Sd−d (r) and Sd−p (r) denote the singlet paring correlation functions on a same p site, on a same d site, between the nearest neighbor p sites, between the nearest
neighbor d sites and between the nearest neighbor p and d sites, respectively. Further, Tp−p (r),Td−d (r) and Td−p (r) denote the triplet paring correlation functions between the nearest neighbor psites, between the nearest neighbor d sites and between the nearest neighbor p and d sites, respectively.
Here, we show the absolute value of the correlation functions at ∆ = 2, tpp = 0.5 and Ud = 6.7 for
n=4/3(8holes/6units). The orders of the absolute value of these correlation functions are almost equal
to one another.
However, the correlation functions C(r) for Sp−on (r) and Sp−p (r) seem to decay slower thanthat of the remains. It suggests that these paring play an important role in the superconductivity.
We also examine the ratio of the paring correlation functions R(r) at Ud = 6.7 and Ud = 6.0 as
R(r) = C(r)Ud =6.7 / = C(r)Ud =6.0 , where Kρ ∼ 2.0 at Ud = 6.7 and Kρ ∼ 0.86 at Ud = 6.0. The
function R(r) for relevant paring is expected to behave as r1.1 . In fig.23, we show the ratio of theparing correlation functions R(r) for Sp−on (r), Sp−p (r), Sd−on (r), Sd−d (r) and Sd−p (r) with thepower-low r1.1 (upper panel) and that of the triplet paring correlation functions for Tp−p (r), Td−d (r)

－13－
13

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno

1.1

r

1

0.6

Sp−on

10

Sp−p

Sd−on
Sd−p
Sd−d

−1

Sd−d
Sd−on

−2

Tp−p

100
|R(r)||R(r)|

Sd−p

10

2
Tp−p

10−1

Td−p

1

Sp−p
Sp−on

10

∆=2, tpp=0.5

0.6

0

2

Td−d
3
4

5

2

1

1

Figure 23:
The ratio of the singlet
paringcorrelation
functions
R(r)=C(r)Ud =6.7 /C(r)Ud =6.0 forSp−on (r), Sp−p (r), Sd−on (r), Sd−d (r)and Sd−p (r) with the power-low r1.1
depicted the broken line (upper panel)and that of the triplet paring correlation
functions for Tp−p (r), Td−d (r) and Td−p (r)(lower panel), respectively. Here we show
the absolute value of R(r) at ∆ = 2,
tpp = 0.5 for n=4/3(8holes/6units).

Tp−p|R(r)|

2|R(r)||R(r)|∆=2, tpp=0.5

1

r0.15
2 r

Td−d

Td−p

Sp−p
3

4 5

2

3

4

5

Figure 24:
The ratio of the singlet
paringcorrelation
functions
R(r)=C(r)Ud =6.59 /C(r)Ud =4.14 forSp−on (r), Sp−p (r), Sd−on (r), Sd−d (r)and Sd−p (r)(upper panel), and that of
the triplet paring correlation functions
for Tp−p (r), Td−d (r) and Td−p (r) (lower
panel), respectively. Here we show theabsolute value of R(r) at ∆ = 2, tpp = 0.5
for n=12/7(12holes/7units). Inset shows
R(r) for Sp−p (r) and Tp−p (r) with thepower-low r0.15 .

and Td−p (r) (lower panel), respectively. It indicates that that R(r) for Sp−on (r) and Sp−p (r) aremuch enhanced at long range paring correlation and seem to be roughly consistent with the powerlow obtained by the Luttinger liquid relation. On the other hand, the remains decay as distance r
increases or are almost constant. These results suggest that the singlet paring correlation functions
Sp−on (r) and Sp−p (r) are most relevant to the superconductivity and the triplet paring is irrelevant.
On the other hand, the situation is changed for large hole density. In this case, the triplet paring correlation is enhanced as well as the singlet paring correlation. In fig.24, we show the ratioof the singlet paring correlation functions R(r) = C(r)Ud =6.59 /C(r)Ud =4.14 for Sp−on (r), Sp−p (r),Sd−on (r), Sd−d (r) and Sd−p (r) (upper panel), and that of the triplet paring correlation functions for
Tp−p (r), Td−d (r) and Td−p (r)(lower panel), respectively, where we show the absolute value of R(r)for n=12/7(12holes/7units). Here, R(r) of the relevant paring is expected to behave as r0.15 sinceKρ ∼ 1.15 at Ud = 6.59 and Kρ ∼ 1.0 at Ud = 4.14. Inset shows R(r) for Sp−p (r) and Tp−p (r) withthe power-low r0.15 . It shows that R(r) for Tp−p (r) increases with r as well as that for Sp−p (r), which
seems to be roughly consistent with the power-low r0.15 predicted by the Luttinger liquid relation.
suggests that the triplet paring becomes relevant to the superconductivity as well as the singlet paring
near n = 2.

5

d-p Model in Infinite Dimensions

Recently, some significant progress has been achieved in understanding the strongly correlated
electron systems by using the dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT)[54, 55]. In this approach, thelattice problem is mapped onto an effective impurity problem where a correlated impurity site isembedded in an effective uncorrelated medium that has to be determined self-consistently. To solve
the effective impurity problem, several methods have been applied including the iterated perturbation
theory[55], the non-crossing approximation[56], the quantum Monte Carlo (QMC) method[57], theexact diagonalization (ED) method[58] and the numerical renormalization group (NRG) method[59,60]. The DMFT becomes exact in the limit of infinite spatial dimensions (d = ∞)[54] and believed to
be a good approximation in high dimensions.

－14－
14

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models

In the d = ∞ single-band Hubbard model at half-filling, the Mott metal-insulator transition isfound to occur as a first-order phase transition at finite temperature below a critical temperature
Tcr [55]. Below Tcr , a coexistence of the metallic and insulating solutions is found for the same valueof the on-site Coulomb interaction U in the range Uc1 < U < Uc2 [55, 60]. The magnetic phase
diagram was obtained as a function of doping, temperature and U . A commensurate antiferromagnetic
order changes to an incommensurate state at a value of the doping which depends on U [61]. The> 2 in non-bipartite lattices
ferromagnetism was observed for an intermediate interaction strength U ∼< 20 in bipartite lattices such as
such as the fcc-type lattice[62] but was completely suppressed for U ∼the hypercubic lattice[63]. The superconducting phase is absent in the d = ∞ single-band Hubbard
model[64].
The DMFT has also been applied to the multi-band Hubbard model to elucidate the effect of the
Hund’s rule coupling on the Ferromagnetism[20, 22] and the Mott transition[65, 66]. Several authors
have extensively studied the d-p model using the DMFT[58, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75]. The
Mott transition was found to occur at n = 1 (or n = 3)[67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 73, 74], where n is thetotal electron number per unit cell and given by the sum of p- and d-electron numbers: n = np + nd .
The phase diagram of the Mott transition was obtained over the whole parameter regime including
the Mott-Hubbard type (U < ∆) and the charge-transfer type (U > ∆)[69, 70]. When the carrier isdoped with n > 1, the superconductivity was observed in the charge-transfer regime[58, 67, 69], while
it was not observed in the Mott-Hubbard regime. The antiferromagnetism was also observed at andnear n = 1[75]. More recently, the present authors discussed the ferromagnetism which was found to> 2[72]. Therefore it isoccur at and near n = 2 in the intermediate interaction strength U ≈ 2∆ ∼interesting to discuss the relationship between the magnetism and the superconductivity in the d-p
model in infinite dimensions and to obtain the phase diagram as functions of the parameters such as
the interaction, the electron filling and the temperature.
5.1

Model and formulation
We consider the d-p model on a Bethe lattice with infinite connectivity z → ∞. The Hamiltonianis written as
X
X †
X †
X
H=
(ti,j d†iσ pjσ + h.c.) + ²p
pjσ pjσ + ²d
diσ diσ + Ud
ndi↑ ndi↓ ,
(26)
i,j,σ

j,σ

i,σ

i

where d†iσ and p†jσ stand for creation operators of a electron (or a hole) with spin σ in the d-orbitalt
at site i and in the p-orbital at site j, respectively. ndi,σ = d†iσ diσ . ti,j = √pdz represents the transfer
energy between the nearest neighbor site and the parameter tpd will be set to unity in the present
study. The atomic energy levels of d-orbital and p-orbital are given by ²d and ²p , respectively. The
charge-transfer energy ∆ is defined as ∆ = ²p − ²d > 0.
In the DMFT, the effective action of the impurity problem is given by
Z βZ βZ βdτ nd↑ (τ )nd↓ (τ ) −S = Ud00dτ dτ 00X−1d†σ (τ )D0σ
(τ − τ 0 )dσ (τ 0 ),

(27)

σ

where the Weiss function D0σ includes effects of the interaction at all the sites except the impurity
site. This action is derived by tracing out the fermionic degrees of freedom in the original lattice model
except the impurity site. The local Green’s function Dσ (τ −τ 0 ) = −hT dσ (τ )d†σ (τ 0 )iS is calculated withthis action. Using D0σ and Dσ , we introduce the local self-energy Σσ (iωn ) = D0σ (iωn )−1 −Dσ (iωn )−1 ,where ωn is the Matsubara frequency, ωn = (2n + 1)π/β. The self-consistency condition for the local
Green’s functions gives the relationsZiωn + µ − εpDσ (iωn ) = dεN (ε) ×,(28)(iωn + µ − εd − Σσ (iωn ))(iωn + µ − εp ) − ε2Ziωn + µ − εd − Σσ (iωn )Pσ (iωn ) = dεN (ε) ×,(29)(iωn + µ − εd − Σσ (iωn ))(iωn + µ − εp ) − ε2where µ is the chemical potential and Pσ (τ − τ 0 ) = −hT pσ (τ )p†σ (τ 0 )iS is the local Green’s function
at p-site. For the Bethe lattice with z = ∞, the density of states is given by a semi-circular function,

－15－
15

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōnop
N (ε) =
4 − (ε/tpd )2 /2πtpd . Using the semi-circular density of states in eqs.(28) and (29) andeliminating Σσ (iωn ), we obtain the simple form of the self-consistency equations
D0σ (iω)−1=iωn + µ − εd − t2pd Pσ (iωn ),(30)

Pσ (iω)−1=iωn + µ − εp − t2pd Dσ (iωn ).

(31)

To calculate the local Green’s function Dσ (iωn ) for a given D0σ (iωn ), we use the numerical diagonalization method (DMFT-ED method). The self-consistency equations (30) and (31) lead a new
D0σ (iω) and we repeat the calculation of the local Green’s function. This process is iterated until thesolutions converge.
In the DMFT-ED method, we approximately solve the impurity Anderson model of a finite-sizecluster;
HAnd = ε0σ

X
σ

ndσ +

Ns
X

εlσ c†lσ clσ +

l=2,σ

Ns
X

Vlσ (d†σ clσ + c†lσ dσ ) + Ud nd↑ nd↓ ,

(32)

l=2,σ

where ε0σ is the impurity level and εlσ (l = 2, 3, ..., Ns ) are levels of the ’conduction electron’ hybridized
with the impurity by Vlσ . We regard the non-interacting Green’s function GAnd
0σ (iωn ) as the Weissfunction D0σ (iω) in the action eq.(27). Then, the interacting Green’s function GAnd(iωn ) correspondsσto the local Green’s function Dσ (iω) in the original lattice problem. Here, GAnd
0σ (iωn ) is defined by
GAnd
0σ (iωn ) =iωn − ε0σ −

1
PNs

2
Vlσ
l=2 iωn −εlσ

.

(33)

For a given D0σ (iω), we determine 2Ns −1 parameters ε0σ , εlσ , Vlσ (l = 2, 3, ..., Ns ) to make GAnd
0σ (iωn )as close to D0σ (iω) as possible. Using these parameters, we diagonalize the finite cluster of the impurity
Anderson model, and calculate GAnd
0σ (iωn ) (D0σ (iωn )). At finite temperature, the Green’s function isstraightforwardly calculated from the full set of states |ii with eigenvalues Ei according toDσ (iωn ) =1 X |hi|d†σ |ji|2(e−βEi + e−βEj ).
Z i,j iωn − Ei + Ej

(34)

Using the Lanczos method with the continued-fraction expansions, we also calculate the zero temperature Green’s functions. In this case, we replace the Matsubara frequencies by a fine grid ofimaginary frequencies, β̃ (iωn = (2n + 1)π/β̃), where the fictitious inverse temperature β̃ determines
a low-frequency cut-off.
5.2

Metal-Insulator transition at n = 2
First, we consider the paramagnetic state at zero temperature for n = nd + np = 2. In the
non-interacting case Ud = 0, the system is a band-insulator with the energy gap ∆ for ∆ 6= 0 while
it is a semimetal for ∆ = 0. Within the restricted Hartree-Fock (HF) approximation, the energy gap
is given by ∆ − Ud2nd . Then the system is metallic for Ud = 2∆, otherwise it is insulating. We notethat nd = np = 1 for Ud = 2∆ due to the particle-hole symmetry. In the inset in Fig. 25, we show
the chemical potential µ as functions of n for Ud = 7, 8, 9, 10 at ∆ = 6 and T = 0 calculated from the
DMFT-ED method with the system size Ns = 8[72]. In this calculation, the solution is restricted tothe paramagnetic state with ε0σ = ε0 , εlσ = εl and Vlσ = Vl for l = 2, 3, ..., Ns . When Ud increases
from Ud = 0, the discontinuity in the chemical potential at n = 2 decreases and finally becomes zeroat a critical value, where a transition from the band-insulator to the correlated semimetal occurs[67].
The critical values for the metal-insulator transition are plotted in Fig. 25. In contrast to the HF
approximation, the metallic state is found in the wide parameter region due to a correlation effectconsidered in the DMFT.
5.3

Ferromagnetism
At low temperature, the correlated semimetal mentioned above becomes unstable compared to aferromagnetic state. In Fig. 26, we plot the magnetization for the d-electron Md , that for the p-electron
Mp and the total magnetization M = Md + Mp as functions of the temperature T at n = 2 for Ud = 8

－16－
16

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models

Ud=2∆

Metal

0

Ud=10

µ

5

9

−0.1

8

−0.2

7

T=0, ∆=6

1.95

0
0

n=2
T=0

Insulator

Ud

Insulator

10

2

5

2.05

n

10

∆

Figure 25: The phase boundary separating the metallic and insulating regimes as a function of Ud and∆ at n = 2 and T = 0. The inset shows the chemical potential as functions of n for Ud = 7, 8, 9, 10 at∆ = 6 and T = 0 calculated from the DMFT-ED method with Ns = 8.
and ∆ = 4 calculated from the DMFT-ED method with Ns = 6[72]. As shown in Fig. 26, Md and Mp
have opposite sign to each other. In the low temperature limit, both of Md and Mp become constant,while the sum of them M becomes zero. The feature of the ferromagnetism from the DMFT issimilar to that from the HF approximation as shown in Fig. 26. However, the transition temperature
Tc from the HF approximation is much higher than that from the DMFT (see also Fig. 29). In
Fig. 27, we plot the magnetization as functions of Ud with keeping ∆ = U2d at n = 2 and T = 0.01
calculated from the DMFT-ED method together with those from the HF approximation. When Ud
increases, the each component of the magnetization monotonically increases. In both approximations,> 2. This is a striking
the ferromagnetism is observed for the intermediate interaction strength Ud ∼contrast to the single-band Hubbard model where the ferromagnetism is observed only for the strong

Md

0.2

0.2
n=2

M(DMFT)

M

0
Mp

0.02

T (DMFT)

Md

Figure 26: The magnetization for the delectron Md , that for the p-electron Mp andthe total magnetization M = Md + Mp asfunctions of the temperature T at n = 2,
obtained from the DMFT-ED method for
Ud = 8 and ∆ = 4 with Ns = 6 and from the
HF approximation (dashed lines) for Ud = 2
and ∆ = 1.

0

0

−0.2
0

0.04

0.5

M=Md+Mp

Mp−0.1

DMFT(Ud=8)
HF(Ud=2)

−0.2

1
n=2
T=0.010.1

M=Md+Mp

0

0.2

−0.5

DMFT
HF
2

4
Ud=2∆

M(HF)

0.1 T (HF)

0

6

−1
8

Figure 27: The magnetization for the delectron Md , that for the p-electron Mp andthe total magnetization M = Md + Mp asfunctions of Ud with ∆ = Ud /2 at n = 2
and T = 0.01, obtained from the DMFTED method and from the HF approximation(dashed lines).

－17－
17

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno> 20 in bipartite lattices within the DMFT[63]. We note that the value of thecoupling region U ∼magnetization from the DMFT is about five times smaller than that from the HF for the same valuesof Ud and ∆.
Fig. 28 shows the total magnetization M as a function of the electron filling n. When n decreases,
M continuously becomes zero at a critical value of n for high temperatures (see for T = 0.025), while itdiscontinuously becomes zero for low temperatures (see for T = 0.01). The similar properties are also
observed within the HF approximation as shown in Fig. 28. At low temperatures, however, the HF
approximation also predicts a metastable state where M decreases with increasing n and continuously
becomes zero at a critical n (see for T = 0.025). By calculating the thermodynamic potential, we findthat the phase separation of the ferromagnetic state and the paramagnetic state occurs at the lowtemperatures (see Fig. 29).
Fig. 29 shows the transition temperature for the ferromagnetism Tc as a function of n for several
values of Ud (= 2∆)[72]. Tc monotonically decreases with decreasing n. The closed circles show
the second-order phase transition, while the open circles show the discontinuous transition as seenin Fig. 28. Within the HF approximation, the second-order phase transition occurs at the hightemperature (solid line), while the phase separation occurs at the low temperature (area between thedotted lines). In the DMFT, it is difficult to calculate the thermodynamic potential directly fromthe local Green’s function. But we may expect that, within the DMFT, the similar phase separation
takes place at low temperatures where the magnetization shows a discontinuous transition as shownin Fig. 28.

5.4 Superconductivity
Finally, we discuss the superconductivity in the d-p model (26). In infinite dimensions, the on-siteparing susceptibility χ of this model is given by[55, 67]
Z
1 β X
dτ
< T di↑ (τ )di↓ (τ )d†j↓ (0)d†j↑ (0) >
N 0
ij
X
−1/2
= T
[α
{I − Λ}−1 · Λ · α−1/2 ]ν,ν 0 ,

χ =

(35)

ν,ν 0

0.4

DMFT(Ud=8)
HF(Ud=2)

T=0.025

0.04

HF

Tc /5 (Ud=2)

0.3
0.03

M

0.2

0.1

Ud=8

Tc

T=0.01

0.02

T=0.1

T=0.025

Ud=4

0.01

Ud=2

PS

0

1.6

n

1.8

0

2

Figure 28: The total magnetization M as afunction of the electron number n, obtained
from the DMFT-ED method for Ud = 8 and∆ = 4 at T = 0.01 (closed circles), 0.025(open circles), and from the HF approximation for Ud = 2 and ∆ = 1 at T = 0.025(dotted line), 0.1 (dashed line).

1.6

n

1.8

2

Figure 29: The transition temperature Tc
for the ferromagnetism as a function of theelectron filling n, obtained from the DMFTED method (closed and open circles) for
Ud = 2∆ = 8, 4, 2, and from the HF approximation (solid and dotted lines) for Ud =2∆ = 2.

－18－
18

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models

with= t4pd |P (iν)|[χ̃loc ]ν,ν 0 |P (iν 0 )|,Λν,ν 0αν,ν 0=(36)

t4pd |P (iν)|2 δν,ν 0 ,(37)

where, χ̃loc is the local paring susceptibility at a d-site given by[χ̃loc ]ν,ν 0 = T

2

Z β

Z β
dτ1

0

Z β
dτ2

0

Z β
dτ3

0

0

0

dτ4 eiν(τ1 −τ2 ) eiν (τ3 −τ4 ) < T d↑ (τ1 )d↓ (τ2 )d†↓ (τ3 )d†↑ (τ4 ) > . (38)

To calculate χ̃loc within the DMFT-ED method, we use a spectral representation of r.h.s. in eq.(38)by inserting a complete set of eigenstates |ii.
When the largest eigen value of Λ, λmax , approaches unity, the paring susceptibility diverges. It
signals the transition into the superconducting state from the normal state. In Fig.30, we show thevalue of λmax as a function of the temperature T for Ud = 8 and ∆ = 4 at n = 1.3 and 1.7 obtained
from the DMFT-ED with the system size Ns = 5. The value of λmax increases with decreasing T
and exceeds unity at a certain critical temperature. For n = 1.3, the critical temperature for the
spin-singlet pairing, TSS , is higher than that for the spin-triplet pairing, TT S , while, for n = 1.7, TT S
is higher than TSS [76]. This tendency is consistent with the zero-temperature DMFT-ED result withthe system size Ns = 6 − 8[58].
We note that the triplet superconductivity is on-site pairing and the gap function is odd in the Matsubara frequency as first proposed by Berezinskii in the superfluid 3 He[77]. In the present calculation,
the eigen function corresponding to the largest eigen value of Λ for the triplet-pairing, is proportional
to the gap function at the critical temperature, and is confirmed to be odd in the Matsubara frequency.
In Fig.31, the superconducting transition temperature for the triplet pairing TT S and that for the
singlet pairing TSS , obtained from the DMFT-ED method mentioned above, are plotted as functionsof n for Ud = 8 and ∆ = 4. We also plotted the transition temperature for the ferromagnetismTc (see Fig. 29) together with that for the antiferromagnetism TN calculated from the DMFT-ED< 1.4 nearmethod with Ns = 6. As seen in Fig.31, the singlet superconductivity is realized for n ∼the antiferromagnetic phase, where the antiferromagnetic fluctuation is considered to be responsible> 1.4 nearfor the singlet pairing. On the other hand, the triplet superconductivity is realized for T ∼the ferromagnetic phase, where the ferromagnetic fluctuation is considered to be responsible for the< n < 1.5. The
triplet pairing. Significantly, a reentrant superconducting transition is observed for 1.4 ∼∼reentrant transition has also been observed in the d = ∞ periodic Anderson model[78]. Therefore, the
0.04

1.5

Ud=8, ∆=4

Ud=8, ∆=4

n=1.3

0.03

n=1.7

TTS

1

T

λmax

Tc

0.02

TN

TSS

0.01

tripletsinglet
0.5
0

0.02
T

0
1

0.04

Figure 30: The largest eigen value λmax as
a function of the temperature T for Ud = 8
and ∆ = 4 at n = 1.3 and 1.7 obtained fromthe DMFT-ED with Ns = 5.

1.5
n

2

Figure 31: Transition temperatures for the
ferromagnetism Tc , the spin-triplet superconductivity TT S , the spin-singlet superconductivity TSS and the antiferromagnetism
TN , obtained from the DMFT-ED for Ud =8 and ∆ = 4.

－19－
19

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno

reentrant superconducting transition is considered to be a specific feature of two-band type models
including d-p model and the periodic Anderson model.

6

Summary and Discussion

We have investigate the ferromagnetism and the related superconductivity of the Hubbard modelwith two-fold orbital degeneracy and the d-p model with paying attention to the effect of the interplay
between the Coulomb interactions and the band splitting. To obtain reliable results beyond theperturbative or the mean-field like approximations, we use the numerical diagonalization method forthe one-dimensional models and the dynamical mean-field theory for the infinite-dimensional model.
For one-dimensional models, we calculate the critical exponent Kρ based on the Luttinger liquid
theory and the paring correlation functions of the ground state.
In the one-dimensional multi-orbital Hubbard model, we have obtained various phase diagrams
including the ferromagnetic and the superconducting state on the U 0 − J parameter plane. The> J > ∆. For
fully polarized ferromagnetism has been found in the strong coupling regime with U 0 ∼∼1 < n < 2, the ferromagnetism is metallic and mainly caused by the double-exchange mechanism[23].
Crystal-field splitting destroys the fully polarized ferromagnetism resulting in a partially polarized< ∆. In the vicinity of the partially polarized ferromagnetism, we have found the triplet
one for J ∼superconducting phase, when J exceeds the lowest energy of the inter-band excitation. It extends to
the realistic parameter region for 3d transition-metals with U 0 > J.
Sakamoto et al.[23] claimed that the metallic ferromagnetism for ∆ = 0 appears in a similar parameter region in any dimension by comparing the results from one dimension with those from infinite
dimensions. It is natural to think that this ferromagnetism will appear in two and three dimensions
even in the presence of ∆. Then, we expect that a partially polarized (weak) ferromagnetism appears in real materials, in which Hund’s rule coupling and crystal-field splitting compete with eachother, such as in cobalt oxides. In fact, a weak ferromagnetism has been observed in the layered
Na0.75 CoO2 [13] as well as in the perovskite R1−x Ax CoO3 [79]. The orbital degeneracy of 3d electrons
is considered to play a crucial role in Nax CoO2 as well as in La1−x Srx CoO3 [15].
In our calculation, we can not find any sign of the superconductivity near the fully polarized
ferromagnetic state at the realistic parameter region U 0 > J. It suggests that not the complete
ferromagnetic state but the weak ferromagnetic state can be a key to the superconductivity of realmaterials. The competition between Hund’s rule coupling and crystal-field splitting causes the large
orbital fluctuation, accompanied by the fluctuation between the low-spin and the high-spin states at
each Co ion. This fluctuation is expected to mediate the superconductivity near the weak ferromagnetism. Since the orbital fluctuation has a local character, the mechanism for the superconductivity
could be common in all dimensions. We therefore think that exploration of the superconductivity inthe vicinity of the weak ferromagnetism in the perovskite R1−x Ax CoO3 [79] may be promising.
In the one-dimensional d-p model, we have calculated the critical exponent Kρ and the various
types of the paring correlation functions. Using the Luttinger liquid relations, we have found that the
SC correlation is dominant in the parameter region where the renormalized band becomes almost flat.
Since the narrowing of the effective bandwidth leads to the enhancement of the fluctuation, it can cause
the superconductivity. The behavior of the paring correlation functions suggests that the singlet paring
on a same p site and between the nearest neighbor p sites are most relevant to the superconducting
state near half-filling. This result can be interpreted that the antiferromagnetic fluctuation meditates
the singlet paring as similar as the t-J model. However, in large doping case n = 12/7, the triplet
paring between the nearest neighbor p sites becomes relevant to the superconductivity as well as the
singlet paring between the nearest neighbor p sites. This result suggests that the low energy physics
of the d-p model can not well described by the t-J model near n = 2. We think that the existence ofmulti-band might be crucial to understand the triplet paring superconductivity.
We also examine infinite-dimensional d-p model based on the dynamical mean-field theory. The
dynamical mean-field theory becomes exact in the limit of infinite spatial dimensions and believed to
be a good approximation in high dimensions. The result is expected to be complementary to the resultof the one-dimensional d-p model. We obtain the phase diagrams of the metal-insulator transition on
the ground state at half-filling and quarter-filling. We also calculate the magnetization and the pairing
susceptibility to obtain the transition temperatures for the ferromagnetism and the superconductivity.
< 1.4 near the antiferromagnetic phase,
It shows that the singlet superconductivity is realized for n ∼where the antiferromagnetic fluctuation is considered to be responsible for the singlet pairing. On

－20－
20

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models> 1.4 near the ferromagnetic phase.
the other hand, the triplet superconductivity is realized for T ∼We think that the ferromagnetic fluctuation is responsible for the triplet pairing as well as the onedimensional case near n = 2.
Ferromagnetism and superconductivity has been studied for a long time as a central argument initinerant electron systems. In this paper, we have presented the electron correlation and the band
splitting to be crucial for the ferromagnetism and the related superconductivity in the two types of thetwo-band Hubbard models. We hope that our work would yield an insight into the deep relationshipbetween these interesting phenomena.

References[1] For a review, see, for example, Y. Tokura, Ed., Colossal Magnetoresistive Oxides (Gordon andBreach Science, New York, 2000).
[2] Y. Maeno, H. Hashimoto, K. Yoshida, S Nishizaki, T. Fujita, J. G. Bednorz and F. Lichtenberg,
Nature (London) 372 532 (1994).
[3] O. Gunnarsson, E. Koch and R. M. Martin, Phys. Rev. B54 R11026 (1996).
[4] M. Matsukawa, Yuh Yamada, M. Chiba, H. Ogasawara, T. Shibata, A. Matsushita and Y. Takano,Physica C 411 101 (2004).
[5] G. H. Jonker and J. H. Van Santen, Physica 19 120 (1953).
[6] R. R. Heikes, R. C. Miller and R. Mazelsky, Physica 30 1600 (1964).
[7] P. M. Raccah and J. B. Goodenough, Phys. Rev. 155 932 (1967).
[8] K. Asai, P. Gehring, H. Chou, and G. Shirane, Phys. Rev. B40 10982 (1989).
[9] M. Itoh, M. Sugahara, I. Natori and K. Motoya, J. Phys. Soc. Jan. 64 3967 (1995).
[10] M. Itoh, I. Natori, S. Kubota and K. Motoya, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 63 1486 (1994).
[11] D. Louca, J. L. Sarrao, J. D. Thompson, H. Roder and G. H. Kwei, Phys. Rev. B60 10378 (1999).
[12] I. Terasaki, Y. Sasago and K. Uchinokura, Phys. Rev. B56 R12685 (1997).
[13] T. Motohashi, R. Ueda, E. Naujalis, T. Tojo, I. Terasaki, T. Atake, M. Karppinen and H.
Yamauchi, Phys. Rev. B67 064406 (2003).
[14] K. Takada, H. Sakurai, E. Takayama-Muromachi, F. Izumi, R. A. Dilanian and T. Sasaki, Nature
422 53 (2003).
[15] W. Koshibae, K. Tsutsui and S. Maekawa, Phys. Rev. B62 6869 (2000).
[16] K. Kusakabe and H. Aoki, Physica. B 194-196 217 (1994).
[17] W. Gill and D. J. Scalapino, Phys. Rev. B35 215 (1987) .
[18] J. Kuei and R. T. Scalettar, Phys. Rev. B55 14968 (1997) .
[19] J. E. Hirsch, Phys. Rev. B56 11022 (1997).
[20] K. Held and D. Vollhardt, Eur. Phys. J. B 5 473 (1998).
[21] S. Q. Shen, Phys. Rev. B57 6474 (1998).
[22] T. Momoi and K. Kubo, Phys. Rev. B58 R567 (1998).
[23] H. Sakamoto, T. Momoi and K. Kubo, Phys. Rev. B65 224403 (2002).
[24] K. Sano and Y. Ōno, J. M. M. M. 310 (2) e319 (2007).
[25] H. C. Lee, P. Azaria and E. Boulat, Phys. Rev. B69 155109 (2004).

－21－
21

Kazuhiro Sano and Yoshiaki Ōno[26] T. Shirakawa, Y. Ohata, S. Nishimoto, J. M. M. M. 310 (2) 663 (2007)[27] H. Tasaki, Prog. Theor. Phys. 99 489 (1998).
[28] J. Sólyom, Adv. Phys. 28, 201 (1979).
[29] V. J. Emery, in Highly Conducting One-Dimensional Solids, edited by J. T. Devreese, R. Evrandand V. van Doren, (Plenum, New York, 1979), p.327.
[30] F.D.M. Haldane, J. Phys. C14 2585 (1981).
[31] J. Voit, Rep. Prog. Phys. 58 977 (1995).
[32] H. J. Schulz, Phys. Rev. Lett. 64 2831 (1990).
[33] M. Ogata, M. U. Luchini, S. Sorella and F. F. Assaad, Phys. Rev. Lett. 66 2388 (1991).
[34] K. Sano and Y. Ōno, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 63 1250 (1994);J. Phys. Chem. Solids. 62 281 (2001);
63 1567 (2002).
[35] L. Balentz and M.P.A. Fisher, Phys. Rev. B53 12133 (1996).
[36] M. Fabrizio, Phys. Rev, B 54 10054 (1996).
[37] V. J. Emery, S. A. Kivelson and O. Zachar, Phys. Rev. B59 15641 (1999).
[38] In this case, the electronic state is described by two-component charge degrees of freedom, while
the single band model has a single component charge degree of freedom. The bosonization method
for the two-chain model with a small interchain hopping[32, 35, 36, 37] shows that the model has− 1
a spin-gaped phase and SC and CDW correlations decay as ∼ r 2Kρ and ∼ r−2Kρ respectively(SDW correlations decay exponentially). Hence, SC correlation is dominant for Kρ > 0.5. In thiscase, one of the charge degree of freedom has a charge gap and the remain has gapless excitations.
[39] K. Sano, Physica B281&282 829 (2000); J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 69 1000 (2000).
[40] K. Kusakabe, S. Watanabe and Y. Kuramoto, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. Suppl. 71 311 (2002).
[41] K. Sano and Y. Ōno, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 72 1847 (2003).
[42] K. Sano and Y. Ōno, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 19 14528 (2007).
[43] Detail of the Moebius boundary condition is discussed by T.F.A. Muller and T. M. Rice, Phys.
Rev. B58 3425 (1998).
[44] R. Assaraf, P. Azaria, M. Caffarel and P. Lecheminant, Phys. Rev. B60, 2299 (1999).
[45] M. Imada, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 70 1218 (2001).
[46] K. Yamaji, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 70 1476 (2001).
[47] K. Sano and Y. Ōno, Physica C205 (1993) 170;Phys. Rev. B51 (1995) 1175; Physica C242 113(1995).
[48] X. Zotos, W. Lehr and W. Weber, Z. Phys. B74 289 (1989).
[49] A. Sudbø, C.M. Varma, T. Giamarchi, E.B. Stechel and T. Scalettar, Phys. Rev. Lett. 70 978(1993).
[50] W. Barford and E. R. Gagliano Physica B194-196, 1455 (1994); see also, C. Vermeulen, W.
Barford and E. R. Gagliano, Europhys. Lett. 28 653 (1994).
[51] E.B. Stechel, A. Sudbø, T. Giamarchi and C.M. Varma, Phys. Rev. B51 553 (1995).
[52] A. W. Sandvik and A. Sudbø, Phys. Rev. B54 R3746 (1996).
[53] K. Sano and Y. Ōno, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 67 389 (1998);67 (1998) 4151.

－22－
22

Ferromagnetism and Superconductivity in Two-band Hubbard Models[54] W. Metzner and D. Vollhardt, Phys. Rev. Lett. 62 324 (1989).
[55] A. Georges, G. Kotliar, W. Krauth and M. J. Rozenberg, Rev. Mod. Phys. 68 13 (1996).
[56] Th. Pruschke, M. Jarrell and J.K. Freericks, Adv. Phys. 44 187 (1995).
[57] M. Jarrell, Phys. Rev. Lett. 69 168 (1992).
[58] M. Caffarel and W. Krauth, Phys. Rev. Lett. 72 1545 (1994).
[59] O. Sakai and Y. Kuramoto, Solid State Commun. 89 307 (1994).
[60] R. Bulla, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83 136 (1999).
[61] J.K. Freericks and M. Jarrell, Phys. Rev. Lett. 74, 186 (1995).
[62] M. Ulmke, Eur. Phys. J. B 1 301 (1998).
[63] T. Obermeier, T. Pruschke and J. Keller, Phys. Rev. B56 R8479 (1997).
[64] M. Jarrell and T. Pruschke, Z. Phys. B 90, 187 (1993).
[65] A. Koga, Y. Imai and N. Kawakami, Phys. Rev. B66 165107 (2002).
[66] Y. Ōno, M. Potthoff and R. Bulla, Phys. Rev. B67 035119 (2003).
[67] A. Georges, G. Kotliar and W. Krauth, Z. Phys. B 92 313 (1993).
[68] T. Mutou, H. Takahashi and D. S. Hirashima, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 66 2781 (1997).
[69] Y. Ōno and K. Sano, J. Phys. Chem. Solids 62 285 (2001).
[70] Y. Ōno, R. Bulla and A. C. Hewson, Eur. Phys. J. B 19 375 (2001).
[71] Y. Ōno, R. Bulla, A. C. Hewson and M. Potthoff, Eur. Phys. J. B 22 283 (2001).
[72] Y. Ōno and K. Sano, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. Suppl. 71 356 (2002).
[73] Y. Ohashi and Y. Ōno, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 70 2989 (2001).
[74] Y. Ohashi and Y. Ōno, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. Suppl. 71 217 (2002).
[75] H. Watanabe and S. Doniach, Phys. Rev. B57 3829 (1998).
[76] In our previous paper[69], we reported that TSS is close to TT S and is slightly higher than TT S
for all n, but the calculation was done with a smaller system size Ns = 4.
[77] V. Berezinskii, JETP Lett. 20 287 (1974).
[78] A. Tahvildar-Zadeh, M. Hettler and M. Jarrell, Phil. Mag. B 78 365 (1998).
[79] H. Masuda, T. Fujita, T. Miyashita, M. Soda, Y. Yasui, Y. Kobayashi and M. Sato, J. Phys. Soc.
Jpn. 72 873 (2003).

－23－
23

Theoretical Study on Nematic Liquid Crystalline Ordering in
Thin Confined Systems
Muniriding YASEN†(Department of Physics Engineering, Division of Material Science)
Keywords: Nematic Phase, Maier-Saupe Model, Phase Transition, Effective Field,
Anchoring Wall, Uniaxial and Biaxial Order, Crossover

1.

Introduction
An order of nematic is generally soft and reacts sensitively to an external field and also is affected to acondition of boundary walls which confine the liquid crystal.

The direction of the order is changed by anelectric field under suitable anchoring condition due to walls, and competition between both agents is applied toliquid crystal displays.

Therefore, it is important to understand how the ordering and direction are controlled

by anchoring conditions.
In this thesis, nematic crstalline ordering in thin confined systems under various type of anchoring conditions
are investigated in the framework of the Maier-Saupe model based on statistical mechanism method.

In orderto clarify the mechanism of continuous change of phase, non-uniformity due to boundary effect is described interms of effective filed which is conjugate to the order parameters, and behavior of the system is analyzed byobserving loci of the effective fields on the phase diagram of the bulk.
2.

Namatic ordering in a homeotropic cell
The nematic ordering in a thin system under the homeotropic anchoring condition is studied.

As the systemthat correspondent to the homeotropic system, the surface molecule orientation that fixed into a wall surface
normal was introduced. The first order transition disappears and continuous change of phase occurs in the systemwith thickness smaller than a certain critical thickness. The mechanism of this continuous change occurring at
the thickness just smaller than a critical thickness is disclosed; a metasteble high-temperature phase changes to ametastable low-temperature one continuously via an unstable phase between them.

On the other hand, at theextremely thin system, the effective fields do not cross the transition line nor the bound lines of the metastablestates and move in an analytic domain, and the system undergoes the usual continuous change.
† Product Development Center, Optical Business Headquarters, Nitto Denko Corporation

3. Nematic ordering under external fields
Another type of anchoring wall, that is the state in which the molecule aligns to a substance in parallel isstudied. The bulk systems under external field corresponding to this are nematic phase having negative magnetic
anisotropy.

So, nematic phase transition with both

uniaxial and biaxial order parameters is studied in thetwo kind of external fields where are conjugate to theorder parameters, respectively.

Figure 1 shows aglobal phase diagram on the fields versus temperature
space is obtained first in the mean field theory, which issimilar topologically to the phase diagram of thethree-state Potts in three dimensions.

Based on thisdiagram, the ordering phenomenon in the system withplaner anchoring walls is predicted, where the firstorder phase transition changes to the second order one
as the thickness of the system becomes small.

Fig. 1 Phase diagram on the oblique hx - hy - hz
plane. TCP is the tricritical point.

4.

Effects of Biaxial Anchoring Wall on Nematic Ordering
Nematic Ordering in the system with biaxial anchoring walls are investigated as the correspondent to a bulk

nematic system exposed two kinds of external fields. The analyses are carried out in the framework of themean field theory.

The wall condition is given by a probability density function of the long axis orientation ofmolecule on the wall and by a parameter denoting strength of interaction between a nematic molecule and amolecule on the wall.
simply.

And Landau unfolding method was used in this study to do a numerical calculation

It is shown that the biaxial order suppresses the uniaxial order and the crossover between the

homeotropically and homogeneously anchored phases is proved to occur under the condition which is strictly
similar to that at bulk in the fields.

Also, when the interaction of molecule on wall was strong, it is shown thata wetting phenomenon is caused even under biaxial walls.

Author’s publications[1] M.Yasen, M. Torikai, M.Yamashita: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn., 73, (2004) 2453-2457.
[2] M. Yasen, M. Torikai and M. Yamashita: Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst. 438 (2005) 77.
[3] M. Yasen, M. Torikai and M. Yamashita: 2nd Japanese-Italian Workshop on Liquid Crystals (Tsu (Japan),
2004.9.5-8), Book of Abstracts, P5.

A Study of Positive Active Materials for Lithium Ion
Rechargeable Battery
Kenji Shizuka †(Energy Conversion Chemistry, Division of Materials Science)
Keywords: Lithium-ion battery, Positive active materials, Cathode
1. The objective of this study
The objective of this study is to characterize the positive active materials for lithium ion rechargeable battery and to identify
the relationship between the properties and the electrochemical performances, and to bring these results to develop the excellent
materials.
2. Summary【Spinel Li-Mn-O materials】Li(Mn2-xLix)O4-δ have been extensively studied for cathode material in large capacity
rechargeable Li-ion batteries for EV. However, it has large capacity fading upon charge and discharge cycling. It is important toclarify the mechanism of capacity loss in order to improve the cycle life. Oxygen nonstoichiometry of LiMn2O4-δ has beenreported, however, only qualitative relationship between the cycle life and oxygen deficiency ‘δ’ has been reported so far.
Therefore, the quantitative details of relationship between the cycle life and the oxygen deficiency were studied. δwas
precisely determined by chemical analysis. The capacity retention is linearly decreased with increasingδ. The changes inlattice parameter at the end of discharged state after the cycle depended onδ. They were in good accordance with thedegradation in the low voltage region of potential curve, which was strongly affected by oxygen loss and rapidly saturated
within about the 100th cycle. These results implied the influence of Jahn-Teller ion Mn3+ introduced with oxygen deficiency.
In addition, the mechanisms of manganese spinels dissolution and capacity fade at high temperature were studied. Tests on
the stability of spinels stored at different states of charge were performed. Mn dissolution took place irreversibly from thecharged state with formation of MnF2, ramsdellite-Li0.5MnO2. In the discharged state, the Mn at the surface of the LiMn2O4 wasin equilibrium with a soluble species, which leads to an increase in the cathode resistance. The amount of the dissolved Mn
increased with increasing LiPF6 concentration and that 2 equiv. of PO2F2- were generated. Concurrent formation of carbonate
decomposition products suggests the mechanism of Mn dissolution from the charged state was composed of three steps asshown in Fig. 2.
EtO

1. Decarboxylation Catalyzed by λMnO2

EtO
O

DEC
LiPF6

λMnO2

EtOH etc.

λMnO2

[Mn]
LiPF6

2. Reduction of λMnO2 by EtOH
2EtOH + 2λMnO2

MnO2

AcOEt, H2O
LiPF6

EtOH + CO2 + C2H4

AcOEt + 2MnO + 2H2O

3. Mn Dissolution
4MnO + 3λMnO2 + 8LiPF6 + 6H2O

Mn(Ⅱ), LiPO2F2, HF
etc.

2Mn(PF6)2 + MnF2 + 4Li0.5MnO2+ 4LiPO2F2 + 2LiFHF + 10HF

Fig. 1. The relationship between oxygen deficiency δ and capacity

Fig. 2. Proposed mechanism of Mn dissolution from λMnO2.

retention rate after the 100th cycle.

【Layered Li-Ni-O materials】The effect of CO2 on layered Li1+zNi1-x-yCoxMyO2 (M = Al, Mn) materials was studied.
Li1+zNi(1-x)/2CoxMn(1-x)/2O2 (Ni/Mn = 1) singularly exhibit high storage stability. On the other hand, Li1+zNi0.80Co0.15Al0.05O2 werevery unstable. The surface of CO2-treated sample is overspread with passivation which might be Li2CO3. The relationshipbetween degree of carbonation and cell performance revealed the discharge capacity was not decreased and the capacity
retention was improved during the consumption of excess lithium ‘z’, and then deteriorated rapidly above ‘z’ inLi1+zNi0.80Co0.15Al0.05O2.
† Mitsubishi Chemical Group Science and Technology Research Center, Inc.

【Layered Li-Ni-Mn-Co-O materials】Li1+yNixCo1-2xMnxO2 materials were characterized by various methods. The cell
performance depended on the composition. The rate performance deteriorated as Co content decreased, and improved as excess
Li content increased. The change of cell performance associated with composition variations was closely related to both thecation mixing (structural disorder) and the volume resistivity (electrical conductivity). The degree of cation mixing depended
greatly on Co content, and the volume resistivity depended greatly on excess Li content.
1.0E+08

1.00

y=0.050.98

Volume resistivity / Ω･cm

Occupation parameters g

0.99

y=0.10

0.97
0.96
0.95
0.94
0.93
0.92

y=0.05y=0.101.0E+07

1.0E+06

1.0E+05

1.0E+040.91
1.0E+03

0.90
0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

x in Li1+yNixCo1-2xMnxO 2

0.3

0.35

0.4

0.45

0.5

x in Li1+y NixCo 1-2xMnxO2

Fig. 3. Relationship between composition and occupation parameter

Fig. 4. Relationship between composition and volume resistivity forg(Li) for Li1+yNixCo1-2xMnxO2 (y = 0.05 and 0.10).

Li1+yNixCo1-2xMnxO2 (0.33 ≦ x ≦ 0.475, y = 0.05 and 0.10).

X-ray absorption fine structure on layered Li(Ni, Mn, Co)O2 materials was studied. This study revealed that Li contributes tothe rate capability through the concentration of Ni3+ in the transition metal layers, which is closely related to the volume
resistivity of the material. On the other hand, Co contributes to the Li-ion conductivity through the less cation mixing rather than
to the electronic conductivity of the pristine powder.
The electrochemical analysis of Li1+yNi5/12Co1/6Mn5/12O2 (y = 0.04, 0.13) materials was performed to elucidate how thechange of the volume resistivity of the pristine powder contributes to the cell performance. Electrochemical impedance
measurements indicated the charge transfer resistance decreased with increased excess Li content ‘y’. The equivalent circuits’
model considering the volume resistivity was proposed.
【Li-Cu-Ni-O materials】The solid solution materials between Li2CuO2 and Li2NiO2 were studied with respect of theelectrochemical performance and the crystal structure. Pure Li2CuO2 shows only 100 mAh/g of capacity, but nickel substituted
compositions delivered reversible capacity of 250 mAh/g corresponding one equivalent of lithium. The enhancement ofreversible capacity is attributed to the stability of Ni3+ state compared to Cu3+. Li2CuO2 undergoes phase change to monoclinic
during lithium deintercalation, while the nickel-rich compositions show a new phase different from either original orthorhombic
or monoclinic structure. The latter phase shows two-step voltage profile at 2 and 4 V. The middle composition in the solid
solutions, e.g. Li2Cu0.6Ni0.4O2, indicates high capacity and high resistance against the structural degradation under high ratelithium intercalation.
3. Concluding remarks
The present study has identified the relationship between the properties and the electrochemical performances about thepositive active materials, and brought these results to develop the excellent materials.
Author’s publications[1] Y. Chida, H. Wada, K. Shizuka, Relationship between cycle life of Li(Mn2-xLix)O4-δ and oxygen deficiency δ, J. Power
Sources, 81-82 (1999) 454.
[2] T. Aoshima, K. Okahara, C. Kiyohara, K. Shizuka, Mechanisms of manganese spinels dissolution and capacity fade at hightemperature, J. Power Sources, 97-98 (2001) 377.
[3] K. Shizuka, C. Kiyohara, K. Shima, Y. Takeda, Effect of CO2 on layered Li1+zNi1-x-yCoxMyO2 (M = Al, Mn) cathodematerials for lithium ion batteries, J. Power Sources, accepted for publication.
[4] K. Shizuka, T. Kobayashi, K. Okahara, K. Okamoto, S. Kanzaki, R. Kanno, Characterization of Li1+yNixCo1-2xMnxO2
positive active materials for lithium ion batteries, J. Power Sources, 146 (2005) 589[5] K. Okamoto, K. Shizuka, T. Akai, Y. Tamaki, K. Okahara, M. Nomura, X-ray absorption fine structure study on layered
LiMO2 (M=Ni, Mn, Co) cathode materials, J. Electrochem. Soc., 153 (2006) A1120.
[6] K. Shizuka, S. Takano, K. Okahara, Relationship between physical properties and electrochemical performances for
Li1+yNixCo1-2xMnxO2 positive active materials, J. Power Sources, submitted for publication.
[7] N. Imanishi, K. Shizuka, T. Matsumura, A. Hirano, Y. Takeda, Preparation and electrochemical properties of
Li2CuO2-LiNiO2 solid solutions as lithium intercalation electrode, Solid State Ionics, 177 (2006) 1341.

Estimation, Parameter Learning and Prediction of Time-Varying
Communication Channels
Gagik Mkrtchyan †Keywords: Digital communication systems, time-varying signal propagation channels, inter-carrier interference cancellation, channel estimation,
dynamic parameter learning, model-based prediction.
1. The purpose
The aim of this research is feasibility study of high data rate communication in time varying signal propagation channels. The targets ofresearch are the effective inter-carrier interference cancellation method and provision of the estimation, dynamic parameter learning and predictionof time varying channel response.
2. The related prior arts
There is the known bound for communication systems performance, but that bound is mostly unattainable because of the channel response
knowledge error and the interference in time varying channels. The time varying channel response estimation is required for many wirelesscommunication systems because of the user mobility. In some mobile wireless applications, such MC-CDMA, the precise channel estimation is notsatisfactory and each user must predict the uplink channel response in the time varying fading channel. The main problem of linear regression based
prediction methods is the requirement of the channel’s statistics knowledge, or otherwise the large number of known data transmission (pilot
symbols or pilot tones) must be done for the precise calculation of the statistical characteristics, which leads to the significant loss of thecommunication efficiency. The inter-carrier interference (ICI) can become the strong degradation factor for channel estimation and data detection,
due to the carrier frequency offset and Doppler frequency spread. While the problem of the carrier frequency offset is comparatively unsophisticatedand has multiple suitable methods for the offset correction; the ICI caused by Doppler spread has very complex representation and there is no fully
satisfying solution. The ICI occurs because when using IDFT, the spectral density function of n-th subcarrier is zero on the frequencies of all othersubcarriers, but it is not zero even very near to them.
3. Proposed methods abstract
This research provides the detail representation of the temporal and spatial characteristics of the time varying channel models. The
employed in this thesis dynamically quantized parameter based models describe the time varying channel by limited number of parameter set,
which are assumed to be constant during some quantized period of the time, but has random behavior from one time step to another transition. The
transition between sets of the parameters depends only from the previous state of the parameters by the Markov chain rule, and the statistics of thetime varying channel model is given by the transition probabilities. The conventional preamble symbol based channel estimation methods calculate
the channel response separately for the each of preambles and then use linear and nonlinear interpolation for channel response calculation during thedata symbols, transmitted between them. In this research is employed a different approach, based on the quantized limited number of the channel
parameters, so the received information from the multiple preamble symbols is directly combined for maximum likelihood (ML) channel
estimation results calculation.
The conventional pilot tones based channel estimation, widely used in the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) and the multicarried code division multiple access (MC-CDMA), employs the orthogonality of subcarriers for separate sub channels responses estimation andthen linearly or nonlinearly interpolates the response through the whole communication channel. This method has two drawbacks for time varying
channel: it suffers from introduced inter carrier interference (ICI) and it has a loss of the estimation precision during the interpolation. For solution ofthese problems in thesis is proposed the time domain correction of the subcarriers to reduce effect of ICI and frequency-time domain estimation forimproving the___________________________________________† Division of Systems Engineering, Department of lectrical and Electronic Engineering, Mie University

precision. In many of the wireless communication systems it is not only required the precise channel estimation but also it’s near future prediction.
For example the orthogonality of the MC-CDMA uplink transmission can be ensured only by means of the pre-equalization, and for the timevarying channels the pre-equalization coefficients must be predicted using the estimation results of the downlink. In this thesis the quantized model
based prediction approach is provided, which doesn’t use the knowledge of channel statistics. The conventional methods based on the Wiener,
Kalman or other filtering techniques need the channel response’s autocorrelation knowledge, which is not known for the most of the practicalpropagation channel conditions..
The final part of the thesis is dedicated to the time varying channel’s parameters dynamic learning. Due to the strong tendency to theunification of the mobile communication systems, the software-defined radio (SDR) with reconfigurable signal processing devices becomes the
new standard for future generation of the wireless communication systems. SDR requires the learning of the multiple unknown parameters to realize
the potential capabilities of the cognitive communication. The dynamic learning of the time varying channel parameters is valuable for SDR because
it doesn’t employ any knowledge about temporal and spatial characteristics of the propagation paths distribution. The dynamic parameter learning
can be executed by means of the evolutional algorithms in combination with the complex weighted neural networks. Evolutional algorithms are
optimal multi dimensional search techniques, and are well known as the effective methods for the parameter learning. Evolutional algorithms can beconditionally divided into the three categories: evolution strategies, genetic algorithms and evolutionary programming. While the neural networks
and genetic algorithms were widely used for the time invariant channel response learning, they were not applied to the time varying channel’s
parameters learning. The problem actually was that both pure neural networks and genetic algorithms couldn’t be directly applied to the timevarying conditions because the convergence time is too long and small fluctuation can create the chaotic behavior. In this thesis is proposed theusage of the evolutional strategy based method instead of the genetic algorithm. The proposed method controls the fit result of the nonlinearly
dependent parameters by means of the choosing the principal components from both of the parents during the “crossover” and keeps the “elitism” of
the “population set” by means of introducing the minimal “learning and crossover ages”. The complex weighted neural networks, which areemployed for learning of the propagation paths amplitudes, are simplified to the single layer perceptrons with the linear activation functions. This
allows employing of the direct error gradient based learning of linear parameters, which decreases the number of the required learning steps and ismore robust to the fluctuations due to the noise. The convergence problem is solved by the separation of the dynamic learning process for the
nonlinearly and linearly dependent parameters. The first is realized by means of the evolutional algorithm, while the second is realized by means of
the complex weighted neural network.
4. Concluding remarks
Unfortunately the degradation of data communication performance in time varying channels is inevitable, and all the channels are timevarying to a greater or less extent. But in the most of the actual cases it is possible to strongly minimize the degradation effect if precisely to know
channel response dependence in time. This thesis proposed the novel methods of ICI cancellation, dynamic learning and prediction of channel.
1) The proposed time domain signal form correction method can effectively compensate the ICI without significant increase of the signal processing
complexity and is applicable up to the very high vehicle mobility.
2) Next contribution of the thesis is in the time varying channel’s parameters learning by means of the adaptive quantization and the model based
prediction of time varying channel, which allows compensation of the MUI in the uplink transmission of TDD MC-CDMA systems.
3) The finally proposed dynamic learning method combines the complex weighted neural networks with evolutionary learning algorithm forsimultaneous learning and prediction of channel response, and it provides good accuracy for nearly ideal compensation of the degradation due to thetime varying channel.
5. Publications[1] Gagik Mkrtchyan, Kazuo Mori and Hideo Kobayashi, “Correction of OFDM Signal Form in Time Domain to Reduce ICI Due to the Doppler
Spread and Carrier Frequency Offset,” IEICE Transactions on Communications, Vol.E88-B, no.1 pp.122-133, Jan. 2005.
[2] Gagik Mkrtchyan, Katsuhiro Naito, Kazuo Mori and Hideo Kobayashi, “Doppler Spread Estimation Method for OFDM Signal Using Mean
Square of Channel Impulse Response’s Time Derivative,” IEICE Transactions on Communications, vol.E89-B, No.10, pp2961-2966, Oct. 2006.

[3] Gagik Mkrtchyan, Katsuhiro Naito, Kazuo Mori and Hideo Kobayashi, “Evolutional Algorithm Based Learning ofTime-Varying Multipath Fading Channels for Software Defined Radio,” IEICE Transactions on Communications,
Vol.E89-B, No.12 pp.3269-3273, Dec. 2006.

Study on Improvement and Application of Titanium
Dioxide - Based Photocatalysts
Naomi Nishikawa †( Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Division of Materials Science )Keywords ： Photocatalysts, TiO2, sol-gel method, visible-light-driven

1. Introduction
Semiconductor-based photocatalysts which create electrons and holes by absorbing light have been
applied to the design of environmental photocatalytic systems and dye-sensitized solar cells (DSSC). TiO2
has been extremely focused on its variety of applications, because it shows a number of attractive
characteristics such as high photoreactivity, low cost, non-toxicity and chemical stability. Recently, many
attempts have been made to improve and apply of titanium dioxide-based photocatalysts.
In this research, it was aimed to prepare an improved photocatalyst based on the titanium dioxide byusing the sol-gel method under the environment-friendly condition, and to evaluate their photocatalytic
activity. In addition, visible-light-driven TiO2 thin films were applied to a dye-sensitized solar cell system.

2. Adsorption and Photocatalytic Characteristics of Activated Carbon Made from TiO2-Coated Woody
Waste
Composite powder materials consisting of activated carbon and TiO2 were prepared through thecarbonization of woody waste powders coated with TiO2 gel by using the sol-gel method. The effect of theconditions for preparing TiO2 sols and the carbonization process on the properties of the resulting composites
was examined. It was found that the addition of diethanolamine (DEA) to the TiO2 sol was effective forachieving a smooth coating on woody waste-derived activated carbon. The composites obtained byheat-treating the wood powders coated with DEA and polyethylene glycol (PEG)-added TiO2 gel with at 530oC and 700 oC exhibited both the adsorption and the photocatalytic decomposition of methylene blue in water.

3. Preparation of Visible-Light-Driven Photocatalysts by Sol-Gel Method and Their Photocatalytic
Activity
The Pr-doped photocatalytic thin films were prepared by the sol-gel method. The photocatalytic activityof the films under visible light irradiation was evaluated.
(1) Doping of Pr was very effective to shift the absorption edge of TiO2 thin film toward the longwavelength. This means that the absorption edge shift toward visible wavelength side in the Pr-doped TiO2
thin film, probably through the formation of an impurity level due to Pr3+ or Pr4+ in the band gap. For
degradation of methylene blue solution, the Pr-doped TiO2 thin film showed excellent photocatalytic activity
under visible light (>400nm) irradiation, especially in the range of 400-500nm, while TiO2 thin film showedno activity under the same condition (Fig.1). In other words, it was found that Pr-doped TiO2 thin films
acted as visible-light-driven photocatalyst.
( 2 )Pr-doped titanophosphate glass thin films were prepared by the sol-gel method. Under full arc
irradiation of Xe lamp, the photocatalytic activity was observed for all samples. But, under visible lightirradiation of Xe lamp, it was only seen for Pr-doped samples.

† Mie Science and Technology Promotion Center, Industrial Research Division, Mie Prefectural Government

100: TiO2: Pr0.01

80% Degraded% Degraded

80

100

60
40

: TiO2: Pr0.01

60
40
20

20
0
0

100
200
Time/min

300

0
0

100
200
Time/min300

Fig.1 Photocatalytic activity of Pr-TiO2 film under visible light ( l >400 nm ) irradiation of Xe lamp.
4. Reduction of Mite Allergen Activities by Photocatalytic Treatment with Titanium Dioxide for a
Cleaner Indoor Environment
The reduction of mite allergen activities by photocatalytic treatment with titanium dioxide (TiO2) wasinvestigated for a cleaner indoor environment.
Degussa P25 TiO2 and recombinant Derf 1 protein wereused as the photocatalyst and the mite allergen, respectively.
With increasing the amounts ofphotocatalyst, the rate for the reduction of allergen activities increased gradually.
At the irradiation timeof 60 min, the reduction efficiencies of allergen activities were more than 96.9%, when the photocatalyst
TiO2 of more than 1 mg was used.
As a consequence, the photocatalytic treatment with TiO2 was very
effective for the reduction of allergen activities.
Since aspartic acid and glycine concentrations increased
during the initial degradation, the destruction of amino acid may become a main reason for the reduction ofallergen activities by the photocatalytic treatment.
The photocatalytic treatment for the reduction ofallergen activities is simple, easy handling and low cost.
5. Application of Visible-Light-Driven Pr-Doped TiO2 Thin Films to a Dye-Sensitized Solar Cell
SystemSince it has been expected that absorption in a visible region by the Pr-doped TiO2 layer was effective
to enhance the conversion efficiency of dye-sensitized solar cell (DSSC), the photovoltalic properties of the
Pr-doped TiO2 thin film were evaluated for the DSSC system under the simulated sun light.
As a consequence, the light conversion efficiency (η) of DSSC using the Pr-doped TiO2 thin film was
1.07%, although the efficiency was 0.71% for DSSC using the pure TiO2 thin film.
6. Conclusion
In the present study, an improved TiO2 photocatalyst were prepared by using the sol-gel method
under the environment-friendly condition.

Author's Publications[ 1 ] Naomi Nishikawa ， Masaki Murayama ， Kanichi Kamiya ：“ Adsorption and Photocatalytic
Characteristics of Activated Carbon Made from TiO2-coated Woody Waste” ， Mokuzai Gakkaishi,Vol.52,
No.1, pp.50-54,2006[ 2 ] Naomi Nishikawa, Satoshi Kaneco, Hideyuki Katsumata, Tohru Suzuki, Kiyohisa Ohta, Yasuo Takeda,
Masaki Murayama, Eiji Yamazaki, Noritsugu Hashimoto, Kazuaki Masuyama and Masashi Shoyama ：“Fabrication of Visible Light Response Praseodymium-doped TiO2 Photocatalysts and Its Application to
Dye-sensitized Solar Cells” ， Photo/ Electrochemistry & Photobiology in the Environment, Energy &Fuel,pp.311-319,2006[ 3 ] Naomi Nishikawa, Satoshi Kaneco, Hideyuki Katsumata, Tohru Suzuki, Kiyohisa Ohta, Eiji Yamazaki,

Kazuaki Masuyama, Tadanori Hashimoto and Kanichi Kamiya ： ”Photocatalytic Degradation of allergen inwater with Titanium Dioxide”, Fresenius Environmental Bulletin (FEB), accepted,

Investigation of novel asymmetric reactions and synthetic studyof a gastrin receptor antagonist, AG-041R
Takashi Emura†(Organic chemistry, Chemistry for materials)
Keywords: Gastrin, Antagonist, Asymmetric synthesis, Diastereoselective, Menthol1.

The purpose
The aim of the research is to establish an efficient synthetic route for the novel anti gastrin agent AG-041R
1, which has a tetra-substituted chiral center in the structure. The synthesis has to meet the requirement for the
manufacturing cost and scalability, therefore efficient construction of the chiral center was investigated.
2.

The substantiation of the synthesis
The approach taken for the retrosynthetic analysis
SCHEME 1. Retrosynthetic Analysis(Scheme 1) revealed that a strategy based on the
Me
Me
O
O
alkylation of the oxindole derivatives would be the
HN
N
HN
N
most straightforward in order to obtain the basic
H H
H
N
HH
N
framework of our target compound. From the outset it
+ Br
N
O O
N
O
Me
O
was realized that one of the synthetic challenges
Me
OEt
OEt
would be the asymmetric alkylation of oxindole
OEt
OEt
AG-041R 1
2
derivative 2. Therefore, the focus was on identifying
an efficient method for the asymmetric alkylation
reaction.
O
Me
Asymmetric alkylation using a phase transfer
OEt
Br
+
+
catalyst is one of the choices for construction of the
OEt
O
N
OCN
H
tetra-substituted chiral center. However, this method
still requires a relatively large amount of chiral catalyst, which has a complicated structure and is difficult toobtain.
Due to availability and ease of control of the reaction process, it was decided to investigate thestoichiometric alkylation of oxindole enolates with haloacetic acid esters using a commercially available chiralalcohol such as l-menthol as an auxiliary. Reaction of this type has rarely been studied to date, even though a
substantial amount of effort in using l-menthol as a chiral auxiliary has been demonstrated. To the best of ourknowledge, only a single report has been published in which poor stereoselectivity was shown in the alkylationof oxindole derivatives with l-menthyl chloroacetate as a chiral electrophile.
3.

The results of the asymmetric reaction
The alkylation reaction of urea 2 proceeded
efficiently in aprotic polar solvents such as DMF andDMSO and the racemic AG-041 was synthesized fromthealkylation
of
urea
2
with
2-bromo-N-p-tolylacetamide, and so we first tried thealkylation reaction with l-menthyl bromoacetate in
DMF. The resulting diastereoselectivity of the reaction
was low (Table 1, entry 1). Even at lower temperaturesin DMF, only a slight degree of improvement in thestereoselectivity was observed (Table 1, entries 2 and
3). By using solvent THF, the selectivity showed aslight increase with t-BuOK as the base (Table 1, entry4). When the reaction was performed in a less polar
solvent with a lithium cation base, the†Chugai Pharmaceutical CO., LTD.

TABLE 1. Diastereoselective Alkylation of the Urea 2O

MeNHCONHp-Tol

Base
HN
N
H H BrCH2CO2l-MenthylN2

Entrya
1
2
3
4
5b
6b, c
8
9
10d
11

O
OEt

Solvent

OEt

Solvent
DMF
DMF
DMF – Toluene
THF
THF
Dioxane
THF
THF
THF
THF

NHCONHp-Tol

O
N
3

Base
t-BuOK
t-BuOK
t-BuOK
t-BuOK
LiHMDS
LiHMDS
LiHMDS
LiHMDS
LiHMDS
LiHMDS

O
O
OEt
OEt

Equiv of base
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.1

O
+
N
4

Temp. (oC)
-10
-60
-78
-10
20
20
0
0
0
-15

O
O
OEt
OEt

Ratio (9:10)
60:40e75:25e80:20e75:25e90:10e
92:8e
92:8f
93:7f
94:6f
94:6f

a
Unless otherwise noted, the reaction was carried out with 1.2 equiv of l-menthyl
bromoacetate. b1.1 equiv of l-menthyl bromoacetate was used. cLiHMDS in hexane was used.
d
1.3 equiv of l-menthyl bromoacetate was used. eDetermined by 1H-NMR analysis of thecrude reaction mixture. fDetermined by HPLC analysis of the crude reaction mixture.

diastereoselectivity was greatly increased even at rt (Table 1, entry 5). Although dioxane showed the best resultsin terms of diastereoselectivity for the reaction (Table 1, entry 6), it requires special handling because of its
possible carcinogenic activity. Therefore, THF was selected for further study. The diastereoselectivity increased
when the reaction was performed at lower temperature (Table 1, entry 8) and was improved by the use of aslight excess of base (Table 1, entries 9 and 10).
Finally, we selected the reaction conditions shown above (Table 1, entry 9) for further scale-up. We havesuccessfully performed the reaction on a scale of 100 g with a 91.8:8.2 diastereoselectivity ratio.
Recrystallization of the crude product
SCHEME 2.
from a methanol/water solution gave a
NH
NOMe
OEt
Pd/C
Br
H NOMe HCl
O
NOMe
K HPO
H
OEt
NCO
diastereomerically pure product inN
ONO
KOt-Bu
N
O
N
O
OEt
OEt
CH CN
55% yield.
80%
55% in 2 steps
H
H
DMA
100%
8
5
6
7
OEt
OEt
110 C, 4h
The transformation from theMeOmenthyl ester 3 to the final compound
NHCONHp-Tol
NHCONHp-Tol
NHCONHp-Tol
H
p-TolNH
LiHMDS
HN
N
KOH
OH
N
O
1 was performed by the hydrolysis and
EDC, HOBt
H H BrCH CO l-Menthyl
O
O
O
EtOH
H
O
THF
N
O
amidation by using EDC-HCl as a
N
O
N
O
N
O
Toluenereflux
OEt
OEt
OEt
OEt
coupling agent, the efficient total
OEt
2 OEt
3 OEt
9
1 OEt
synthesis was achieved (Scheme 2).
2
2

2

2

4

3

o

2

2

2

2

FIGURE 1. l-Menthyl Bromoacetate

4.

Stereochemistry of the reaction
H
From the results shown in Table 1 and because the use of a moreH
O
coordinatable lithium base gave the best stereoselectivity, there is possible
Br H
coordination of l-menthyl bromoacetate with the lithium enolates at its
O
carbonyl group in the transition state. In the most stable conformer of thel-menthyl bromoacetate the carbonyl group should be directed downward
as depicted in Figure 1, which suggests that the oxindole FIGURE 2. Plausible Favored and Unfavored Transition States
enolates should approach from the down side of theconformer coordinating with the lithium cation, and thusO
HN
the approach of the enolates from the upper side would
HN
N
HN
H
O
O
be eliminated. And the results with the other type of
Li
N
O
N
O O
oxindole derivatives indicate that the carbonyl group in
O
R
R
Br
major
the nitrogen protective group of the oxindole enolatesOshould participate in the coordination with the lithium
Transition state A
favoredcation. Based on these results, the two transition states
shown in Figure 2 are possibilities. Of the two, transitionBrstate A is preferable due to the steric interaction betweenOO
the isopropyl group in the l-menthyl group and the
HN
HN
N
H
HN
O
nitrogen protective group in transition state B.
O
O
N

5.

Conclusion

R
Transition state B

O

Li

N
R

O

O

minor

unfavored

A highly efficient asymmetric alkylation of oxindole derivatives has been demonstrated by using
commercially inexpensive l-menthol as a chiral auxiliary. The use of lithium cation is essential for the highdiastereoselection. A six-step chromatography-free synthesis of the optically pure oxindole derivative 1 wassuccessfully achieved by the finding of the diastereoselective reaction in overall yield of 26%.
Author’s publication
T. Emura, T. Esaki, K. Tachibana, M. Shimizu. Efficient Asymmetric Synthesis of Novel Gastrin Receptor
Antagonist AG-041R via Highly Stereoselective Alkylation of Oxindole Enolates. J. Org. Chem. 2006, 71,
8559.

Fundamental Research on Mechanical Evaluation of
Cardiac Function Using Numerical Simulation
Masakazu Tsutsumi(Material Science, Graduate School of Engineering)
Keywords: Biomechanics, Biomechanics, Human left ventricle, Myocardial wall motion,
Finite element method, Mechanical evaluation, Cardiac function
1. Introduction
It is extremely important to estimate quantitatively the mechanical functions of the left ventricle froma viewpoint of the medical diagnosis of heart disease. In order to estimate the ventricular functions, theauthors have constructed a fundamental numerical simulation system based on a finite element ventricle
model connected with both an electric stimulus transmission model and a blood circulation system model.
2. Mathematical model of left ventricle and finite element simulation
The mathematical models of the left ventricle are composed of the mechanical model of the
myocardial fiber, the electric stimulus transmission model and the blood circulation system model. The
myocardium consists of numerous contractile muscle fiber elements called “sarcomere” which produce anactive tensile force and contract by themselves after receiving the electric stimulus sent from the so-called
pacemaker of the heart. The magnitude of active tensile force produced by the sarcomeres may beapproximated through a set of simple relations proposed by Beyar and Sideman. The relationships of themagnitude of active tensile force against time and length are indicated in Fig.1a and 1b, respectively. The
installation of the fiber orientation into the finite element model is realized by transforming the standard
element in the local coordinate system to the real element in the global coordinate system. As thecirculation system model, a simplified electric circuit analogy model is employed in the present numericalsimulation. The 3-dimensional geometry of the left ventricle is here assumed to be a prorate spheroid forsimplicity. The isoparametric parallelepiped finite elements (198 elements in total) are arranged along theventricular wall. The mechanical properties of the myocardial fiber and the other various material
constants are not determined for a specific individual, but chosen on the basis of studies up to the present
as well as the experience and knowledge of medical doctors.
To confirm the reliability of proposed simulation system, the numerical results were compared with themeasurements results obtained by the corresponding MR-tagging technique. Fig.2 shows three strain
components in myocardium at end systole for normal heart. As recognized from this figure, the simulated
results may reproduce well the corresponding results obtained by MR-tagging technique.
3. Numerical results and discussion
The dynamics changes and biomechanical properties are analyzed through a complete cardiac cycle.
The reliability of the obtained numerical results is verified through the comparison with the measurement
results obtained from the corresponding MR-tagging technique.
In the research work, the analysis of the cardiac functions supposed the following three heart diseases
were performed using the proposed simulation system.
(1) HHD (Hypertensive Heart Disease)(2) DCM (Dilated Cardiomyopathy) accompanied with LBBB (Left Bundle Branch Block)(3) MI (Myocardial Infarction)
From simulated results (HHD), it is considered that the amount of contraction of the myocardium
decreases when the heart becomes the elevated blood pressure condition. It is also considered that thehypertrophy of the myocardial wall in HHD is one of acclimatization developments to compensate areduction of the stroke volume.
From simulated results (DCM accompanied with LBBB), it is predicted that deformation of the
myocardial wall during early systole is affected by the change of electric stimulus transmission pathway
due to LBBB, and that during late systole is affected by the decrease of active force due to DCM.
From simulated results (MI), it is assumed that that the blood pressure is kept to some degree when theamount of contraction of the myocardium decreases 50% compared to normal heart.
4. Conclusion
The numerical system to analyze the mechanical properties and functions of the left ventricle has been
constructed in this study by combining the mechanical model of the left ventricle with the circulatorysystem model. The proposed simulation system can reproduce the generally well-accepted properties andfunctions of the left ventricle, and also makes it possible to estimate, for example, the stress distributions
which are quite difficult to measure, while all of the basic elements of the system are very simple andfundamental. By substituting higher-grade models for the present fundamental models, the more
complicated performance of the left ventricle could be reproduced in a more precise and reliable manner.
Hence, in the future we can expect objective and quantitative diagnoses for heart diseases by improving
the present numerical system.
There are still many problems to solve before we can realize the ideal simulation system. One of them isthat there is a shortage of reliable invivo information about the mechanical properties of the bio-tissues
and organ. And even if we could obtain such information, the characteristic complexity, the timedependence and the individual differences of organisms are turned to considerable barriers for thenumerical simulation. However, it is expected that numerical simulators like those presented here will pay
a major role in overcoming these difficulties.

0.5
0.4

radialcircumferential
meridional

Strain

0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3

Measurement(28yrs, male)

Simulation

Author’s publications[1] Tadashi INABA, Takahiro NAKANO, Masakazu TSUTSUMI, Shingo KAWASAKI, Yasutomi
KINOSADA, Masataka TOKUDA, Quantitative Evaluation of Left Ventricular Wall Motion in Patientwith Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting Using Magnetic Resonance Tagging Technique, JSMEInternational Journal, Series A, Vol.49, No.4, pp. 597-603, 2006.
[2] Masakazu TSUTSUMI, Akiyoshi SHIOMI, Tadashi INABA, Yutaka SAWAKI, Masataka TOKUDA,
Finite Element Analysis of Cardiac Function in Hypertensive Heart Disease, Proceedings of 4th World
Congress of Biomechanics, Proceedings CD, 2002.
[3] Masakazu TSUTSUMI, Kazuyuki YANAGISAWA, Tadashi INABA, Masataka TOKUDA,
Mechanical Evaluation of Cardiac Function in Heart with Disease by Numerical Simulation, Proceedingsof 5th World Congress of Biomechanics, pp.563-566, 2006.

Experimental Research on Mechanical Properties ofZr based Bulk Metallic Glass
Takamasa Yoshikawa(Mechanical Properties of Materials, Division of Materials Engineering)
Keywords: Zirconium based bulk metallic glass, Amorphous, Mechanical properties,
Thermoplastic deformation, Crystallization

1. Introduction
Bulk metallic glasses (BMGs) are alloys that have various features that are not observed in conventional
metallic materials. BMGs consist of metallic elements with amorphous structures. It has the thickness and sizeenough to be applied to a structural material, i.e. bulk size, and exhibits the specific glass transition
phenomenon different from conventional amorphous alloys. The BMGs show the excellent mechanicalproperties, high corrosion resistance and exhibit a low magnetic coercive force. In particular, Zirconium-based
BMGs have not only high mechanical properties but also high glass forming ability. Due to these remarkableproperties, it is expected that Zr-based BMGs will be applied to new structural materials. However, BMGs
must be worked and formed at high temperatures into the desired shape for mechanical applications, because it
is difficult to plastically deform BMGs at room temperature (RT).
In this study, the influence of thermoplastic deformation on the mechanical properties of BMGs at RT isinvestigated. In particular, the effects of temperature, strain, and strain rate in thermoplastic deformation on thefracture stress of BMGs at RT is focused on. A comprehension of the dependence of these parameters under hot
conditions on the material strength at RT will expedite the industrial use of BMGs.
2. Experimental method
The strength properties of Zr55Al10Cu30Ni5 and Zr60Al10Cu25Ni5 BMGs were investigated at RT (293 K). To
study the influence of heat alone on the mechanical and atomic structural properties of these BMGs at RT,
specimens were heated in a muffle furnace. Subsequently, mechanical loading tests and analysis of atomic
structure by using a XRD were performed at RT after cooling. Moreover the plastic deformation behavior ofthese BMGs at high temperature was studied by using a hot loading machine to which an electrical furnace is
attached. The tensile tests were performed at various temperature conditions and strain rates. All thethermoplastic deformation experiments were stopped before the fracture of the specimens. After thermoplastic
deformation, the strength properties were studied at RT, and compared with the as-cast materials. To investigate
the thermal properties of the Zr55Al10Cu30Ni5 and Zr60Al10Cu25Ni5 BMGs, a DSC was used.
3. Result and discussion
The fracture stresses of as-cast Zr55Al10Cu30Ni5 and Zr60Al10Cu25Ni5 BMGs at RT were more than 1500 MPa.
These materials exhibited a large elastic strain, extending up to 2.0%. On the other hand, it was difficult toplastically deform these BMGs at RT. The stress-strain curves of these BMGs are similar to those of so-called
brittle materials, particularly for the tensile tests. However, several experimental results indicated that the
BMGs have mechanical properties similar to those of ductile materials such as steel, although no plastic strain
appears in their stress-strain curves at RT.

Crystallization Temperature [K]Fracture Stress (RT) [ MPa ]2000
When the Zr55Al10Cu30Ni5 BMGs were heated at a temperature
673[K]As Castgreater than 685 K in the muffle furnace, this material was1500
crystallized. Furthermore, the fracture stress of crystallizedmaterial drastically decreased at RT after cooling. The material
1000
673[K]
undergoing heating above 685 K is embrittled and loses theductile properties that the as-cast materials possess. However, the500
673[K]
Zr55Al10Cu30Ni5 BMG after being heated below 685 K was not
693[K]
crystallized and its mechanical strength can be maintained at0levels similar to that of the as-cast samples. On the other hand, the
0
20
40
60
80
100
Thermoplastic Strain (%)
Zr60Al10Cu25Ni5 BMG also maintains the as-cast strength
properties after being heated at a temperature below 710 K.
5.0E-05 [1/s] 673[K] 2.0E-04 [1/s] 673[K]3.0E-03 [1/s] 673[K] 2.0E-04 [1/s] 693[K]Therefore, these temperatures can be considered as the upper limit
temperature in order to maintain the as-cast strength after a
Fig. 1 Influence of thermoplastic strain atheating process.
673 K corresponding to strain rate andThese materials exhibited plastic strain at a high temperature temperature on fracture stress ofalthough no plastic deformation appeared at RT. The temperature to Zr60Al10Cu25Ni5 BMG at RT
allow the plastic deformation lied over not only a higher but also a673[K]As Castlower temperature than the upper limit temperature. The property of762
plastic deformation of these BMGs at a high temperature depended
757
673[K]
strongly on not only the temperature but also the strain rate.
752
The three parameters—strain, temperature, and strain rate of the673[K]
thermoplastic deformation—can be considered to have an effect on
747
the structure of the BMG, and thus on the strength after the693[K]
742
deformation, even if the environmental temperature is lower than the
0
20
40
60
80
100
upper limit temperature. Therefore, the influence of each parameter
Thermoplastic Strain (%)
on the mechanical properties of the Zr60Al10Cu25Ni5 BMG at RT was
5.0E-05[1/s] 673[K] 2.0E-04[1/s] 673[K]studied. The experimental results showed that the strength of this
3.0E-03[1/s] 673[K] 2.0E-03[1/s] 693[K]BMG at RT after the thermoplastic deformation depends strongly on
Fig. 2 Influence of thermoplastic
the amount of thermoplastic strain, the temperature and the strain rate
deformation parameters on crystallization
during deformation. When the strain rate is comparatively low, the temperature of Zr Al Cu Ni BMG at
60 10
25
5
strength of this material at RT gradually decreases with increasing the RT
thermoplastic strain. On the other hand, a higher strain rate prevents
the strength after thermoplastic deformation from decreasing. Furthermore, the decrease of the strength of thisBMG at RT is significant at a higher temperature even if the temperature is lower than the upper limit
temperature.
From the thermal analysis by using a DSC, the crystallization temperature of the specimens deformed undervarious hot conditions changed with the thermoplastic strain. The tendency of the change coincided with thoseof the strength at RT after the deformation depending on the three parameters. The decrease of crystallization
temperature is considered to imply that the material changes into the state to be more easily crystallized
because the crystalline phase is precipitated and then a local free volume increases inside the amorphous phase.

4. Conclusion
From the experimental results of Zr-based BMGs, the influence of the thermoplastic deformation on themechanical properties at RT was clarified. It is important and useful from the industrial viewpoint that these
BMGs can be freely deformed and the excellent strength properties can be maintained after thermoplastic
deformation.
Author’s publications[1] T. Yoshikawa, M. Tokuda and T. Inaba, Key Engineering Materials, Vols. 340-341, (2007) pp.113-118[2] T. Yoshikawa, M. Tokuda and T. Inaba, Journal of The Society of Materials Science Japan, Vol. 56, No.2,(2007) pp.171-177

A Study on the Modification of the Engineering Plastics
to the Advanced High-Performance Materials
Hatsuhiko Harashina†(Materials Chemistry, Division of Materials Science)
Keywords: Engineering plastics, Poly(oxymethylene), Poly(ethylene terephthalate), Poly(ester amide),
Ethanolamine, Flame retardancy, Thermal properties, Thermal analysis, Molecular orbital calculation

1. Introduction
Engineering plastics, including Poly(oxymethylene)s (POMs) and poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET),
have superior physical, mechanical, thermal, electrical and chemical properties, and they have been used inmany industrial fields such as the automotive, electrical/electronic, construction and consumer markets.
Moreover, in order to apply POM and PET to various industrial fields as the further advanced materials, theprogressive and drastic improvement of the fundamental issues having POM and PET needs to be performed.
As a design methodology for the advanced high-performance engineering plastics, the formulation design bypackaging of the optimized functional additives (ex. flame retardants) or the structural modification byintroducing of hydrogen-bondable amide groups to the polymer main chain can be expected.
The present paper describes the results of a study on the modification of the engineering plastics to theadvanced high-performance materials, including POM and PET, the objective of which was to produce newadvanced plastic compositions and polymers, characterize them, and obtain the fundamental design
methodology to create the advanced high-performance materials.
2. Results and Discussion
2.1. A Study on Design Methodology for High-Performance (flame retardancy) of POM [1]New flame retardant combination system for POM was investigated. It was found that POM issynergistically flame-retarded by the combination of red phosphorus with novolac as a phenolic resin andmelamine as an aminotriazine compound. Furthermore, the detailed combustion behavior of the flame
retarded POM has been studied to confirm its flame retarding mechanism by using thermal and FTIR
analyses. The results of cone calorimetry, thermogravimetry and FTIR analysis suggested that the flame
retarding mechanism is the intumescent char formation in the condensed phase. Novolac having a phenolichydroxyl group is miscible with POM, and in the flaming process, red phosphorus yields phosphine and its
acidic product such as phosphoric acid due to hydrolysis and oxidation reactions.
In addition, all of novolac, melamine and phosphine are able to readily react with formaldehyde
generating from POM during burning to give the reinforced and cross-linked char network through thepolyaddition and polycondensation reactions. Therefore, the red phosphorus/novolac/melamine ternary
combination system could synergistically promote the high flame retardancy of POM without the flaming
drips.
2.2. A Study on Design Methodology for High-performance of semiaromatic polyesters [2, 3]
Semiaromatic poly(ester amide)s (PEAs) were synthesized by the melt polycondensation of
ethanolamine (EA)-derivatives with dimethyl terephthalate (DMT) and ethylene glycol (EG) in the presenceof tetrabutyl titanate as a catalyst, and their crystallization and thermal properties were investigated.
†Polyplastics Co., Ltd.

Introduction of an amide group into the semiaromatic polyesters such as poly(ethylene terephthalate)(PET) gave the PEAs (EA-modified PET polymers) having an increase of melting point. Interestingly,
these PEAs were found to decompose at a lower temperature than PET on the basis of the TGA analysis.
Moreover, the direct pyrolysis/mass spectrometry suggested that an initial step of the thermal decomposition
was a b-CH hydrogen transfer reaction via a six-member ring transition state at the ester-ethylene-amide unit,
at which the carbon-oxygen bond scission takes place to yield carboxyl and N-vinylamide end groups(Scheme 1). Furthermore, molecular orbital calculations using trimer model molecules supported strongly
that the b-CH hydrogen transfer reaction in the thermal decomposition of PEAs occur more easily at the
methylene group next to the amide group in an ester-ethylene-amide unit rather than at the methylene groupnext to the ester group in an ester-ethylene-ester one (Figure 1).

Scheme 1.
The b-CH hydrogen-transfer reactions of (a) PET, (b) poly(ethylene terephthalamide), and (c) PEAs.

Figure 1.
Frontier electron densities on ethylene protons for trimer models of PET and PEAs.

3. Conclusionsi) The red phosphorus/novolac/melamine ternary combination system could promote the high flame
retardancy of POM without the flaming drips. The flame retarding mechanism was the intumescent charformation to give the reinforced and cross-linked char network through the polyaddition andpolycondensation reaction in the condensed phase.
ii) Semiaromatic poly(ester amide)s (PEAs) were synthesized by the melt polycondensation of ethanolamine
derivatives with DMT and EG. The primary thermal decomposition of PEAs was a b-CH hydrogen transfer
reaction via six-member ring transition state in the ester-ethylene-amide unit to form carboxyl andN-vinylamide end groups. The thermal decomposition behavior of PEAs was explained well by
semiempirical molecular orbital calculations on the basis of timer model molecules.
Author’s Publications[1] H. Harashina, Y. Tajima, T. Itoh, “Synergistic effect of red phosphorus, novolac and melamine ternary
combination on flame retardancy of poly(oxymethylene)”, Polymer Degradation and Stability, vol.91,
1996-2002 (2006).
[2] H. Harashina, T. Nakane, T. Itoh, “Synthesis of Poly(ester amide)s by the Melt Polycondensation of
Semiaromatic Polyesters with Ethanolamine and Their Characterization”, Journal of Polymer Science Part
A: Polymer Chemistry, vol.45, No.11, 2184-2193 (2007).
[3] H. Harashina, T. Nakane, T. Itoh, “Synthesis and Properties of Semi-aromatic Polyesteramides Using
Ethanolamine”, Polymer Preprints, Japan vol.53, No.2, 4119 (2004).

A Study of the Reception Space Planning of Homes for the Elderly
Hideki FUJIEDA(Architecture and planning,Division of Systems Engineering)
Keywords:Visitor,Residents,Change of receptions,State of receptions,Setting,Nursing home
1. The significance of setting reception space of a nursing home as a research theme
The act of receiving guests in a homelike environment has been considered to be an important act that ties people inside
the house and those outside, and various types of reception space have been created in the private homes. However, in spite ofits importance, the reception space of nursing homes has never been discussed in detail, nor even the actual situation is grasped
yet. Current national policy for the preparation of the nursing homes is to attain the continual homelike environment before andafter entering them. Thus, more and more attention is to be paid to the reception space. In this sense, it is necessary to grasp thecurrent conditions of the reception space of the nursing homes and to propose a guideline to them.
2. 2 Purpose of the Study
A study of the reception space planning is a new perspective. Therefore, there are almost no previous studies of this matter.
This study aims to set up some guidelines for the nursing homes to become a place where both the residents and the visitors
feel at home. This is done by (1) overviewing the current trends in order to extract their characteristics, and (2) analyzing thereception space in detail.
3. Definition of the reception at a nursing home
It is defined as residents and visitors "sharing time comfortably."
4. Status of visitors
There are two types of visitors to nursing homes: one is those who come to see the residents individually; the other is thoseadministrating the programs of the nursing homes.
5. The institutions investigatedIn order to grasp the current situation of various types of homes for the elderly, the institutions investigated are those
covered by the public nursing care insurance set by the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare. The author sent out aquestionnaire to a total of 55 institutions: 19 special nursing homes, 9 group homes, 10 care houses, 2 private nursing homes,
13 geriatric health care institutions, 2 geriatric medical care hospitals. In addition, the author visited 11 institutions: 4 special
nursing homes, 3 geriatric health care institutions, 1 geriatric medical care hospital, 1 group home, 2 care houses.
6. The method of this study and its results
This study is carried out in five phases through "interviews and questionnaires to people involved in the act of reception" and"the observations of the receptions space of the institutions."[Issues of the Reception at the Homes for the Elderly]
Processes and problems involving the act of reception (chapter 2) aim to grasp the actual situation of the reception at theinstitutions, to organize the significance of reception and the problems of reception at institutions, and to propose the topics tobe discussed in the following chapters. What is clarified here is that the act of reception is necessary for residents of theinstitutions since it facilitates psychologically affirmative effects and that the institutional programs are necessary especially at
the institutions for the aged since it leads to heartwarming mingling at various places in the site of the institutions. Following
matters are to be considered for individual visits: frequencies of the visits, location of the institutions, equipment of the rooms,
reception at the common space, and the awareness of the people involved in the act of reception. As to the institutional
programs, environments that generate conversations and the awareness of the people involved in the act of reception are to beconsidered.
As to the changes of reception after moving into institutions (chapter 5), some specific characteristics of the life in the
NAITO Architects Co.,Ltd,Dr.Eng.

institutions are extracted in contrast to those found in the private homes. What is clarified to be of importance as to the locationof the institutions is the accessibility by private cars. This is because many of the visitors visit the institutions by car regardlessof the distance from their residence. Next, reception at the common space and the attitudes of the inmates and the guests areinvestigated. The act of reception is found to be performed not only in the private rooms but also at various places inside andoutside the institutions. The private rooms are preferred because in there both the guests and the inmates are able to enjoy
private conversations in an intimate atmosphere. On the other hand, the guests have to care a lot about the health condition of
the inmates and the inmates are sometimes reluctant to show their private space to the guests. That is why they go outside theprivate rooms for a walk or for a change of mood. In order for the inmates to enjoy the reception outside the private rooms"without feeling any constraints," following places are preferred: half-private living rooms, dining rooms, corridors, entrance
halls, meeting rooms, bathrooms and outside institutions. Of course, different institutions have different facilities (i.e., presenceor absence of certain equipment) and these also affect the details and frequencies of the act of reception.
[Extraction of the Conditions of the Reception Space Planning]
As to the equipment of the reception space of the institutional program (chapter 3), observation and analysis are done inorder to grasp the conditions in which the act of reception through the program prepared by each institution becomes
successful by the visitors who take part in the program and to clarify the condition for the preparation of the reception space.
As a result, six types of institutional programs (i.e., viewing-type, circle-type, service-type, luncheon-type, conversation-type,and festival-type) are proved to be used differently in the care space, in the common space outside the care units in the building,and outside the building. Also, necessary conditions for each space division are clarified.
As to the case study of how the change of the reception space affects the atmosphere of the reception space (chapter 4), in
order to clarify the factors that may improve the quality of life (QOL), observation and analysis from the point of view of therelationship between the improvement of the living conditions and the reception circumstances are done through the cases ofreconstruction of the hospitals for long-stay inpatients. As a result, necessary conditions for the preparation of the space in theprivate rooms, necessity of the places for the visitors to have a rest and exchange information and their requirements are
extracted.
As to the equipment of the reception space of the institutions (chapter 6), in order to clarify the factors that bring about thereception, observation and analysis of the equipment are done by comparing the equipment of the places where reception isdone. As a result, conditions for the staff members' ease of assistance and environmental conditions of private rooms, dining
rooms, living rooms, and the space for residents and visitors to move together are clarified.
Lastly, a reception space planning checklist is proposed by summing up the results obtained by analyzing the situation andfactors of reception, the conditions necessary for the preparation of the reception space, and the program conditions necessary
for the preparation of the reception space. Furthermore, the checklist is applied to the two institutions (new KT hospital for
long-stay inmates, and Y special nursing home) of which the author involved in designing and the designing concept is "theactualization of the homelike atmosphere." The problems of the design concept are in conformity with the ones drawn fromthe reception space planning checklist. This demonstrates that the reception space planning checklist obtained as a result of thisstudy is effective in the actual design of the construction.
The reception space planning checklist proposed in this study is useful not only in designing an institution that aims tofulfill homelike atmosphere but also in administrating an institution since it gives us beneficial information on the
improvement of the residents' facial expressions and physical conditions. The author, therefore, expects it to be widely
accepted.
Although this study focuses on the reception space planning for the institutions of the elderly, its concept is applicable tothe institutions where the mentally and/or physically malfunctioning people live or receive medical care as well as to theinstitutions for the elderly who require nursing care since the act of reception is an indispensable activity for a human to live.
Author's publications(1)H.FUJIEDA,S.IMAI,S.KINOSHITA:A Study of the Spatial Conditions of the Reception in Nursing homes, Journal ofArchitecture and Planning,No616,pp39-46,June.,2007(2)H.FUJIEDA,S.IMAI,S.KINOSHITA:A Study on Scenes of Reception in Nursing home, Regional Community Facilities
Planning and Design,AIJ,Vol.23,pp251-258,Jul.,2005(3)N.OCHI,H.FUJIEDA,S.IMAI,S.KINOSHITA:Programed Reception to Neighborhood in Nursing homes, Regional
Community Facilities Planning and Design,AIJ,Vol.23,pp259-264,Jul.,2005

A quantitative study on the camera calibration error
Takashi Fujimoto*(Machine vision，Division of system engineering)
Keyword: camera parameter calibration, camera parameter, formulization, optimization, quantification

1.Purpose
The object’s position on the image taken by the camera gives the information on the direction of avisual line cast by the camera on the object. Like a triangular surveying where the number of observing
points is two, by using the information on the direction of a visual line from two or more observing points,
3-D position for the target can be presumed by fusing these. In order to perform this with high accuracy,
we require the directions of visual lines with sufficient accuracy. Here, cameras involve some importantcamera parameters such as the principal point that is the intersection of the optical axis of camera with theimage plane, the principal distance that is the distance between the center of lens and the image plane, andthe length of 1-pixel on the image plane. So, these parameters are used for transforming image
coordinates into visual lines with respect to the camera, not only measuring the image coordinates ofobject’s feature points, but also we have to calibrate the camera parameters. So, camera parameter
calibration is the basic and practical technique in the field of 3-D measurement based on visual
information. So, in this research, we focus on the 2-plane calibration method is one of the simplest
calibration methods, in the field of calibration technique, that use the reference such as the points andlines whose configuration are known, and conduct a study of following 3 perspectives.
1. Raising the precision of camera parameter calibration
2. Quantification of the calibration error to the true value of camera parameter
3. Evaluation of 3-D estimation error due to the calibration error
The outline of each viewpoint is as follows.
1. The accuracy of 2-plane calibration method calibrates the camera parameters by taking a picture of thecalibration fiducial chart moving in the depth direction is affected by following factors.
･Amount of movement in depth direction of the calibration fiducial chart･Imaging condition while photographing the calibration fiducial chart
So, we propose a new imaging condition from the perspective improving the accuracy of calibration, andoptimize the amount of movement in the depth direction of the calibration fiducial chart.
2. New imaging condition and traditional imaging condition, in addition, we suppose the imaging
condition that is possible in practical use, and formulized the accuracy of camera parameter calibration
into the amount of movement in depth direction of the calibration fiducial chart.
3. So, the essential information obtained from 2-D image is visual angle that is the angle in whichobserving the object from camera, and is 3-D information, it is important to evaluate the accuracy ofcamera parameter calibration by using visual angle. In this research, we suppose the method to evaluate
the error of visual angle accurately, and ascertain the characteristics between camera parameter
calibration error and visual angle.
1. The candidate in this research
As before, in this research, we focus on the 2-plane calibration method. And, the parameters to becalibrated are following camera parameters.
･Principal point : the intersection of the optical axis of camera with the image plane･Principal distance : the distance between the center of lens and the image plane･The length of 1-pixel on the image plane
Suzuka Fuji Xerox Co.,Ltd *And, we are premised on pinhole model as camera model. In addition, the 2-plane calibration method isthe calibration method calibrating the camera parameters by taking a picture of the calibration fiducial
chart moving in the depth direction.
2. Calculational procedure
In this research, We assume that the error is caused from the observation error of image coordinates ofthe fiducial points arisen in which we observe the fiducial points arranged on the calibration fiducial chart.
Therefore, we calculate the error from camera to object calculated based on value of camera parameter
calibration by using law of error propagation.
3. The influence of the imaging condition on the accuracy of calibration
The accuracy of 2-plane calibration method is affected by the imaging conditon in which we take aphoto of the calibration fiducial chart. So, we optimize the distance of the calibration fiducial chart, andformulize the calibation error of principal distance under the condition that the number of fiducial points
are photed at the position of the calibration fiducial chart is near and far from camera is same (imaging
condition.1). In addition, we formulize the calibration error of principal distance and the length of 1-pixelon the image plane under the condition that the additional fiducial points are photed at the position of thecalibration fiducial chart is far position(imaging condition.2). By taking a photo of more fiducial points,
we can advance the accuracy of calibration in 2-plane calibration method.
4. The influence of the setting error of the calibration fiducial chart on the accuracy of calibration
In actual use, there is a possibility that the position and the angle of the calibration fiducial chart. So,
we formulize the accuracy of calibration if the position and the angle of the calibration fiducial chart
involve errors.
5. The evaluation of the camera parameter calibration error by using visual angle
The essential information obtained from 2-D image is visual angle that is 3-D information and is theangle in which observing the object from camera. So, it is important to evaluate the accuracy of camera
parameter calibration by using visual angle. In this research, we suppose the method to evaluate the errorof visual angle accurately, and ascertain the characteristics between camera parameter calibration error
and visual angle. And finally, we formulize the error of visual angle.
6. Conclusion
In this research, we focused on the 2-plane calibration method is one of the simplest calibration
methods in the field of calibration technique. And, we examined the accuracy of calibration under theimaging condition.1 and imaging condition.2. Then, we optimized the amount of movement in depth
direction of the calibration fiducial chart, and ascertained accuracy of calibration is improved under theimaging condition.2, and formulized the calibration error of camera parameters under each imaging
condition. In addition, in practical use, there is a possibility that the position and the angle of thecalibration fiducial chart, so that we formulize the accuracy of calibration if the position and the angle ofthe calibration fiducial chart involve errors. And finally, so the essential information obtained from 2-D
image is visual angle that is 3-D information and is the angle in which observing the object from camera,
we ascertained the characteristics between camera parameter calibration error and visual angle, andformulize the error of visual angle.
Author’s publications[1] Y.NOMURA, T.FUJIMOTO, and D.ZHANG, “A Formulization of Camera-Parameter Calibration Errors andResultant Visual-Line Estimation Errors” Transactions of the JSME(Series C) Vol.71, No.706(2005) pp.147~ 155[2] T.FUJIMOTO, Y.NOMURA, “ Relationships between the camera calibration accuracy and the imaging
condition” Transactions of the JSME(Series C) Vol.72, No.717(2006)[3] Takashi Fujimoto, Yoshihiko Nomura, “A formulation of camera parameter calibration error due to reference
point setup error”, PROCEEDINGS of Asia International Symposium on Mechatronics (AISM) 2006, December
12-15, (2006), CD-ROM[4] T.FUJIMOTO, Y.NOMURA, and D.ZHANG, “Theoretical Error Analysis with Camera Parameter Calibration”
PROCEEDINGS OF SPIE in Machine Vision and its Optomechatronic Applications, Vol.5603(2004), pp.182~
190.
[5] T.FUJIMOTO, Y.NOMURA, and D.ZHANG, “A formulation of camera parameter calibration considering all
errors about reference points ” PROCEEDINGS OF JSME in Mechanical Engineering Congress ,Japan(2006),
Vol.Ⅶ, pp.327~ 328.

Study on Systematization of Porous Concretewith Small to Large Size Aggregates
Akihiro Maegawa †( Architecture, Division of Systems Engineering )Keywords ： Porous concrete, Aggregate, Particle size, Environment, Geometrical model

1. INTRODUCTION
Porous concrete is environmentally friendly material that has continuous voids inside to be used widelyin various fields. The performance of porous concrete is largely determined by the size and quantity of theinternal pores, and pore size is controlled and adjusted by the aggregate grain diameter used as well as thevolume of bonding material. However, according to the past papers, most of studies on the porous concrete ，the aggregate of the particle size 2 - 20 mm has been used. Therefore, in this study, to expand the usage ofporous concrete, manufacturing method and fundamental properties of porous concrete with small to large size
aggregates have been examined. With small size aggregate ( particle size: 0.6 - 2.5 mm ) , it was defined as
small particle size porous concrete, while with large one ( particle size: 40 - 400 mm ) , it was defined aslarge particle size porous concrete. Table 1 shows the placement of this study in porous concrete. In addition,
to analyze the theory of compressive strength of porous concrete, a geometric model with ideally sphericalaggregates was proposed.
2. EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON FUNDAMENTAL PROPERTIES OF SMALL PARTICLE SIZEPOROUS CONCRETE
Basic properties of small particle size porous concrete ( hereafter referred to as “ SPOC ” ) were
examined. According to the test results, SPOC was superior in water retention and pumping compared tonormal particle size porous concrete ( particle size: 5 - 13 mm ) . Fig. 1 shows that the smaller the aggregate
grain, the higher the water retention and pumping rate. It should be noted, however, that permeability of
SPOC is rather low.
3. EXPERIMENT AND MODELING ON RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
AND VOID RATIO OF POROUS CONCRETE
There was little theoretical examination on the relationship between void ratio and compressive strength
Table 1 The placement of this study in porous concrete
The object of this research

Area investigated in the past

The object of this researchClassification
Small particle size porous concrete( Porous mortar )Aggregate

Particle size
Kinds of material

0.6～ 1.2mm

1.2～ 2.5mm

Porous concrete
2.5～5mm 5～ 13mm 13～20mm 20～40mm

Crushed fine stone, Molten fine slag

Crushed stone, Recycle aggregate

Mixing ｂｙ mixeｒ

Mixing ｂｙ mixeｒ

Tamping vibration / Spraying

Tamping vibration

Construction method

Large particle size porous
concrete
40～ 400mm
Crushed stone, Concrete rubble
Integration of coarse aggregateby spraying binder

Water retentive and pumping
pavement
Application field

Water penetration pavement
Base for greenery(G rasses)(Trees)(Fishing reef)† Mie Science and Technology Promotion Center, Industrial Research Division, Mie Prefectural Government

6. CONCLUSIONSIn the present study, a new performance of porous
concrete was recognized. Moreover, a geometrical model
concerning compressive strength of porous concrete wasproposed. In the future, it is expected that results of this study
contribute to the development for porous concrete.
Author's Publications

Water retention rate (％)(aggregate
1size)◇：5-13mm△：1.2-2.5mm●：0.6-1.2mm

40
30
20
10
0

10

20

30

40

Void ratio (％)( a ) Water retention rate
Water pumping rate (％)

5. APPLICABILITY AS FISHING REEF OF LARGEPARTICLE SIZE POROUS CONCRETE
Experiments have been carried out to confirm
applicability of LPOC as the fishing reef. Firstly, to confirm
stability of fishing reef placed in a sea, LPOC was sunk in thelarge-scale waterway where waves and currents can begenerated. It has been found that void of fishing reef
decreases the power of current and wave, and the effect onwave is especially large. Next, to confirm applicability as afishing reef for marine creatures, 70 LPOC blocks ( size: 1 m
× 1 m × 0.7 m ) were sunk into Ise bay of Mie Prefecture.
After six months, lobsters, abalones, sea cucumbers etc. were
found to live in LPOC. Judging from the result, LPOC isuseful to fishing reeves.

50

0

50

(aggregate
1size)◇：5-13mm△：1.2-2.5mm●：0.6-1.2mm

40
30
20
10
0

0

10

20

30

40

Void ratio (％)( b ) Water pumping rate
Fig. 1 One example of test results of small
particle size porous concrete
Derection 2

Derection 1

F

4. FUNDAMENTAL STUDY ON MANUFACTURING
METHOD OF LARGE PARTICLE SIZE POROUS
CONCRETE
Manufacturing method of large particle size porous
concrete ( hereafter, referred to as “ LPOC ” ) using concreterubble was examined. As the aggregate grain diameter waslarge, it was difficult to mix LPOC by means of a normal
mixer. Therefore, in stead of manufacturing with a mixer, abinder was splayed on the upper surface of the concreterubbles of every layer. By the experiment, it was confirmedthat LPOC was producible by the spraying method.

Compressive strength ratioof porous concrete. Therefore, a simple geometrical model
concerning compressive strength was proposed ， and thecalculated values were compared with the experimental ones.
From the result, it is possible to predict the experimental
results by means of the proposed model. Especially, in thecase of direction 1, orthorhombic lattice array showed an
excellent presumption accuracy ( Fig. 2 ) .

Theoretical formula F =π（2tr＋t2）
2 √3 r2●：Theory ( Direction 1 )◇：Theory ( Direction 2 )△：Theory ( Direction 3 )○：Experiment（aggregate size: 0.6 - 400 mm）

Derection 3

1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2

F

0.0
0

10

20

30

40

Void ratio (％)

Fig. 2 Comparison between theoretical value[ 1 ] Akihiro Maegawa, Shigemitsu Hatanaka, Naoki Mishima andand experimental value
Yukihisa Yuasa, Fundamental study on manufacturing method( In the case of orthorhombic lattice array )of large particle porous concrete using concrete rubble andapplicability as fishing bank, Journal of Structural and Construction Engineering, AIJ, No. 589, 43-48, Mar., 2005
[ 2 ] Akihiro Maegawa, Shigemitsu Hatanaka, Naoki Mishima and Yukihisa Yuasa, Fundamental study on manufacture oflarge particle porous concrete using concrete rubble, Proceeding of Japan Concrete Institute, Vol. 26, No. 1,
1455-1460, 2004
[ 3 ] Akihiro Maegawa, Shigemitsu Hatanaka, Naoki Mishima and Moe Kuroda, Fundamental study on bending fracture
properties of large particle porous concrete, Proceeding of Japan Concrete Institute, Vol. 27, No. 1, 1273-1278, 2005
[ 4 ] Akihiro Maegawa, Toshihiko Shakouchi, Yukihisa Yuasa, Naoki Mishima and Shigemitsu Hatanaka, Research on
stability of fishing bank made by large particle porous concrete placed under sea, Journal of Technology and Design,
AIJ, No. 22, 53-58, Dec., 2005
[ 5 ] Akihiro Maegawa, Akira Yamamoto, Naoki Mishima and Shigemitsu Hatanaka, Experimental study on manufacturingmethod of small particle size porous concrete, Proceeding of Japan Concrete Institute, Vol. 28, No. 1, 1397-1402,
2006[ 6 ] Akihiro Maegawa, Shigemitsu Hatanaka, Naoki Mishima and Akira Yamamoto, Experimental study on fundamental
properties of small particle size porous concrete, Cement Science and Concrete Technology, No. 60, 264-270, 2006

Flow Analysis of Particle Laden Two-Phase Jet Flow from
Rectangular Nozzle and Its Application to Micro-Blasting Process
Masaki Sugimoto*(Fluid Engineering, Division of Systems Engineering)

Keywords: Rectangular jet flow, Gas-solid two phase flow, Micro-blasting
1. Introduction
Micro-blasting process, MBP by particle laden impinging air jet flow with the order of 10mm particles has
been increasing in order to process brittle materials, such as glass or ceramic, as the fine process for highaccuracy and productivity. In MBP, a circular nozzle is used commonly, yet it takes a large number of scanningtimes to process a wide area, and then a long machining time. Recently, use of a two-dimensional rectangularnozzle has been considered to process a large area with high efficiency. However, it is difficult to obtain uniform
and high accuracy for cutting depth over the nozzle width.
In this study, in order to improve the cutting performance of an MBP nozzle, a new rectangular nozzle witha large aspect ratio is proposed and the flow characteristics and cutting performance are examined precisely.
2. Experimental and results
Figure 1 shows the nozzles used. The first nozzle is considered in order to change a circular cross section toa rectangular one. The second nozzle has three bars in it to diffuse or spread the flow. The third and forth nozzles
are proposed to improve the cutting performance. Particle laden impinging jet is used to process the brittle
material, glass plate. Particle used is silicon carbide, SiC of 50% diameter dp50 is 25mm.
The particle behavior from each rectangular nozzle was measured by PIV. The cutting performance of
nozzle was examined by evaluating the shape of cutting cross section of grass plate. The cutting efficiency wasevaluated by comparison of cutting removals per supplied power with conventional circular nozzle.
Figure 2 shows the visualized flow pattern in the half right had the particle velocity vectors and in the half
left had the particle concentration for the free jet of each nozzle, respectively. In the case of 1st nozzle, particle
does not disperse to y direction, it concentrated at center of nozzle, y/h=0. However setting the vane in nozzle,
particle dispersed to y direction, 2nd nozzle shows uniform concentration except edge of nozzle. The
concentration of 3rd nozzle has uniform all over the nozzle width, then the velocity vector becomes uniform, too.
The cutting performance of each nozzle is shown in Fig.3. All of the case, cutting depth correspond withparticle concentration, dense region becomes deep and thin region becomes shallow. Center of nozzle and near
the both side edge in y direction the cutting depths of 1st and 2nd nozzle are considerably. On the other hand, the
3rd nozzle has a high cutting performance, the accuracy of cutting depth of it is within 10% in the wide range at–70<y/h<70 since particle flow is uniform.
Figure 4 shows the cutting efficiency of 3rd nozzle with conventional nozzle. The 3rd nozzle has the largest(12 ﾟ )

100

10

60

(38 ﾟ )

1(a) 1st nozzle(b) 2nd nozzle
Fig. 1 Details of new rectangular nozzle*Sintobrator, Ltd.

100
(53 ﾟ)

160(c) 3rd nozzle

60

100

3-φ5

100

φ32

-50

0

y/h

50

-50

50

0

y/h

-80

50

50

50

100

100

100

150

150
x/h

(a) 1st nozzle

x/h

-30

-60

:50m/sec

16(a) 1st nozzle(b) 2nd nozzle

-60
0
-30

y/h

(b) 2nd nozzle(c) 3rd nozzle
Figure 2 Particle flow image and particle velocity vector

Removal weight, W [g/min]Cutting depth, d [mm]

-60
0

80

150
x/h

0
-30

0

(c) 3rd nozzle

3rd noz zle
p ressure ty p e nozz le(conventional)
suction ty pe noz zle(conventional)

12

8

4

0
-120

-60

0

60

y /h

Figure 3 Cutting profile of work-piece

120

0

5
10
15
Supplied power, Wa [kW ]20

Figure 4 Cutting efficiency

cutting efficiency under the same supplied power. The cutting rate of the 3rd nozzle is almost 1.2 times of theconventional circular nozzle, and moreover it has a larger processing speed. It results from reduction of particleparticle interaction and improvement of particle discharging from impinging spot at work-piece.
3. Conclusion
Main results are as follows,(1) The circular vane is effective to uniform the particle flow. Also, uniform particle flow can be obtained byexpanding the nozzle exit.
(2) The cutting accuracy shows a high quality of within 10% at －70 < y/h < 70 for the 3rd nozzle.
(3) The 3rd nozzle takes the largest removal weight compared to the conventional circular nozzles. For
example, cutting efficiency of the 3rd nozzle improves by 20% of the pressure type nozzle at the supplied
power of W = 10kW.
Author’s publications[1] M. Sugimoto, T. Shakouchi, K, Hayakawa, M. Izawa, Gas-Particle Two-Phase Jet Flow from Slot Nozzle
and Micro-Blasting Process, Trans. of Jpn. Soc. Mech. Eng., Series B, Vol.71, No.710 (2005), pp. 24502457.
[2] M. Sugimoto, T. Shakouchi, K, Hayakawa, M. Izawa, A study on Machining Characteristics of TwoDimensional Rectangular Abrasive Jet Machining Nozzle, Journal of Jpn. Soc. Precis. Eng., Vol.72, No.1
(2006), pp. 121-126.
[3] M. Sugimoto, T. Shakouchi, K. Hayakawa and M. Izawa, Gas-Particle Two-Phase Jet Flow from Slot
Nozzle and Micro-Blasting Process，JSME Int. Journal, Series B, Vol.49, No.3 (2006), pp. 705-713.
[4] M Sugimoto, T. Shakouchi, M. Izawa, Behaviors of Particle Laden Jet Flow and Machining Characteristics
of Micro-Blasting Process, Journal of Jpn. Soc. Abras. Technol., Vol.51, No.1 (2007), pp. 46-51.
[5] M. Sugimoto, T. Shakouchi, K. Hayakawa, M. Okazaki and M. Izawa, Particle Laden Impinging Jet Flowfrom Rectangular Nozzle and Abrasive Jet Machining，Proc. of Int. Conf. on Jets, Wakes and Separated
Flows, ICJWSF-2005, JSME No.05-201 (2005), pp. 325-330.
[6] M. Sugimoto and T. Shakouchi, Development of Rectangular Microblasting Nozzle, Proc. of Int. Conf. on
Precision Engineering, ICPE 11th, JSPE Publication Series No.5 (2006), pp. 181-186.

Investigations on a Vertical Upward Gas-Liquid Two-Phase Flowthrough Sudden Contraction or Expansion Pipe
Voutsinas Alexandros+(Fluid and Thermo Engineering Laboratory, Division of Systems Engineering)
Keywords: Bubbly two-phase flow, Sudden expansion-contraction pipe, Fluctuating flow, Flow control
1. The purpose
The aim of this research is to study the pipe flow characteristics when a gas-liquid two-phase flow passes
through a vertical abrupt contraction or expansion area. The effect of several parameters, such as Reynolds
number and volumetric gas flow rate, are considered. Drag and fluctuating phenomena are investigated andsimple plus economic flow control methods are proposed and their results are presented.

without ring
Lr/H= 1=2

3.E+03PSD

2. Related prior arts
Two-phase gas-liquid flow systems are frequently seen in
the industrial field. Several studies have been conducted sofar, such as Aloui et al. (1999), conducting experiments forthe singularity pressure drop, void fraction, wall shear stress,
bubble velocity and size, or Kondo et al. (2003) giving
valuable information concerning flow regime difference,
local void fraction flow observation on bubble deformation.
However, studies dealing with the fluctuating phenomena
and drag of the expansion /contraction area, and methods offlow control are scarcely seen in the bibliography.

Reduction
58%

2.E+03

1.E+030.E+000

5

10f [Hz]

15

20

D R%

3. Results and discussion
Fig.1 FFT analysis results
3.1 Sudden contraction pipe flow
(A =0.18, Re=2×104, αv=5%)
The present work is divided into two main parts. Part one,is the case of a sudden contraction and part two, theexpansion case. In both cases flow parameters were varied
A=0.18A=0.33and the effect on the flow pattern was investigated.
20
For the case of a sudden contraction, prior to and after thecontraction area, vortices generate, affecting significantly thedownstream flow. The flowing conditions affect the size and10length of it and fluctuating phenomena were observed. Whenthe flow control method was applied, it showed a remarkable
suppression of the vortex generation downstream, which is0closely related to drag and fluctuation phenomena. In the
0
5
10
a v%
following, fig.1 shows the comparative results from FFTanalysis conducted between the plain contraction and when aring shaped obstacle (proposed method) is attached in two
Fig.2 Drag reduction rate, Lr /H =1
different upstream positions. It is clear that the PSD value,(Re=1×104)
which represents the intensity of the fluctuation, is largely
suppressed when the flow control method is applied. This verifies that flow control is been achieved.
Figure 2 shows the results from the drag reduction measurements. Pressure distribution along the vertical axis
was measured and the pressure loss difference due to the contraction effect was investigated.
3.2 Sudden expansion pipe flow
After the positive results from the proposed flow control method, investigations on the sudden expansion casewere conducted. Similar to the contraction, on the downstream, vortex area is generated. In addition, due to thebuoyancy force of the bubbles a gas-free region exists just downstream the expanded area. The area of thisregion is strongly affected by the liquid velocity. In addition, even though an axisymmetric sudden expansion,4. Concluding remarks

f [Hz]

10
Re=10000=200008=30000

6
4
2
0
0

10

20

av %

30

Fig.3 Second peak frequency variation undervarious Re number and gas fraction

62%

plain expansi on
ri ng, Lr/H=3
step-ri ng

69%

57%

60

71%

80

PSD

small changes in the force balance within the vortex region
cause instabilities and fluctuating phenomena occur.
Two flow control methods were investigated. One, mounting
the ring shaped obstacle at several downstream positions,dividing the vortex region into two parts and reducing its
intensity. The second, installing a step-ring just after the
expansion in order to reduce the recirculation area size.
It was found that two dominant frequency peaks exist. In
addition, the second peak is strongly affected by the gas
fraction as shown in fig.3. Increasing the volumetric gas
fraction, it shows a tendency to shift its frequency to lower
values even under different Reynolds number.
In fig.4, the FFT result between the plain expansion and thetwo suggested methods is illustrated. The fluctuation amplitude
is considerably suppressed for both dominant peaks.
The drag reduction occurring due to the flow control method
was also calculated and results are presented in fig.5. Reduction
under all flow conditions was achieved, with values reaching up
to 40% at its maximum.

40

20

DR

1) From visualization results in both cases it was made apparent
0
0
10
20
that the vortex region is strongly affected by the Reynolds
f [Hz] 30
number and volumetric gas fraction.
Fig.4 FFT analysis results2) Fluctuation phenomena were investigated downstream the(Re =1×104, av=5%)
contraction/expansion. The dominant fluctuation frequency isaffected significantly by gas fraction. Two dominant peaks were40
observed up to av=20% for the sudden expansion, while justone was seen for higher values showing a tendency to shift its
30
frequency to lower values in all cases.
3) When a ring is mounted, the frequency value did not change.
20
This denotes that the geometric structure does not affect it. The
most effective ring position shifts downstream for all Re
10number when increasing av.
ring, Lr/H=4
step-ring4) Applying the flow control method, manages to suppress the0vortex generation and reduces the fluctuation intensity, reaching
0
10
20
30
a %
values up to 70% depending on the flow conditions5) The losses occurring due to sudden changes were
Fig.5 Drag reduction rate, DR, (Re=2×104)
investigated and by the proposed methods, drag reduction wasachieved. Positive results could be retrieved at all conditions with values reaching up to 40%.
v

Author’s Publications
1] A. Voutsinas., T. Shakouchi., k. Tsujimoto., T. Ando., “Flow Characteristics and Drag Reduction of Vertical Upward
Gas-Liquid Two-Phase Flow through Sudden Contraction Pipe”(In Japanese), Transactions of JSME, Series B, Vol.72,
No.720, (2006), pp.1888-1894.
2] A. Voutsinas., T. Shakouchi., J. Takamura., K. Tsujimoto and T. Ando., “Flow Characteristics and Control of Vertical
Upward Gas-Liquid Two-Phase Flow Through a Sudden Contraction Pipe” ,JSME-International Journal, Series B1,
November, (2006), No.06-4043.
3] A. Voutsinas., T. Shakouchi., J. Takamura., K. Tsujimoto., T. Ando., “Flow and Control of Vertical Upward Gas-Liquid
Two-Phase Flow through Sudden Contraction Pipe”, Proceedings of the ICJWSF, International Conference on Jets, Wakes
and Separated Flows, CD-ROM (2005), pp.307-312, Toba, Mie, Japan.
4] A. Voutsinas., T. Shakouchi., T. Tsujimoto., T. Ando., ”Gas-Liquid Two-Phase Oscillating, Fluctuating Flow throughVertical Sudden Contraction Pipe”, Transactions of JSME, Series B, Vol.72, No.717, (2006), pp.1131-1136.
5] T. Shakouchi., T. Nakamura., J. Kawaguchi., A. Voutsinas., K. Tsujimoto and T. Ando., “PIV Measurement of Flow
Characteristics Around Two-Tandem Square Cylinders in Gas-Liquid Bubbly Flow”, Proceeding of 4th International
Symposium on Measurement Techniques for Multiphase Flows, Sept. 10-12, (2003), Hangzhou, China.

A study of efficient downlink packet transmissions technique forCDMA cellular mobile communications
Abubaker Faraj Khumsi †Keywords: Mobile communications, CDMA, Downlink, Transmit power control, Soft handoff, Transmission
control, IP packets, Geographical unfairness, TPWC, MLPT, Downlink capacity
1. The purpose
The aim of this study is to improve the system capacity in CDMA cellular systems, especially in downlink
communications. The focus on the applications which do not have stringent delay requirements such as web
browsing and file transfer, the real time transmissions are not always necessary and time delay is tolerable
such as IP packets. Since the CDMA cellular system is the major system and succeeded in the commercial
application, the focus in this thesis is on this technique.
2. The related prior arts
The rapid growth in demand for mobile communications has led into intense research and development
effort towards a new generation of cellular systems. The new system must be able to provide quality ofservice (QoS), support a wide range of services and improve the system capacity. In the cellular systems, themobility causes dynamic variations in link quality and interference levels, sometimes requiring that a
particular user change its serving base stations. This change is known as a handoff. Usually, continuous
service is achieved by supporting handoff from one cell to another. The availability of cheap and reliablewireless Internet access will shift the service base traditionally found in mobile cellular networks toward
emerging wireless Internet service. This will result in significant demand being placed on both existing andnext generation cellular and IP networks. The key challenge in realizing an IP wireless network is how to
support soft handoff in order to minimize the packet losses and enhance the system performance. Although
the soft handoff is an effective way to increase channel capacity, reliability, and coverage of CDMA (CodeDivision Multiple Access) systems, it has some disadvantages especially in downlink channels. One of themain problems is that the simultaneous multiple base station transmissions will cause an increase in theinterference that affects other radio links, and consequently limits the downlink capacity. The conventional
scheme, Site Selection Diversity Transmission Power Control (SSDT), which realizes site selection
transmission diversity instead of the full site transmission diversity during soft handoff mode has also someshortcomings. The disadvantage of this scheme is that in bad channel conditions the larger transmitted power
is required to compensate the fading. As a result of this, the downlink interference increases.
3. Proposed methods abstract
This thesis focuses on the applications which do not have stringent delay requirements such as web browsing
and file transfer, the real time transmissions are not always necessary and time delay is tolerable. The aim of
this thesis is to enhance the system performance for the downlink IP packet transmission by improving thetransmission delay and geographical unfairness in transmission quality.
This thesis divided into three parts; in the first part we propose a transmission control scheme to support IP
packets transmission on CDMA wireless networks. The objective of this proposal is to improve the system
capacity with maintaining the minimum service disruption during handoffs of the mobile stations. In this
proposed scheme, if the channel condition is bad due to fading fluctuation, the base station delays the packet
transmission until better channel conditions are available. In other words, the base station sends the packets
only when the instantaneous attenuation from the transmitting base station is less than a threshold value. The
performance assessment of the simulation results proved that by applying this proposed scheme the systemthroughput would be efficiently improved.
_________________________________________† Division of Systems Engineering, Department ofElectrical and Electronic Engineering, Mie University

In the second part of this thesis; the location-based transmission power and window control scheme(location-based TPWC scheme) is proposed. The objective is to improve the transmission delay performanceand the geographical unfairness in transmission quality. In the conventional TPWC and multi-link packet
transmission (MLPT) scheme, the packets are sent only during a transmit time window according to the
propagation conditions. Besides, MLPT scheme reduces the delay caused by TPWC. However, by applying
this conventional scheme, there will be a considerable increase in the transmission delay under somecircumstances owing to the delay packet transmission. To avoid these shortcomings, the proposed scheme
offers the same transmission window size for all mobile stations in order to improve the delay and unfairness.
By using the soft handoff status as an indicator of the mobile locations, the base station individually adjust thetransmission window for each mobile station. By maintaining almost the same size of transmission window
for all the mobile stations, which is attained by adjusting the required threshold value for each mobile station,
the transmission delay performance and the geographical unfairness can be improved.
In the third part of this thesis; an adaptive transmission window control scheme based on soft handoff status
and traffic load is proposed. This scheme is proposed to avoid the shortcomings of our previous proposed
scheme (a location-based TPWC scheme). The location-based TPWC scheme improved the delay
performance and geographical unfairness, but the selected threshold values which constrain the transmission
window are not optimum for all traffic loads. In this proposed scheme the threshold values are controlled bytaking into account not only the locations of the mobile stations but also the traffic load. The advantage of thisscheme is that the optimum threshold values are chosen for each traffic load. The throughput and transmission
delay performances for the proposed scheme were evaluated by computer simulations. Based on thesimulation results, the proposed scheme can achieve the same throughput performance and improve the delay
performance compared with the conventional schemes. Furthermore, the performance comparison concludes
that the proposed scheme is better than the conventional ones for maintaining fairness of service to all mobile
stations at different traffic loads. Accordingly, the proposed scheme is effective for packet transmissions inCDMA cellular packet communication systems.
4. Concluding remarks
This thesis investigated the packet transmission control in downlink CDMA cellular systems. Several
techniques are proposed to cope with the recent trend in wireless communications. This trend is to provide themobile users with ubiquitous access to the Internet, mobility and handoff. Mobility management is an
important issue in the area of mobile communications. These proposed schemes reduced the service disruption
during soft handoff phase and improved the system capacity. The techniques proposed in this thesis contributeto the development of the future mobile systems.
5. Publications[1] Abubaker Khumsi, Kazuo Mori, Hideo KOBAYASHI, “Downlink Packet Transmission Control in Soft
Handoff Status on CDMA Wireless IP Networks,” ECTI-EEC Transactions on Electrical Eng., Electronics,
and Communications, Vol. 3, No.2, pp125-131, August 2005.
[2] Abubaker Khumsi, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI, “Downlink Packet Transmission Control Basedon Soft Handoff Status in CDMA Cellular Packet Networks,” IEICE Transactions on Communications, Vol.
E90-B, No.5, to be published in May 2007.
[3] Abubaker Khumsi, Kazuo Mori, Hideo KOBAYASHI, “Soft Handoff Technique for Downlink IP Packet
Transmissions in Cellular Environments,” Proc. of ISCIT 2004, pp.1138-1143, Sapporo, Japan, Oct. 2004.
[4] Kazuo Mori, Khomsi ABUBAKER, Katsuhiro NAITO, Hideo KOBAYASHI, Hamid AGHVAMI,
Downlink Packet Transmission Control Based on Handoff Status in CDMA Cellular Packet Networks,” Proc.
of IEEE International Zurich seminar on communications, pp.62-65, Feb. 2006.
[5] Abubaker KHUMSI, Kazuo MORI, Katsuhiro Naito, Hideo KOBAYASHI, “Adaptive Transmission
Window Control for Downlink Packet Transmission in CDMA Cellular Networks,” Proc. of 2006
International Symposium on Intelligent Signal Processing and Communication Systems (ISPACS), pp. 743746, Tottori, Japan, Dec. 2006.

Study on Mitigation Methods of Non-Linear Distortion for OFDM
Based Wireless Communications Systems
Pisit Boonsrimuang †Keywords: OFDM, PAPR, Non-Linear channel, Inter-modulation noise, WLAN channel, Satellite channel
Clipping, DAR, IDAR and Dummy sub-carrier insertion.
1. The purpose
The purpose of this research achieves the high transmission data rate in the non-linear channel for
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) based wireless communications systems. The targetsof research are to achieve the best bit error rate (BER) performance with efficient usage of non-linear power
amplifier at the transmitter. In this research proposes the several solutions of non-linear distortion, which
could provide various practical solutions for next generation of multimedia wireless communications systems
employing the OFDM technique.
2. The related prior arts
One of the limitations of using OFDM technique is the larger Peak to Averaged Power Ratio (PAPR) of
its time domain signal. The larger PAPR signal would cause the severe degradation of BER performance andthe undesirable frequency spectrum re-growth both due to the non-linear distortion occurring in the non-linear
amplifier which is usually required at the transmitter in the wireless communications systems. The simple
solution to overcome this problem is to operate the non-linear amplifier at the linear region with taking theenough larger input back-off (IBO). However, this approach leads the inefficient usage of non-linear power
amplifier, and would lead a serious problem on battery consumption especially for the cases of mobile
terminal and portable wireless LAN terminal. In order to maximize the usage of power efficiency, the nonlinear amplifier is usually forced to operate at the near its saturation region. However this approach will leadto the severe degradation of BER performance and undesirable frequency spectrum re-growth for the larger
PAPR signal due to the occurring of inevitably higher non-linear distortion.
3. Proposed methods abstract
The PAPR problem is currently recognized as one of the essential research topics when employing
OFDM technique in the non-linear channel. Up to today, various kinds of methods were proposed in order tosolve the PAPR problem. These proposed methods could be mainly categorized into two types of methods; 1)
to reduce the PAPR to extend possible at the transmission side, and 2) to compensate the non-linear distortion
at the receiver side.
As for the first type of methods, there are three major proposals which can improve the PAPR
performance at the transmission side, that are the selected mapping method (SLM), partial transmit sequence
method (PTS) and dummy sequence insertion method (DSI). All of these methods can provide the better
PAPR performance by controlling the phase of data or dummy sub-carriers. The SLM and PTS methods
control the phase of data sub-carrier and the DSI method controls the phase of dummy sub-carriers at thetransmission side. First two methods are required to inform the phase information controlled for the data subcarriers to the receiver as the side information. On the other hand, the DSI method requests no sideinformation, because of using dummy sub-carriers, which could be discarded at the receiver. From this reason,
the DSI method could be realized with almost the same system efficiency and less overall system complexity
as compared with the PTS and SLM methods. Although the PAPR performance could be improved asincreasing the number of predetermined discrete phases, the computation complexity would increase due tothe necessity of larger number of iterations in the flipping algorithm.
From this fact, the conventional DSI method has a limitation on PAPR improvement when assuming thesmall number of predetermined discrete phases so as to keep the acceptable computational complexity.
To solve the above problem on the conventional DSI method, this research proposes two novel PAPR
reduction methods both of which can achieve the better PAPR performance with less computation complexity
than the conventional DSI method. The feature of the first proposed DSI method is to employ the timefrequency domain swapping algorithm in the determination of frequency data for dummy sub-carriers. In the
proposed method, the larger amplitude levels are detected in the time domain and these amplitude levels areconverted to the frequency domain to determine the frequency data for the dummy sub-carriers. These
procedures are repeated up to reaching either of the predetermined PAPR performance or the number of___________________________________________† Division of Systems Engineering,
Graduate School of Engineering, Mie University

predetermined iterations. The feature of second proposed method is to enable the determination of frequency
data for each dummy sub-carrier theoretically by using the continuous phase. From this fact, the proposed
method can achieve the better PAPR performance with less computation complexity than that for theconventional DSI method. From the computer simulation results, it is confirmed that these two proposed
method can achieve much better PAPR performance and BER performance than the conventional methodwith less computation complexity in the non-linear channel.
As for the second type of methods, the clipping method in conjunction with the Decision Aided
Reconstruction (DAR) method was proposed to compensate the clipping noise at the receiver side. The
clipping method is well known simple method to enable the reduction of PAPR performance by clipping thelarger amplitude level of transmission OFDM signal at the transmission side. Although the clipping method
can achieve the better PAPR performance, this method produces newly the clipping noise which causes thedegradation of BER performance. The DAR method was proposed to compensate the clipping noise in which
the clipping noise is reconstructed at the receiver side by using the decision data information. However the
DAR method can only mitigate the clipping noise and not for the non-linear distortion occurring in the nonlinear amplifier.
To solve the above problem on the conventional DAR method, this research proposes the Improved DAR(IDAR) method, which can mitigate both the clipping noise and inter-modulation noise. In the proposed
IDAR method, the characteristics of non-linear amplifiers are required to be known at the receiver for
mitigating the inter-modulation noise. This research also proposes the estimation method for AM-AM and
AM-PM conversions characteristics of non-linear amplifiers by using low PAPR (Peak to Averaged Power
Ratio) preamble symbols. This research presents two example systems which employ the proposed IDAR
method in the wireless LAN system and the broad band satellite communication systems. From the computer
simulation results, it is concluded that the proposed IDAR method can achieve the higher transmission data
rate and higher efficient usage of non-linear power amplifier with keeping the better BER performance evenin the non-linear channel.
4. Concluding remarks
This research proposed the solutions for PAPR problems. These proposed methods could be mainly
categorized into two types of methods; 1) to reduce the PAPR to extend possible at the transmission side, and2) to compensate the non-linear distortion at the receiver side.
First type, the common name can be called by PAPR reduction methods. The PAPR performance isrequired to reduce as more as possible before inputted to the HPA at the transmitter side. All of PAPR
reduction methods can improve both for the spectral growth and BER performance for OFDM technique inthe wireless communications. This research proposes two PAPR reduction methods by using dummy subcarriers. The proposed methods can achieve better PAPR and BER performances with less complexity thanconventional method. These methods suitable for low cost receiver because it have no required additional
circuits. The conventional OFDM receiver can work with these methods.
Second type, this research proposes the IDAR method that can work well both for WLAN and satellite
channel. In the simulation results show that the proposed method can improve BER performance and efficient
usage of HPA. The proposed method can achieve higher transmission data rate than single carrier modulationin the satellite channel by using multi-level QAM. To realize in the practical system, research also proposes
the non-linear characteristic estimation method that the non-linear amplifier characteristics in the IDAR
method is required to be known at the receiver.
The multi-level QAM have capability to improve the transmission data rate, however have very
sensitivity to the non-linearity of HPA such as 64QAM. The last chapter proposed combination between
PAPR reduction and IDAR methods. The proposed method can employ multi-level QAM in the satellite
channel. The simulation results show that the proposed methods show the higher data transmission rate andbetter BER performance than single carrier modulation.
As a conclusion of researches in this research, the proposed PAPR reduction methods and mitigation
methods of non-linear distortion noise could provide various practical solutions for next generation ofmultimedia wireless communications systems employing the OFDM technique.
5. Publications[1] Pisit Boonsrimuang, Kazuo Mori, Tawil Paungma and Hideo Kobayashi, “Proposal of Clipping and InterModulation Noise Mitigation Method for OFDM Signal in Non-linear Channel,” IEICE Transactions on
Communications, Vol.E88-B, No.2, pp.427-435, February 2005.
[2] Pisit Boonsrimuang, Pornpawit Boonsrimuang, Kazuo Mori, Tawil Paungma and Hideo Kobayashi,“Mitigation of Non-linear Distortion using PTS and IDAR Method for Multi-Level QAM-OFDM
system,” ECTI Transactions on Computer and Information Technology, Vol.1, No.2, pp 84-90, Nov 2005.
[3] Pisit Boonsrimuang, Katsuhiro Naito, Kazuo Mori, Tawil Paungma and Hideo Kobayashi, “PAPR
Reduction of OFDM Signal by Use of DSI Method with Time-Frequency Domain Swapping Algorithm,”
IEICE Transactions on Communication, Vol.E90-B, No.4, pp.1001-1006, April 2007.

Ergonomic Study on VDT Workstation Designfor Decreasing Workload
Shin Saito†(System Design, Division of System Engineering)
Keywords: VDT, Workstation, System design, Multi display, Display height, Workload

1. Introduction
In this study, the height and the number of the liquid crystal display (LCD) were discussed to propose theergonomic design for visual display terminal (VDT) workstation that is able to decrease the workload of VDToperators. There were two kinds of studies in the doctor’s thesis. The first study was to decide the appropriate
height of LCD, and the second study was to discuss the number of the LCD, with using multi display type VDT.
In order to design the ideal VDT workstation, these VDT operations were analyzed by work efficiency,
work posture, electromyogram (EMG) activities and subjective assessment in ergonomic aspects.
2. Appropriate height of LCD in VDT work
The appropriate heights of LCD, including a notebook personal computer (NPC), were discussed byanalyzing of work posture and EMG activities of neck muscles of VDT operators. The comparative experiments
were carried out in each experimental condition.
Results were as follows. It is necessary to separate the display of NPC from the keyboard and central
processing unit (CPU). The position of the NPC display prevents the head from inclining forward, while
maintaining an adequate viewing distance. The height of the display should be adjusted to each user with 1200mm as an upper limit. The appropriate height can be estimated by summing of the sitting height and the chairheight of each user. Moreover, a manuscript stand should be attached to the display in data entry tasks to prevent
poor posture.
3. Characteristics of multi LCD type VDTThe characteristics of multi display VDT was evaluated by the analyses of work performance, subjective
assessment, work posture, EMG activities, critical fusion frequency (CFF), NASA Task Load Index(NASA-TLX) and subjective symptoms of fatigue.
Results were as follows. Work efficiency of the single LCD was inferior compared to multi LCD and large
one. The multi display type VDT workstation was evaluated highly, in visibility and operability, than the single
display. A head moved wider for the system with multi LCD than those with a single LCD and large one. EMG
activities did not differ significantly in all experiment conditions. Fatigue and workload of multi LCD did not
differ significantly than single LCD.
4. Conclusion
The appropriate height of LCD and the multi LCD were examined to design the comfortable VDTworkstation for decreasing workload. These design requirements are going to obtain ergonomic data applicableto the guidelines and recommendation for VDT operations.
†: Mie Prefectural College of Nursing, JAPANDevelopment of A Flexible Structural Force Sensor
and Application to A Robot Hand
Naoki Saito(System Engineering, Division of Mechanical Engineering)
Keywords: Flexible structure, Force sensor, Robot hand,
1. The purpose
The aim of this research is to develop a flexible structural force sensor which is mounted on a surface of afingertip of a robot hand and to examine feasibility of new dexterous tasks by the sensor. The sensor’s flexibility
is modeling on a human finger cushion. This research describes a structure and fundamental characteristics ofmeasurement of the flexible sensor and several applications about object grasping by a robot hand which
installed the sensor on its finger.
2. Outline of the flexible structural force sensor
In this research, we propose a new type of force
sensor. This sensor can measure a contact location fC andfour-axis contact forces which are consisted of a verticalforce FZ, two-axis shearing forces FX, FY and a rotational
moment around the contact point MC. This sensor
structure is shown in Figure 1. This sensor consists of twoparts: a contact part and a measurement part. The contact
part is an arch beam that is made of silicon rubber. Siliconrubber is an elastic material, so the contact part is easily
deformed.
On the other hand, the measurement part consists offour beams and a support part. When a contact force istransmitted from the contact part to the measurement part,
Figure 1: Structure of the flexible force.
these beams are deformed depending on the amount ofcontact force or the direction of the contact force.
Four-axis contact forces are calculated in terms of the amount of these deformations which are measured bystrain gages eX1, eX3, eZ1 and eZ3 on the beam of the measurement part.
3. Characteristics of measurement
A contact location and four-axis contact forces
are determined with the use of some equations which
are derived based on Castigliano’s theorem and simple
analysis model of the contact part which is included
all of dimensions and material characteristics of thesensor. Validity of equations for determines theseinformation and measurement accuracy are confirmed
experimentally. One of the experimental results isshown as Figure 2. This result shows that desired
values and experimental results are advisableagreement.
In addition, this sensor can also calculate
four-axis deformations of the flexible contact part ofthe sensor. Deformations of the contact part are
determined with the use of measurement result of eachcontact force.

Exp. condition
fC=0deg, FX=FY=0N, FZ=2N MC=-13.5Nmm.

Figure 2: Experimental results of a contact locationand four-axis contact force measurement.

4. Applications
4-1. Object grasping against translational and rotational slippage
The issue of translational and rotational slippage that occurs when a robot hand grasps an object is
discussed. To grasp an object against each directional slippage is important for a dexterous task realization. In
this application, a sufficient conditional expression to grasp an object against translational and rotational slippageis presented. This expression is derived based on the consideration of a contact area between a flexible contact
part and object’s surface such as Figure 3 which occurs the sensor is pressed to the object. An effectiveness ofthe expression is confirmed experimentally with the use of a translational gripper where the flexible contact
sensor is mounted. Figure 4 shows experimental result of object grasping. From this result, it is confirmed thatgrasping force is increasing with increasing translational force and rotational moment. On the other hand,
object’s position does not change approximately. Therefore, it is confirmed that the robot hand can grasp against
translational and rotational slippage.

Figure 3: A contact area between the flexible
contact part of the sensor and an object.

Figure 4: Experimental results of object grasping
against translational and rotational slippage.

4-2. Object placing with a low impulsive force
A placing motion of a grasped object by a robot hand equippedwith the sensor on the finger is discussed. The aim of this application isto realize a quick placing motion with the impulsive force between theobject and the floor small. To derive a dynamic model of the motion, we
consider the deformation of the flexible sensor occurring when the handgrasps the object. The dynamic model represents the relationshipbetween the impulsive force and an approaching trajectory of the robot
hand to the floor. From this model, we can obtain the trajectory of thehand which ensures that the impulsive force is less than the object’s own
weight.
Figure 5 and Figure 6 show that the experimental results of placing
motion. From Figure 5, it is confirmed that the robot hand position isapproximately same as a desired trajectory which is obtained by themodel, and the sensor deformation is decreased. From Figure 6, it isconfirmed that a reaction force is less than the object’s weight.
Therefore, it is confirmed that the hand equipped the flexible sensor can
put down the grasping object with low impulsive force.

Figure 5: Experimental result of robot
position and sensor deformation.

Figure 6: Experimental result ofreaction force from the floor.

5. Conclusion
In this research, we proposed a new type of force sensor which has a flexible contact mechanism. Thissensor can measure a contact location and four-axis contact forces.
An effectiveness of this flexible structural force sensor demonstrated through two applications. These
results of application suggest that the robot hand which has a flexible contact part on its finger surface canperform dexterous tasks.
Author’s publications (in part)[1]N. Saito, T. Satoh, S. Kajikawa, H. Okano, Development of Four-Axis Contact Force Sensor with a Flexible
Contact Part, IEEJ Trans. SM, Vol.125, No.1, pp.7-14, 2005.
[2]N. Saito, T. Satoh, H. Okano, Grasping Force Control in Consideration of Translational and Rotational
Slippage of an Object by a Flexible Contact Sensor, IEEJ Trans. EIS, Vol.126, No.8, pp.990-996, 2006.
[3]N. Saito, T. Satoh, Y. Suzuki, H. Okano, Placing Motion of an Object by a Robot Hand with a Flexible Sensor,
Trans. of JSME C, Vol.73, No.725, pp.206-213, 2007.

Estimation on The Amount of Movement Lines of Material
Transportation with Systematization of The Information and Material
Management- A study on the facility management of hospital architecture Shinsuke Kawai*(Arichitectural Design and Planning, Division of Systems Engineering)
Keywords: hospital architecture, facility management, connection with departments, ordering system,
material management and supply systems, model, amount of movement lines,
material transportation, estimation, nursing activities locations, gradual composition
This paper aims at the hospital architecture offering essential medical services. The foremost tasks of
hospital architecture are to contribute to the sound management and to maintain the high functional levels in thelong run. To settle these issues, facility management is thought to be quite effective.
Medical services by doctors and nurses include not only treatment directly for patients but also consequential
chores. Increasing the latter means decreasing the quality of medical treatment. Under the financial pressure,hospital managers must save life cycle cost. When hospital architecture is planned, flows of people, articles andinformation are considered to be indicators. These flows need to be investigated closely, and to be improved sothat medical staff can take more time in the direct medical treatment. They have to reduce the burden of movingaround, to diminish the stress of indirect consequential chores, and to save and simplify their labors. It can bealso successful in financial management. Targeting material transportation, the medical information system andthe material management and supply system, to systematize the movement of materials and information enables
hospitals to control effectively. This means achieving greater efficiencies in management and medical treatment.
The purpose of this study is as follows; one is to organize a hospital supporting system and to suggest whatto evaluate; another is to estimate the amount of movement lines, which have been made more efficient by ahospital supporting system and a department arrangement. Some previous work have reported the flows ofmaterials, the movement of the transporter, the amount of transportation, the department arrangements, and theestimation of plan type and so on. Generally speaking, the contents of the most previous work can be divided
into hospital management and architectural space. In this study, the medical information system and material
management and supply system are treated systematically. Considering the movement lines as an indicator,
hospital management and architectural space are treated comprehensively in the Chapter 1.
In the first half of the second chapter and in the third chapter, the first purpose of this study is achieved. One
example of hospital supporting system, i. e. ordering system has been investigated in the survey questionnaires.
The results of the survey show that the interlock of the doctor's processing order and accounting procedure isdistinguishing. Two difficulties are still left; how to make it a standard and how to abolish many kinds of tickets
and vouchers. The evolution items concerning what to introduce first are as follows; first, where many systems
are adopted-[B: prescription and checkup], [C' : B plus medical radiation], [C: C' plus injection], and [E: C plus
interlocking accounting]; second, how many tickets and vouchers are eliminated-[I: many], [II: few], and [III:none]. A pattern of [E-III] is the most systematic. Also interviews are conducted at four hospitals. As a result, it
is revealed that plural systems are introduced. The types of the material management and supply system aredepend on the combination of supply methods, management methods, and planar forms of supplying section.
From the actual conditions of those four hospitals, three typical models are derived. Making an allowance for the
introduction of the POS system and the material management at consumption of each model are simulated.
The latter half of the second chapter and the Chapter 4 treat the connection with departments. The patterns ofdepartment arrangement have developed with systemization of the medical information system. In the pattern of
E-III, characteristically the flow of job cards has replaced that of web orders. The common materials are pick up
from a flow chart of supplying operation and presented as a flow modeling. Examined qualitatively, the flows ofarticles and supplies in three models are estimated.
In the Chapter 5, the amount of transportation between each department is figured out. Another research ontransportation is conducted at the hospitals for three days. The results shows that the conveyance during the* Redeveloping Project Team on Univ.Hospital and School of Medicine, Mie Univ.

daytime on weekdays occupies 70 % of the whole, and that increase in scheduled transport makes the number oftransporting operations decrease. The rate of transportation load by the types of transportation is demonstrated.
The amount of movement lines of materials are calculated in the Chapter 6. That of each hospital is different,
but by establishing the medical information system, it can be reduced by about 25 to 50 %, and when thematerial management and supply systems are added, it can be cut by more 39 %, and when the POS system isadded, by 50 %. It is concluded that the material management and supply systems are effective in providing theeasy access, and that three models are successful in helping the medical staff to shorten the walking distance and
the POS system in helping the administrative staff. More two points are clarified; an intensive supplying
sections needs ingenuity of department arrangement in order to lessen the movement lines; and dispersive
supplying section should systematize the material management service.
The seventh chapter deals with the flow of staff and patients in hospital ward. Another inquiry has done at theforegoing hospitals. According to the results of the survey, it is determined that nurses walk around more than 4kilometer during the working hours. Most of the destinations are nurse station to exchange information,
document the nursing record, and so on. At the other destinations, they give patients treatment and talk with theirfamilies. And it has revealed that the locations of nursing activities are in a gradual composition. The
combinations of the materials and facilities are examined and the results show that the hospital supporting
system can decentralize working locations and shorten the movement lines. Moreover, even the existing
hospitals can make improvements.
The position in facility management (FM) of this research product is considered in the next chapter andestimated through the viewpoints of space and systems, which is one of the methods for evaluation of FM
productivity. One characteristic of hospital architecture is that a hospital has plural systems. Systematization not
only in each department but also between departments can make the flows and transportation easier. In eachdepartment, nursing service and the hospital supporting system are connected closely and the system should be
typical and customized. In the hospitals used for a long term, which needs more flexible systems, the model 3
and the POS system are promising. The space arrangement under the influence of systematization is the
positional relation between demanding spaces and supplying spaces. Scattering the supplying spaces can cut
down the amount of movement lines. On the other hand, concentrating them make it easier to upgrade systems
and renovate. In the case of the POS system, because out-of-hospital carriers are involved in the transporting
service, hospitals needs high security and the simple and quick access to demanding places from the outside.
Another example of FM in hospital architecture is functional estimation. In order to maintain the level ofsystems, periodical and uncomplicated checking is significant. When the material arrangement is not considered
for nursing service in a unit of a hospital ward, it might not be consistent with its hospital supporting system
and need to reassemble the whole system.
Three points are left for the future investigation; first, exploration in the United States about the developmentof the POS system; second, simulation of the changing service in a nursing ward by grading the hospital
supporting system; third, establishment of screening self-diagnosis in a practical way.
Author's publications[1]S.Kawai and S.Imai, The Developing Pattern of Ordering System's Introduction - A study on theinformational connection with departments of Hospital Architecture, Hospital Administration, Journal of theJapanese Society on Hospital Administration, Vol.40 No.2, pp.5-12, 2003.4[2]S.Kawai and S.Imai, A Study of Stock Management and Supply Systems through Modeling and Estimationon the Changes with Advancements in Information Technology, Hospital Administration, Journal of theJapanese Society on Hospital Administration, Vol.43 No.1, pp.23-34, 2006.1[3]S.Kawai and S.Imai, Evaluation of The Material Management and Supply Systems' Modeling through The
Material Flow - A study on the connection with departments of hospital vol.1, Journal of Architecture andplanning, Transactions of Architectural Institute of Japan, No.605, pp.55-62, 2006.7[4]S.Kawai and S.Imai, The Amount of Material Transportation through The Material Management and Supply
Systems - A study on the connection with departments of hospital vol.2, Journal of Architecture and planning,
Transactions of Architectural Institute of Japan, No.613, pp.45-52, 2007.3[5]S.Kawai, K.Katsuno and S.Imai, A Basic Study on Gradual Composition of Locations for Nursing Activities
in Wards in Relations to The Locations of Materials, Journal of Architecture and planning, Transactions ofArchitectural Institute of Japan, No.614, 2007.4

Motion tracking ofleft ventricular myocardium using ultrasoundWataru OHYAMA ∗Keyword: Ultrasonic diagnosis system, Myocardial motion tracking

1 Introduction
The echocardiogram is an essential tool for diagnosis and treatment of cardiovascular diseases. The useof echocardiograms for clinical diagnosis serves clinitians and doctors with multifold advantages including
noninvasiveness of diagnosis and real–time imaging. Recent technical innovations of ultrasonic diagnosis
equipment reclaim their new availabilities in clinics. These novel modalities require to track a speciﬁc
tissue of myocardium to keep their focus on a relevant tissue to evaluate. In this research, four novel
algorithms, that aim to contribute for these new availabilities of ultrasonic in diagnosis, are investigated.
2 Automatic Extraction of Left Ventricular Endocardium
Automatic extraction of left ventricular endocardium in echocardiograms is required for quantitativeevaluation of the functional performance of the left ventricle. In this section, a novel automatic extraction
method based on double thresholding for echocardiograms is proposed, and its eﬀectiveness and theaccuracy are evaluated. B-mode echocardiograms are ﬁrst binarized with a threshold determined by thediscriminant analysis for the gray level histogram. Then the binary images are contracted n times toremove small regions and to disconnect the region of cardiac cavity from the other false regions. Amongthe obtained regions which corresponds to the cardiac cavity is selected and dilated 2n times to createa mask which restricts the region of the second thresholding operation. The size and the location of the
cardiac cavity in the preceding frame are utilized to select the corresponding region. The masked image ofeach frame is binarized in the restricted area in the same way as in the ﬁrst thresholding operation. The
evaluation test is carried out using the scatter diagram of radius of contours extracted by two observers
and automatic extraction method. These results showed that the accuracy of the extracted contours wasfavorably compared to the accuracy of manually traced contours.
3 Automatic Tracking for Regional Myocardial Motion
In this section, an automatic tracking method for 2-D motion of Regional myocardial motion in highframe rate echocardiography by using the correlation method with connective multiple ROIs is proposed.
The proposed method is a combination method of maximization for correlation of brightness distribution
and optimization the geometric location of ROIs. A comparison test of tracking accuracies between the∗ Mie University

conventional method and proposed one is carried out. Results of these tests shows that proposed method
is able to derive more accurate trajectories from echocardiography than conventional method.
4 Local Myocardial Motion Tracking Using Ultrasonic Doppler Signal
In this section, a new method for automatically tracking the motion of local region in left ventricularmyocardium by means of ultrasonic pulsed Doppler signal is proposed. This method consists of a velocity
detection procedure based on correlation weighted mean instantaneous phase diﬀerence and a motion
tracking procedure employing a elastic model. Most of ultrasonic pulsed Doppler signals contain considerable amount of speckled noise, which causes detection error of velocity. The procedure of correlation
weighted mean velocity is aimed to reduce the velocity detection error, and the elastic model is used to
avoid the accumulation of the error to keep track of the motion of the myocardium in reasonable accuracy.
5 Local Myocardial Motion Tracking Using Ultrasonic RF Signal
This section describes a new algorithm to track identical myocardium accurately through a few cardiac
cycles. Hierarchical correlation is used with wide correlation window as ﬁrst and narrow one as second.
Then, to increase the reliability of the estimated position of myocardial motion, neighboring points areweighted by correlation coeﬃcients of ultrasonic waveforms between sequential pulses and are summed
up. This method was applied to normal and diseased hearts. Tracking error during one cardiac cycle
decreased to one-ﬁfth of simple method and the stability increased substantially. Regional myocardial
strains in the wall were estimated and color-coded using this tracking method. Result: this strain image
revealed clearly the diﬀerences of myocardial function between endocardium and epicardium, and thespeciﬁc characters of myocardial diseases. Moreover, the cyclic variation of integrated backscatters is
automatically obtained using this tracking method. This cyclic variation also indicated the myocardial
tissue characters of diseased heart in terms of ultrasonic backscatter intensity.
6 Conclusions
In this research, new modalities to track the myocardial motion from echocardiogram. The proposed
approaches are able to increase the performance of motion tracking. These methods contribute to provide
new applications of ultrasonic for diagnosing cardiovascular diseases.
Author’s publications
1. W.Ohyama, T.Wakabayashi, F.Kimura, S.Tsuruoka, and K.Sekioka: ”Automatic Extraction of Left
Ventricular Endocardium in Echocardiograms Using Double Thresholding Method (in Japanese)”:The Transactions of The Institute of Electrical Engineers of Japan: Vol. 121-C, No. 9, pp. 14481456
2. W. Ohyama, N. Ismail, T. Wakabayashi, F. Kimura, S. Tsuruoka, and K. Sekioka: ”Local Myocardial Motion Tracking Based on Correlation Phase Diﬀerence Method (In Japanese)”:IEICE
Transactions Vol. J86-A No.9 pp.917-928
3. W.Ohyama, M.Inami, T.Wakabayashi, F.Kimura, S.Tsuruoka, and K.Sekioka:

Automatic Track-ing for Regional Myocardial Motion by Correlation Method with Connecting Multiple ROIs (inJapanese) : The Transactions of The Institute of Electrical Engineers of Japan: Vol. 124-C, No.
10, pp. 2079-2086

A―1

Abstracts of Papers (2006)
Department of Mechanical Engineering*nonmember

Tips on Using Vacuum Techniques, Yasuyuki SUZUKI, Seimitsukougakkaishi, Vol.72 No.2 pp.191-194, 2006.

Evaluation of Fracture Surface of 11/4Cr-1/2Mo Steel by Residual Magnetization Induced fromInverse-Magnetostrictive Effect, Hiroichi HASE, Shigeo KOTAKE, Mitsuhiro OHOTA, Hiroshi KAWAKAMI and
Yasuyuki SUZUKI; Key Engineering Materials (Engineering Plasticity and its Application from Nanoscale to
Microscale), 340-341, pp.549-554, 2006.

A Fingertip Guiding Manipulator for Mental Image Creation of Multi-Stroke Drawings, Yoshihiko Nomura, Yuki Yagi,
Tokuhiro Sugiura, Hirokazu Matsui, Norihiko Kato, Microsystem Technologies, Vol. 13, No. 8-10, pp. 905~910, (Apr.
2007), ISSN 0946-7076 (Published Online: Nov. 2006)

Relationships between the Camera Calibration Accuracy and the Imaging Condition, FUJIMOTO Takashi 1
NOMURA Yoshihiko 2 ZHANG Dili，Trans. of JSME PartC,72(706)，pp. 1695-1700，2006

A Fingertip Guiding Manipulator for Mental Image Creation of Multi-Stroke Drawings, Yoshihiko Nomura, Yuki Yagi,
Tokuhiro Sugiura, Hirokazu Matsui, Norihiko Kato,CD-ROM Proc. of ASME/JSME Joint Conference on
Micromechatronics for Information and Precision Equipment (MIPE 2006), 2006

Fingertip Guiding Manipulator: Haptic Graphic Display for Mental Image Creation, Yoshihiko Nomura, Yuki Yagi,
Tokuhiro Sugiura, Hirokazu Matsui, and Norihiko Kato, Proc. of 9th Annual International Conference ICCHP 2006
(Computers Helping People with Special Needs) 2006

High-quality and small-capacity e-learning video featuring lecturer-superimposing PC screen images, Yoshihiko
Nomura, Michinobu Murakamia, Ryota Sakamoto, Tokuhiro Sugiura, Hirokazu Matsui, and Norihiko Kato ,Proc. of
SPIE Conference on Intelligent Robots and Computer Vision XXIV:Algorithms,Techni ques,and Active Vision 2006
“High-Quality and Small-Capacity Lecture-Video-File Creating System for Chalk-and-Talk Based Lecture,” Ryota
Sakamoto, Yoshihiko Nomura, Norihiko Kato, Proc. of E-Learn 2006
A formulation of camera parameter calibration error due to reference point setup error,
Yoshihiko Nomura, Proc. of Asia International Symposium on Mechatronics (AISM) 2006

Takashi Fujimoto，

A―2

Automatic control of a monitoring camera for remote manipulator operation”，Masahiko Niwa, Naoaki Tsuda,
Norihiko Kato, Yoshihiko Nomura and Hirokazu Matsui，Proc. of the 15th IEEE International Symposium on Robotand Human Interactive Communication (RO-MAN06), pp.151-156, 2006

An ergonomic study on multi screen type VDT work, Shin SAITO*, Norikazu OHNISHI*, Zojiro
KATOH*, Masaru MIYAO*, Kaoru ITO*, Ryojun IKEURA and Kazuki MIZUTANI, Journal of Society
for Occupational Safety, Health and Ergonomics, 7, 1, pp.17-22, 2006.
The aim of this study was to evaluate the characteristics of multi screen type visual display terminals(VDT) work by the analyses of work performance and subjective assessment. The comparative study, multiscreen and single screen type VDT workstation, was carried out to get some ergonomic data which would
be applicable to the guidelines and recommendation for VDT operations using multi screens. Seventy
healthy persons, 32 males and 38 females, whose ages ranged from 18 to 47 years (average age: 23.4) wereselected as subjects. They performed data search and entry task for 5 minutes using both word processing
and spread sheet software in each workstation. The work efficiency and the subjective assessment of multiscreens were significantly superior in comparison with a single screen. The reason why a multi screen typeworkstation was evaluated highly is that visibility and operability are better than with a single screen. The
characteristic of multi screen type VDT work is operation method and increased efficiency by dividing
software into two screens. It is necessary to examine workload, sense of incongruity and skill of operation,and other possible problems before spreading widely to many work places.

Impedance control for an industrial power assist device considering contact operations, Hiroyuki KATO,
Ryojun IKEURA, Shinpei NOGUCHI, Kazuki MIZUTANI, Hisashi NAKAMURA* and Tomohiro
HONDA*, Transactions of the Japan Society of Mechanical Engineers, 72, 714, pp.214-221, 2006.
This paper describes a control method for a power assist device used in factories. An adaptive
control scheme is employed to control the power assist device and to estimate its dynamic parameters.
Using the adaptive control, the maneuverability of the system is good in free space but it is very dangerous
in the task of which an object supported by system contacts on a floor or a wall. Therefore, we propose an
improved system controlled by an adaptive control in which the local control method changes to a feedback
or a feed forward control in the contact condition. The improved system detects collisions based on the
difference between the actual input torque to the power assist device and reference input torque, which is
calculated based on the estimated parameters of the manipulator dynamics. Then, the effectiveness of thesystem is shown.

Ergonomic evaluation of multi display type VDT, Shin Saito, Takahiro NAKATSUKASA, Ryojun
IKEURA and Kazuki MIZUTANI, The 9th Korea-Japan Joint Symposium on Ergonomics Osaka,
pp.524-525, 2006.
The aim of this study was to evaluate working conditions using multi display VDTs in terms of work
performance, head movement and EMG activities of the neck. A comparative study using single, multi andlarge display type VDT workstations, was undertaken to obtain ergonomic data applicable to the guidelines
and recommendation for VDT operations using multi displays. Subjects comprised 1 0 healthy volunteers

A―3

who performed data search and entry tasks for 5 min on each workstation. Work efficiency of the single
display was inferior compared to multi and large displays. Head movement was greater with multi andlarge displays than with a single display. EMG activities did not differ significantly between multi and large
displays. The characteristics of a multi display type VDT work is increased efficiency by dividing software
into 2 displays. Workload, sense of incongruity, skills required for operation and other possible problems
must be examined before spreading this approach becomes widespread in workplaces.

A rating method for the vehicle steering based on the impedance of human arms , Ryojun IKEURA,
Hiroyuki HOSHINO, Daisuke YOKOI, Yoji KANEHARA*, Mitsuhiro HOSHINO* and Kazuki
MIZUTANI, Transactions of Society of Automotive Engineers of Japan, 37, 4, pp.33-38, 2006.
The relationship between the stiffness of human arms and the subjective evaluation in the operationof a steering wheel is investigated. First, the estimation and its normalization method of the arm stiffness is
proposed for avoiding the difference among individuals. Next, the experiments using the steering control
device are conducted to obtain the arm stiffness and the subjective rating under the several conditions.
Finally, it is verified that the value of the normalized arm stiffness correlates strongly to the subjective
evaluation.

Allocation of Three Control Forces to Four Actuators for 3-DOF Hybrid Vibration Isolation System,
Kazuki MIZUTANI, Keisuke ITO and Ryojun IKEURA, Proceedings of the 13th International Congress on
Sound and Vibration, pp.CDROM, RS-03_509, 1-8, 2006.
This paper treats a hybrid type vibration isolation system for 3-DOF vibrations, that is, bouncing,
pitching and rolling vibrations. The hybrid type system is composed of passive spring-damper system andactive system with electromagnetic actuators. The controller for the vibration isolation system derives one
control force for bounce and two control moments for pitch and roll in regard to the center of gravity.
Usually, an actuator to supply vibration control force is set in each supporting part at the four corners of theloading platform. The allocation of three control outputs to four actuators is not unique because of
redundancy. In this paper, the allocation of the control output is discussed in detail.

Optimal Vibration Control for Overhung Rotor System Using Actively Flexible Pedestal, Kazuki
MIZUTANI, Yukinobu NISHIYAMA*, Kazuhiro IIDA* and Ryojun IKEURA, Proceedings of the
ACTIVE 2006, pp.CDROM, No.26, 1-11, 2006.
This paper describes an active vibration control to effectively reduce the unbalanced vibration of an
overhung rotor system. A flexible bearing pedestal supporting the overhung rotor is installed in four pairs of
U-shaped electromagnets as a control device. The electromagnets give a flexible pedestal the control force
to effectively reduce unbalanced vibrations of the overhung rotor indirectly. The optimal regulator theory isapplied to decide the control gain suppressing the vibrations of the overhung rotor. Frequency response
curves are simulated numerically, and the optimal feedback gains to give the effective vibration suppression
performance are provided. For practical use, the simplification of the rotor model for controller
design and the application of the Kalman filter are also examined. The numerical results are compared withexperimental ones for the overhung rotor system with the vibration control device, and both results show

A―4

the similar tendency in our study.

Characteristic of 2 DOF cooperation task by two humans, Shahriman Bin Abu Bakar, Yuichiro HANDA,
Ryojun IKEURA and Kazuki MIZUTANI, Proceedings of SICE-ICASE Internation Joint Conference 2006,
pp.296-301, 2006.
In this research, we propose to analyze the characteristic of human-to-human cooperation in verticalmotion. The experiment subject is divided into master and slave category where the slave is required toclose their eyes during the experiment. Experiment devices are equipped with 3D position sensors andForce sensors to measure the position, angle and force value. By differentiating those values, speed, angularvelocity and torque value are known. This research is concentrating the special characteristic that occurs to
the slave side during human-to-human cooperative work where the weight, distance and speed are varied.

Development of 6-Axis Material Tester for Measuring Mechanical Spine Properties, M. Fujiwara*, T.
Masuda*, T. Inaba, T. Katoh, Y. Kasai, S. Ito*: Journal of Robotics and Mechatronics, Vol.18, No.2,
pp.160-165, 2006.
Because mechanical spine properties having multiple degrees of freedom (DOF) are generally
difficult to measure, we developed a parallel 6-axis material tester with hybrid position/force control. We
give examples of 6-axis testing and results of material tests using polyurethane rubber and animal spines.
Quantitative Evaluation of Left Ventricular Wall Motion in Patient with Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
Using Magnetic Resonance Tagging Technique, T. Inaba, T. Nakano, M. Tsutsumi, S. Kawasaki*, Y.
Kinosada*, M. Tokuda: JSME International Journal, Series A, Vol.49, No.4, pp.597-603, 2006.
Left ventricular wall motions during systole were investigated from a mechanical perspective byusing a magnetic resonance tagging technique. Subjects were 7 patients with coronary artery bypass
grafting (CABG). First, by analyzing strain in the left ventricular wall, cardiac contractility was evaluatedin the patients with CABG. Next, by calculating displacement in the myocardial wall, paradoxical
movements following CABG were quantitatively evaluated. Strain analysis showed local decreases incircumferential strain in 4 of 7 subjects. The results of displacement analysis clarified that following CABG,
the degree of radial displacement was small in the septal wall and large in the lateral wall, andcircumferential displacement towards the septal wall occurred in the anterior and posterior walls. Since thisbehavior was seen in both reduced and normal cardiac contractility groups, paradoxical movements in thepresent patients were not caused by reduced cardiac contractility, but rather by rigid-body motion of theentire heart.
Shape Memory Characteristics of TiNi Casting Alloys Made by Using Self-propagating High-temperature
Synthesis, K. Kitamura*, T. Kuchida, T. Inaba, M. Tokuda, Y. Yoshimi*: Materials Science andEngineering A, Vols.438-440, pp.675-678, 2006.
Self-propagating high-temperature synthesis (SHS) is a new method of making an ingot of TiNi.
This method shows little gravity segregation. The purpose of this study is to investigate the difference ofthe shape memory characteristics of the TiNi casting alloys made from a SHS ingot and from a
conventional melt cast ingot. The samples used in this study were rods made by centrifugal casting.
Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray diffraction, and tensile test were used to examine the shapememory characteristics on the samples. The heat treatment conditions were 773 K–1.8 ks and 1073 K–3.6
ks, respectively. The DSC samples were both ends (the top and bottom area) of the rod samples. The results

A―5of the XRD measurements showed that TiNi phase was obtained in all the samples. In contrast, the result of
the DSC test showed that more gravity segregation effect happened in the melt cast sample than in the SHS
sample. As the conclusion of this study, gravity segregation had little effect in the SHS ingot sample.
Superelastic Property of Ti-Ni Alloy Produced by Casting After SHS, K. Kitamura*, T. Kuchida, T. Inaba,
M. Tokuda, Y. Yoshimi*: Materials Transactions, Vol.47, No.11, pp.2867-2870, 2006.
The superelastic properties of cast Ti-Ni shape memory alloy (SMA) were studied. Base materials
were prepared as a melting method ingot and as a self-propagating high-temperature synthesis (SHS) ingot.
The composition of these ingots was Ti-50.8 at%Ni. Each ingot was cast into a rod shape by centrifugal
casting. The heat-treatment conditions were 773 K for-1.8 ks and 773 K–1.8 ks → 873 K–3.6 ks. Shapememory characteristics were measured by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray diffraction(XRD) and a tensile test. All casting specimens have good shape memory characteristics. According to
DSC measurements, the melt method specimens show gravity segregation.

Mechanical Evaluation of Cardiac Function in Heart with Disease by Numerical Simulation, M. Tsutsumi,
K. Yanagisawa, T. Inaba, M. Tokuda: Proceedings of 5th World Congress of Biomechanics, pp.563-566,
2006.
A numerical simulation system using the three-dimensional finite element method (3D-FEM) is
established to reproduce the performance of the left ventricle during one cardiac cycle, which may
ultimately provide useful information for medical diagnosis. In this study, the diseased human heart isanalyzed by using the proposed numerical simulation system and the numerical results are composed withmeasurements results.

Bonding Process of Al/Cu bonding with liquefaction after solid state diffusion in air,Hiroshi Kawakami, Junya Nakajima, Jippei Suzuki
Proc. of 2nd JWS-KWS Joint Symposium of Young Researchers, Preprints of the Natioal Meeting of J. W. S., Vol.79,
pp.140-141(2006)

Effect of Bonding Conditions on Al/Cu Diffusion Liquefaction Bonding, Hiroshi Kawakami, Junya Nakajima,
Toshiharu Kawabe, Jippei Suzuki, Proc. of Sino-Japanese Young Researchers Forum, pp.1-4(2006)

Fundamental Studies on Remote Laser Cutting for an ALIMS Robot, Muneharu KUTSUNA*, Jippei SUZUKI,
Hiroshi KAWAKAMI, Documents of International Institute of Welding, No.IE-413-06, pp.1-8, (2006)

Behavior of Mg in Al/Cu Diffusion Liquefaction Bond, Hiroshi Kawakami, Masanori Fujiwara, Junya Nakajima,
Toshiharu Kawabe, Jippei Suzuk, Proc. of The First South-East Asia International Institute of Welding Congress,
pp.232-243(2006)

Bonding for Aluminum in Air using Some Insert Metals, Hiroshi Kawakami, Keiko Kimura, Jippei Suzuki, Proc.
Advance Technology in Welding Work(CD-ROM), pp.1-7(2006)

A―6

Application of Resistance Heating Technique to Hot Stamping of High-Strength Steel Sheet, Seijiro MAKI, Yuuki
TANAKA*, Ken-ichiro MORI*: Journal of the Japan Society for Technology of Plasticity, 47(544), pp.394-398, 2006
(in Japanese)

Improvement of Product Strength and Press Formability of Al-Mg-Si Alloy Sheets by Resistance Heat Treatment andArtificial Aging, Minoru ISHIGURO*, Seijiro MAKI, Ken-ichiro MORI*: Journal of Japan Institute of Light Metals,
56(6), pp.313-316, 2006 (in Japanese)

Thermo-Mechanical Treatment Using Resistance Heating for Production of Fine Grained Heat-Treatable AluminumAlloy Sheets, S. Maki, M. Ishiguro*, K. Mori*, H. Makino*: J. Mater. Process. Technol., 177, pp.444-447, 2006

Mechanism of Improvement of Formability in Pulsating Bulging Hydroforming of Tubes, Ken-ichiro MORI*,
Tomoyoshi MAENO*, Seijiro MAKI: Journal of the Japan Society for Technology of Plasticity, 47(548), pp.835-839,
2006 (in Japanese)

Mushy-State Forging of Aluminum Alloy Using On-Site Resistance Heating, S. Maki, T. Shibata*, H. Shibata*, K.
Mori*: Proceedings of the International Conference on Advances in Materials and Processing Technologies, AMPT
2006, Las Vegas, NV, July 30-Aug. 3, CD-ROM, 2006

Improvement of Formability and Shape Accuracy in Pulsating T-Shape Hydroforming of Tube, Ken-ichiro Mori*,
Loh-mousavi Mohsen*, Kentaro Hayashi*, Seijiro Maki: Proceedings of the 2006 Japanese Spring Conference for theTechnology of Plasticity, pp.5-6, 2006 (in Japanese)

Press Quenching Using Resistance Heating of Ultra High Strength Steel Sheet, Seijiro Maki, Atsushi Hamamoto*,
Shouichi Saitou*, Ken-ichiro Mori*: Proceedings of the 2006 Japanese Spring Conference for the Technology of
Plasticity, pp.45-46, 2006 (in Japanese)

Oxidation Preventing in Hot Press Forming of Ultra High Strength Steel Sheet, Makoto Kishimoto*, Syouichi Saitou*,
Seijiro Maki, Ken-ichiro Mori*, Tatsushi Hayashi*, Toshihiko Okamura*: Proceedings of the 2006 Japanese Spring
Conference for the Technology of Plasticity, pp.47-48, 2006 (in Japanese)

Hot Blanking of Ultra High Strength Steel Sheets, Syouichi Saitou*, Makoto Kishimoto*, Seijiro Maki, Ken-ichiro
Mori*, Tatsushi Hayashi*, Toshihiko Okamura*: Proceedings of the 2006 Japanese Spring Conference for theTechnology of Plasticity, pp.49-50, 2006 (in Japanese)

A―7

Resistance Heating Characteristics of Tubular Blank for Hot Press Forming of Ultra High Strength Steel Sheets, Seijiro
Maki, Makoto Kishimoto*, Naotaka Arisawa*, Ken-ichiro Mori*: Proceedings of the 2006 Japanese Spring
Conference for the Technology of Plasticity, pp.137-138, 2006 (in Japanese)

Decrease of Surface Cracks in Hot Shear Spinning of Cast Aluminum Alloy Castings, Minoru Ishiguro*, Yuuta
Isomura*, Ken-ichiro Mori*, Osamu Ebihara*, Daigo Sugiyama*, Takayuki Nonaka*, Seijiro Maki: Proceedings ofthe 2006 Japanese Spring Conference for the Technology of Plasticity, pp.211-212, 2006 (in Japanese)

Mashy-State Forging of Cast Iron Using Resistance Heating, Kazuhito Suzuki*, Seijiro Maki, Ken-ichiro Mori*:
Proceedings of the 2006 Japanese Spring Conference for the Technology of Plasticity, pp.345-346, 2006 (in Japanese)

Semi-Solid Forming of Titanium Alloy Using Resistance Heating, Seijiro Maki, Kazuhito Suzuki*, Ken-ichiro Mori*:
Proceedings of the 57th Japanese Joint Conference for the Technology of Plasticity, pp.135-136, 2006 (in Japanese)

Resistance Heating Characteristics in Local Heating Blanking of Ultra High Strength Steel Sheets, Shoichi Saito*,
Seijiro Maki, Ken-ichiro Mori*, Kanji Ueno*, Yasuji Hokazono*, Takuya Yamazaki*: Proceedings of the 57th Japanese
Joint Conference for the Technology of Plasticity, pp.139-140, 2006 (in Japanese)

Blowing of Aluminum Compact in Dies by Resistance Heating, Minoru Ishiguro*, Seijiro Maki, Ken-ichiro Mori*,
Hikaru Nisikawa*: Proceedings of the 57th Japanese Joint Conference for the Technology of Plasticity, pp.241-242,
2006 (in Japanese)

Modelings of Fiber Deformation During Machining Aramid-FRP, Eitoku Nakanishi, Masao Fukumori*, Yutaka
SAWAKI*, Kiyoshi Isogimi*: Proceedings of 16th European Conference of Fracture, CD-ROM, 2006

“Wind tunnel study on the velocity profile over roughness hill” Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA, Nobutoshi
NISIO, Keita NAKANO: WIND ENERGY, Vol. 30, No3, pp. 113, pp. 113-1163, 2006.
In this paper, the experimental results of velocity measurements around hill are described for various slops.
Three types of hill model are tested. The model hill has the equivalent roughness of the actual hill’s surface. As theresults, the flow pattern around hill shape is described. Also, it is shown that the separating point to the hill surface
depends on the upstream shape.

“Study on aerodynamic forces of HAWT” Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA, Hideyasu FUJIOKA, Jun SUZUKI,
Masami KAMIBAYASHI: Proceedings of JSME Fluids Engineering Division 84th Annual meeting, No.06-21,
CD-ROM, 2006.
The horizontal axis wind turbines are operated under skew inflow condition and it has tilt angle to keep theA―8

distance between tower and blade tip. Therefore, it is important to analyze the forces and moment of rotor with yawed
and tilted inflow condition. In this study, the wind turbine was placed with yaw miss alignment or changing the distance
between tower and rotor in a wind tunnel. Through measuring the forces and moments of HAWT with six-component
detector, the characteristics of rotor performance with yaw and tilt angle condition and influence of tower position are
considered.

“Study on Performance Improvement of Micro Wind Turbine with a Combination of Nosecone and Diffuser Casing”
Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA, Kenta ADACHI: Proceedings of RENEWABLE ENERGY 2006, P-W-29, pp.
909-912, CD-ROM, 2006.
This study is related to use wind turbines that installed in urban area. Such area has low annual wind speed withstrong turbulence. The purpose of this study is to enlarge the wind turbines output power and to improve the power
curve shape with a combination of nosecone and diffuser. In this study, the utilization of diffuser for wind turbines is
considered for increasing the avail ability of wind turbine. Otherwise, the nosecone with aerodynamic form wasintroduced. The nosecone has effect of improving the flow inside diffuser and performance of wind turbine when
operating in low tip speed ratio.

“Field Measurement of Unsteady Aerodynamics Load on the Blade of Field Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine” Takao
MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA, Keita NAITO: Proceedings of RENEWABLE ENERGY 2006, P-W-17, pp. 865-868,
CD-ROM, 2006.
This paper describes the experimental results of field wind turbine rotor. The experiments are carried out with
10mdiameter of HAWT. The pressure distributions on the rotating blade are measured by the pressure transducers. The
blade root moment are measured simultaneously by the strain gauges. The mean wind speed are measured by a sonicanemometer, the local velocity of the test section is measured by 7 holes Pitot tubes. The relation between the
aerodynamic forces from pressure distribution and the blade root moment from strain gauges are discussed. The
measured moment from strain gauges show the similar fluctuation.

“Wind Tunnel Study on Velocity Profile over Hill” Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA, Nobutoshi NISHIO:
Proceedings of RENEWABLE ENERGY 2006, P-W-17, pp. 861-864, CD-ROM, 2006.
This paper shows the experimental results of the velocity profile over hill in wind tunnel. The experiments arecarried out with various two-dimensional hill models that contains of various slope shapes. 3 types of slopes are tested
as hill model, and they are divided for model upstream and downstream slopes at the top. In the measurements, theequivalent roughness to the ground is set on the hill surface. The velocity profiles are measured by two-dimensional
PIV. As the result, the velocity distribution around hill is shown for various hill shapes and the energy density in thewind is discussed from the viewpoint.

“Experimental studies on the wind turbine airfoils with dynamic state” Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA,
Masayoshi SAITO: Proceedings of JSME Annual meeting 2006 (2) No.06-1, pp. 255-256, 2006.
In generally, the two-dimensional airfoil characteristics in the static state are used for the wind turbine bladeA―9design. However, the wind turbines are operated in the natural wind with continuously changing in both speed anddirection. So, the attack angle of the blade element is fluctuating. Specially, in the inboard section attack angle have big
amplitude of fluctuation caused by the yaw misalignment. The airfoil characteristics in the dynamic state are important
for the inboard section. In this paper, the airfoil characteristics are investigated experimentally by the surface pressure
measurement. Also the dynamic characteristics with sinusoidal pitching motion are measured. As the results, it is foundthat the dynamic characteristics depend on the amplitude of stall angle. Furthermore, at low Reynolds number the stallangle for wind turbine airfoils is depend in both reading edge radius and suction side curvature.

“Experimental Study on unsteady aerodynamics effect on the blade root Load of HAWT field rotor”
Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA, Kei TANAKA, Keita NAITO, Yuu OUCHI: Proceedings of IEEE ISEM 2006,
CD-ROM, 2006.
This paper describes the experimental results of field wind turbine rotor. The experiments are carried out with
10m diameter of HAWT. The pressure distributions on the rotating blade are measured by the pressure transducers. The
blade root moment are measured simultaneously by the strain gauges. The mean wind speed are measured by a sonicanemometer, the local velocity of the test section is measured by 7 holes Pitot tubes. The relation between the
aerodynamic forces from pressure distribution and the blade root moment from strain gauges are discussed. The
aerodynamic force shows the fluctuation by the local wind speed and direction change. The measured moment fromstrain gauges show the similar fluctuation. That includes the short period vibration of the blade natural frequency.

“Studies on small scale generation plant by woody biomass gasification (Operation by upper type)”
Yasunari KAMADA, Takao MAEDA, Norio WATANABE: The 11th National Symposium on Power and Energy
Systems, No, 06-8, pp. 81-82, 2006.
The experimental results of the up-draft type gasification system are described. In the experiments, the small
reactor is operated in up-draft configuration. The operational condition of the reactor is described in detail.

“Studies on unsteady characteristic of field horizontal-axis wind turbine blade” Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA,Kei TANAKA, Yuu OUCHI, Keita NAITO: The 11th National Symposium on Power and Energy Systems, No, 06-8,
pp. 47-48, 2006.
This report describes a experimental study related to the pressure distributions on a field horizontal axis windturbine. It was known that a dynamic stall was occurred on a wind turbine blade. A cross-correlation function is used
for the data reduction to analyze the occurrence condition of the dynamic stall. As a result, when local angle of attack is
kept at the high angle, it turned out that dynamic stall occurs. The parameter of judgment for occurrence condition of
dynamic stall is also suggested.

“Japanese Wind Energy Prospect and Recent Technology” Takao MAEDA (invited lecture), Proceedings of 2006
Spring Conference of KWEA General Meeting & International Symposium, pp. 83-98, 2006.
There are many barriers to development of wind energy. Japan’s climate
condition is different from EU countries. It often experiences typhoons and lightning strikes due to its meteorologicalA―10

characteristics. Wind has a stronger turbulence level due to complex terrain. There are many endeavors being
undertaken to find the best solution for these problems. This paper reviews the wind energy activities in Japan. This
includes wind resources, market, trends, environment, prospects and R&D.

“WIND TUNNEL STUDY ON SURFACE PRESSURE MEASURENENT ON ROTATING BLADE OF
HAWT”Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA, Hideyasu FUJIOKA: Proceedings of the European Wind Energy
Conference ＆ Exhibition, BL3-138 CD-ROM, 2006.
Experimental results of the surface pressure distribution on a blade of a horizontal axis model rotor for therotating and non-rotating status are shown. The experiments were carried out in a wind tunnel with a 2.4m diameter
three-bladed rotor. The pressure distribution at r/R>0.7 showed good agreement between the rotating and thenon-rotating situations. The pressure distribution for the inboard section of r/R<0.5 showed a stall delay. The method ofdetermining the effective angle of attack for a rotating blade from LDV measurements is also discussed.

“The wind tunnel experiments for wind turbines” Takao MAEDA, Yasunari KAMADA:JSME Fluids Engineering Division, News Letter,
http://www.jsme-fed.org/newsletters/2006_9/no3.html#ctop, 2006.
The wind tunnel experiments for wind turbines are described. The wind turbines are aerodynamic device which
extracts the kinematical energy from wind. The performance of turbines strongly depends on the aerodynamics of therotor. To investigate the aerodynamics of the rotor, many experiments are carried out in wind tunnel. The velocity
measurements and pressure measurements techniques are explained in detail.

A Study on Machining Characteristics of Two-Dimensional Rectangular Abrasive Jet Machining Nozzle, Masaki
SUGIMOTO, Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Kohei HAYAKAWAand moriyasu IZAWA, Journal of the Japan Society for
Precision Engineering, 72-1, pp.121-126, 2006.

Control of Flow Separation and Drag Reduction of Abrupt Expansion Pipe, Toshitake ANDO, Toshihiko
SHAKOUCH, Hiroyuki YAMAMOTO and Koichi TSUJIMTO, Transaction of the Japan Society of MechanicalEngineers, 72-717 B, pp.1125-1130, 2006.

Gas-Liquid Two-Phase Oscillating Flow, Fluctuating Flow through Vertical Sudden Contraction Pipe, Alexandros
VOUTSINAS, Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Koichi TSUJIMOTO, and Toshitake ANDO, Transaction of the Japan
Society of Mechanical Engineers, 72-717 B, pp.1131-1136, 2006.

Flow Characteristics and Drag Reduction of Vertical Upward Gas-Liquid Two-Phase Flow through Sudden
Contraction Pipe, Alexandros VOUTSINAS, Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Koichi TSUJIMOTO and Toshitake ANDO,
Transaction of the Japan Society of Mechanical Engineers, 72-720 B, pp.1888-1894, 2006.

A―11

Effect of Throat Surface Roughness on Jet Pump, Yukitaka YAMAZAKI, Tomonori NAKAYAMA, Tadashi
NARABAYASHI, Hidetoshi KOBAYASAHI and Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Transaction of the Japan Society of
Mechanical Engineers, 72-720 B, pp.1895-1900, 2006.

Flow Control of Turbulent Round Jet using a Resonance Nozzle, Toshhiko SHAKOUCHI, Journal of Aeronautics,
Astronautics and Aviation, Ser. A, 38-1, pp.1-9, 2006.

Behaviors of Particle Laden Jet Flow and Machining Characteristics of Micro-Blasting Process, Masaki SUGIMOTO,
Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI and Moriyasu IZAWA, Journal of the Japan Society for Abrasive Technology, 51-1,
pp.46-51, 2005.

Effect of Surface Roughness on Jet Pump Performance, Yukitaka YAMAZAKI, Tomonori NAKAYAMA, Tadashi
NARABAYASHI, Hidetoshi KOBAYASHI and Tishihiko SHAKOUCHI, JSME International Journal, Ser. B, 49-4,
pp.928-932, 2006.

Flow Characteristics and Control of Vertical Upward Gas-Liquid Two-Phase Flow through a Sudden Contraction Pipe,
Alexandros VOUTSINAS, Toshiiko SHAKOUCHI, Junichi TAKAMURA, Koichi TSUJIMOTO and Toshitake
ANDO, JSME International Journal, Ser. B, 49-4, pp.1000-1007, 2006.

Flow Analysis for Single and Multi-Nozzle Jet Pump, Tadashi NARABAYASHI, Yukitaka YAMAZAKI, Hidetoshi
KOBAYASHI and Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, JSME International Journal, Ser. B, 49-4, pp.933-940, 2006.

Globular Formation of Fine Particle using a New High Temperature Air-Jet-Flow System, Hirokazu NAKAMURA
and Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Journal of Powder Technology, 166, pp.14-23, 2006.

Gas-Particle Two-Phase Jet Flow from Slot Nozzle and Micro-Blasting Process, Masaki SUGIMOTO, Toshihiko
SHAKOUCHI, Kohei HAYAKAWA and Moriyasu IZAWA, JSME International Journal, Ser. B, 49-3, pp.705-713,
2006.

Drag Reduction of Abrupt Expansion Pipe Flow, Toshitake ANDO, Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Hiroyuki
YAMAMOTO and Koichi TSUJIMOTO, Proc. of International Symposium on Advanced Fluid/Solid Science andTechnology in Experimental Mechanics, ISEM06-Sapporo, CD-ROM, 2006

Development of Rectangular Micro-blasting Nozzle, Masaki SUGIMOTO and Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Proc. ofInternational Conference on Precision Engineering, ICPE11-Tokyo, CD-ROM, 2006.

A―12

Analysis of turbulent structures of natural convection in a vertical channel by using DNS, Koichi TSUJIMOTO,
Naohiro Ohya, Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI and Toshitake ANDO, Transaction of the Japan Society of MechanicalEngineers, 72-719 B, pp.1666-1673, 2006.

Analysis of turbulent structures of natural convection in a vertical channel by using DNS , Koichi TSUJIMOTO,
Naohiro Ohya, Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI and Toshitake ANDO, Proc. Fifth International Symposium on
Turbulence Heat and Mass Transfer, CD-ROM, 2006.

Direct Numerical Simulation of Jet Mixing Control Using Combined Jets, Koichi TSUJIMOTO, Toshihiko
SHAKOUCHI, Shuji SASAZAKI and Toshitake ANDO, JSME International Journal, Ser. B, 49-4, pp.966-973,
2006.

A―13

Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering*nonmember
Visual Servo of Active Camera and Manipulator with Simple On-line Calibration for Estimated Image Feature, Itsushi
Kinbara, Satoshi Komada, and Junji Hirai : Proceedings of the 9th IEEE International Workshop on Advanced Motion
Control AMC’06, vol.2, pp.636-640, 2006
In visual servo system, there are problems on time delay by image processing and difference between image
processing period and control period. In order to overcome these problems, the estimated image feature applied to a
fixed camera has been proposed. Since the compensation of delay utilizes image Jacobian matrices which represent
geometric models of manipulator and camera, it is affected by their calibration error. Therefore, this paper proposes a
new visual servo system for active camera using estimated image feature with a simple on-line calibration. In order toreduce estimation error of image feature, the proposed method is calibrating each element of image Jacobian matrices
from error of the estimated image feature. It is simple algorithm and few calculation amount compared to calibratingeach parameters correctly such as internal camera parameters and orientation of manipulator and camera. The
effectiveness of the proposed strategy is confirmed by a moving object tracking by a manipulator and an active camera.
Study on parameters identification of dynamic equation of human lower limb for improved estimation of musculartensions, Shohei Oda, Noboru Okuyama, Satoshi Komada, and Junji Hirai : Proceedings of the 9th IEEE International
Workshop on Advanced Motion Control AMC’06, vol.1, pp.356-361, 2006
We have proposed a new rehabilitation support equipment that estimates the muscular tensions of lower limbs
in order to offer it to the PTs and the patients in a comprehensible form to realize a biofeedback therapy. The musculartension is estimated by solving the optimization problem from joint torque of each examinee's joint during training.
This paper reports comparison and its discussion of joint torque of each joint derived by an examinee’s identified
parameters of dynamic equation and parameters determined by the average of about 100 peoples. The accuracy of thejoint torque is improved by the identified parameters.
Visual Servo of Active Cameras and Manipulators by Time Delay Compensation of Image Features with Simple
On-line Calibration, Itsushi Kinbara, Satoshi Komada, and Junji Hirai : Procdeedings of SICE-ICASE International
Joint Conference 2006, pp.5317-5322, 2006
In visual servo system, there are problems on time delay caused by image processing and difference between
image processing period and control period. In order to overcome these problems, an estimation method of image
features has been applied to a fixed camera, which realizes visual servo with control period. Since the compensation ofdelay utilizes image Jacobian matrices, it is affected by calibration error. Therefore, this paper proposes a new visual
servo system for manipulators and active cameras using the estimated image features with a simple on-line calibration.
In order to reduce estimation error of image feature, the proposed method is calibrating each element of image Jacobianmatrices from error of the estimated image feature. It is simple algorithm and few calculation amount compared tocalibrating each parameters correctly such as internal camera parameters, orientation of manipulator and camera, and soon. The effectiveness of the proposed strategy is confirmed by tracking simulation of a moving object by a manipulator
and an active camera.
Development of a Biofeedback Therapeutic Exercise Supporting Manipulator for Lower Limbs, Yosuke Hashimoto,
Satoshi Komada, and Junji Hirai : Proceedings of International Conference on Industrial Technology ICIT 2006, vol.2,
pp.352-357, 2006
Although equipments that support physical therapy have been developed, there are few types of equipment toimprove quality of physical therapy. This paper proposes a new concept of robotic biofeedback exercise equipment that
displays human muscle force during training. The concept tries to have therapeutic value through grasping of condition
for trainee during exercise and giving an incentive to perform training. The machine is not only for convalescentA―14

patients but also for athletes and ordinary persons with a physical trouble. The manipulator is designed to support lower
limb rehabilitation of knee and hip joints in sagittal plane where a three-degree-of-freedom manipulator is adopted inorder to realize low height equipment. Since the manipulator has redundant degree-of-freedom, collision avoidance isperformed based on acceleration control by disturbance observer. Moreover, simultaneous isokinetic movement forknee and hip joints that has an adjustment capability of maximum speed and acceleration degree is realized in order torealize safe training by isokinetic muscular contraction. Desired motion of the proposed manipulator is confirmed
experimentally.
A Realization Method of Fault-tolerant Control of Flexible Arm under Sensor Fault by Using an Adaptive Sensor
Signal Observer, Yu Izumikawa, Kazuhiro Yubai, and Junji Hirai : Journal of Power Electronics, vol.6, no.1, pp.8-17,
2006
In this paper, we propose a fault-tolerant control system for the position control and vibration
suppression of a flexible arm robot. The proposed control system has a strain gauge sensor signal
observer based on a reaction force observer and detects a fault by monitoring an estimated error. In
order to improve the estimation accuracy, the plant parameters included in the sensor signal observer
are updated by using the strain gauge sensor signal in normal time through the adaptive law. After
fault detection, the proposed control system exchanges the faulty sensor signal for the estimated one
and switches to a fault mode controller so as to maintain the stability and the control performance. We
confirmed the effectiveness of the proposed control system through several experiments.
A Fundamental Study on Reconfigurable Robot System Construction with Central- and Local Intelligence, Nobuyasu
Miwa, Kazuhiro Yubai, and Junji Hirai : Proceedings of the 9th IEEE International Workshop on Advanced Motion
Control AMC’06, vol.1, pp.90-93, 2006
This paper deals with a study on reconfigurable robots. Firstly, the concept of the reconfigurable
robot is described. Secondly, construction of the distributed robot control system consisting of Local- andCentral Intelligence is explained. Then the authors propose Virtual Velocity Transmission Algorithm(VVTA) as the best-suited control scheme for this system, and finally confirm the effectiveness of the
proposed algorithm by simulations.
A Joint Design Method for Achieving Robust Performance -Experimental Study in 2-mass System-, Naoya Wakayama,Kazuhiro Yubai, and Junji Hirai : Proceedings of the 9th IEEE International Workshop on Advanced Motion Control
AMC’06, vol.2, pp.467-471, 2006
Joint design methods are based on an iterative scheme of model identification and controller design associatedwith each other. This paper proposes a new joint design method based on GIMC structure. The proposed joint design
method evaluates the performance degradation from the nominal performance explicitly so as to achieve the nominal
performance for the actual plant. The identification of dual Youla-parameter R and the design of Youla-parameter Q
are related to each other under the same control objective. Youla parameter Q is implemented in GIMC structure
proposed by Zhou. The effectiveness of the proposed design method is verified by an actual control system.
Fault-Tolerant Control of Flexible Arm Based on Dual Youla Parameter Identification, Tsubasa Sakuishi, Kazuhiro
Yubai, and Junji Hirai : Proceedings of the 9th IEEE International Workshop on Advanced Motion Control AMC’06,
vol.2, pp.452-455, 2006
In recent years, control system reliability has received much attention with increase of situations where
computer-controlled systems such as robot control systems are used. In order to improve reliability, control systems

A―15

need to have abilities to detect faults (fault detection) and maintain the stability and the control performance (fault
tolerance). In this paper, we address the stain gauge sensor fault of a flexible arm robot. In order to achieve a
fault-tolerant control system, the effect of the fault is identified as dual Youla parameter by regarding the estimation
error of the faulty sensor signal as the faulty plant output. Moreover, Youla parameter is designed so as to suppress theeffect of dual Youla parameter. Youla parameter is implemented in GIMC structure proposed by Zhou. Since GIMC
structure includes a conditional feedback, it is suitable for achieving a fault-tolerant control system. The effectiveness ofthe proposed fault-tolerant control system is confirmed by some experiments.
Design of Gain-Scheduling Controller Based on Interpolation of Loop Shaping H∞ Controller, Yuki Maekawa,
Kazuhiro Yubai, and Junji Hirai : Proceedings of the 9th IEEE International Workshop on Advanced Motion Control
AMC’06, vol.1, pp.29-32, 2006
In this paper, we propose a design method of gain-scheduling controller. We extend LSDP togain-scheduling version. The controllers designed according to LSDP consist of a state observer and a
regulator. The observer-gain and regulator-gain at each design point determine the control performance, andthey are interpolated by polynomial. The gain-scheduling controller varies these gains according to theoperating point. We apply the design method of gain-scheduling controller to an inverted pendulum andconfirm the effectiveness of the proposed controller by some experiments.
Stabilization of Rotary Inverted Pendulum by Gain-scheduling of Weight and H∞ Loop Shaping Controller, Kazuhiro
Yubai, Kazunori Okuhara, and Junji Hirai : Proceedings of the 32nd Annual Conference of the IEEE Industrial
Electronics Society, pp.288-293, 2006
Gain-scheduling control is one of effective methods for plants whose dynamics changes significantly according
to its operating point. A frozen parameter method is known to be a practical gain-scheduling controller synthesis, whichinterpolates the controllers designed at the prespecified (frozen) operating points according to the current operation
point. Hyde et al. proposed a gain-scheduling control that H∞ loop shaping procedure is adopted as a controller
synthesis at each operating point. H∞ loop shaping procedure is based on loop shaping of an open loop characteristic
by frequency weights and is known to be effective for plants with bad condition number. However, weight selection
satisfying control specifications is a hard job for a designer. This paper describes the design of a suboptimal weight anda controller by means of algorithm that maximizes the robust stability margin and shapes the open loop characteristic
into the desired shape at each operating point. Moreover, we formulate a weight optimization problem as a generalized
eigenvalue minimization problem, which reduces the designer’s burden of weight selection. Finally, we realize robust
and high performance control system by scheduling both weights and controllers. The effectiveness of the proposed
control system is verified in terms of the achieved robust stability margin and experimental time responses of a rotary
inverted pendulum, which involves strong nonlinear dynamics.
Gain-scheduling Control of Rotary Inverted Pendulum by Weight Optimization and H∞ Loop Shaping Procedure [inJapanese], K. Yubai, K. Okuhara and J. Hirai: IEEJ Transactions on Electronics, Information and Systems，Vol.126,
no.12, pp.1504-1513, 2006
Gain-scheduling control is one of effective methods for plants whose dynamics changes significantly according
to its operating point. A frozen parameter method is kown to be a practical gain-scheduling controller synthesis, whichinterpolates the controllers designed at the prespecified (frozen) operating points according to the current operation
point. Hyde et al. proposed a gain-scheduling control that H∞ loop shaping procedure is adopted as a controller
synthesis at each operating point. H∞ loop shaping procedure is based on loop shaping of an open loop characteristic
by frequency weights and is known to be effective for plants with bad condition number. However, weight selection

A―16

satisfying control specifications is hard job for a designer. This paper describes the design of a suboptimal weight and acontroller by means of algorithm that maximizes the robust stability margin and shapes the open loop characteristic into
the desired shape at each operating point. Moreover, we formulate a weight optimization problem as a generalized
eigenvalue minimization problem, which reduces the designer’s burden of weight selection. Finally, we realize robust
and high performance control system by scheduling both weights and controllers. The effectiveness of the proposed
control system is verified in terms of the achieved robust stability margin and experimental time responses of a rotary
inverted pendulum, which involves strong nonlinear dynamics.

Abstraction and Implementation of Human Skill by Hybrid Dynamical System Theory - Application to an Automatic
Driving System -, ShangChang Ma, Tadanao Zanma, Muneaki Ishida: Vol.126-C, No.12, pp.1524-1530, 2006
In this paper, we propose a modeling method for drivers' driving skill with which automatic driving of thevehicle is realized. The method is to formulate the automatic driving system of a vehicle as a switched system withunknown switch points by using HHARX model, which can extract driving operation modes and their switch
conditions simultaneously. To verify the effectiveness, we apply the proposed method to an automatic driving system ofa small remote-controlled vehicle, instead of a real vehicle. Simulation results illustrate that obtained models canachieve functions such as start acceleration, normal traveling, stop deceleration and auto steering in the automatic
driving system.

Automatic driving system using identification of switched systems with unknown switch points, ShangChang Ma,
Tadanao Zanma, Muneaki Ishida: IEEJ Transactions on Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Vol.1, No.4, pp.426-437,
2006
In this paper, we propose an approach to abstract human manipulation skill, which can be useful in systems ofmachine intelligence and human operator assistance. Because of the lack of good physical models for human skill, it is
impossible to model it by traditional methods - from physical or chemical principles of a system. Our approach is toconsider human manipulation skill as a hybrid dynamical system (HDS). For the purpose, a hinging hyperplane
autoregressive exogenous (HHARX) model is utilized as it is able to deal with manipulation modes and their switches
simultaneously. We obtain the HHARX model by system identification via mixed-integer linear programming (MILP).
As a typical example, we apply our approach to an automatic driving system of a small radio-controlled vehicle. Bothsimulation and experimental results illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

Optimal control of DC-DC converter using mixed logical dynamical system theory, Nobuhiro Asano, Tadanao Zanma
and Muneaki Ishida: Proceedings of 2006 IEEE International Conference on Industrial Technology, (ICIT), pp.
110-115, 2006
This paper presents an optimal control method of dc-dc converters. The method is based on hybrid dynamicalsystem theory. Specifically, the input of the considered system is confined to discrete value whereas the output to becontrolled is continuous value. The system is modeled as a mixed logical dynamical system. Then, the optimal control
law is obtained by means of model predictive control. To illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method, somenumerical simulations are shown.

A―17

Simultaneous vibration suppression control of PMSM using repetitive control with Fourier series, Kenji Kawai,
Tadanao Zanma and Muneaki Ishida: Proceedings of 2006 IEEE International Conference on Industrial Technology,(ICIT), pp. 854-859, 2006
This paper proposes a suppression control method of the motor frame vibration caused by the torque ripple of
PMSM. The method utilizes the feedforward compensation signals by the repetitive control and the Fourier series
expansion using a vibration signal obtained by an acceleration sensor which is attached to the motor frame. In order torealize on-line generation of the feedforward compensation signals to reduce the vibration, a novel parameterauto-tuning method for the repetitive control is proposed. The method enables to shorten time to suppress the torqueripple since simultaneous vibration suppression control can be achieved. The effectiveness of the proposed method is
illustrated through some experimental results.

Speed Estimation Method utilizing Rotor Slot Harmonics Detected from Line Current for Speed Sensorless Drive ofUltra High Speed Induction Machine, Koichi Nishibata, Muneaki Ishida, Shinji Doki, Takashi, Masuzawa, Masami
Fujitsuna: Proceedings of 2006 IEEE International Conference on Industrial Technology, (ICIT), pp. 1591-1596, 2006
Recently, development of power electronics technology has made it possible to realize ultra high speed machine
and it has been expected in various applications. This research aims at sensorless control drive of induction machine in
the ultra high speed region by utilizing rotor slot harmonics caused by structure of induction machine. In this paper, we
proposed a novel speed estimation method utilizing rotor slot harmonics detected form line current for speed sensorlessdrive of ultra high speed induction machine. It is possible to detect the rotor slot harmonics with high signal-noise ratioby utilizing a harmonics model of IM and fast fourier transform (FFT) with limitation of a detection band. Moreover,the effectiveness of the proposed method is confirmed by experimental result.

Study for Small Size Wind Power Generating System Using Switched Reluctance Generator, Kazutoshi Ogawa, Naoki
Yamamura, Muneaki Ishida: Proceedings of 2006 IEEE International Conference on Industrial Technology, (ICIT), pp.
1510-1515, 2006
Recently, problems such as air pollution and global warming become serious because of increasing
consumption of the fossil fuel. Therefore, there have been many studies related to the natural energy generation systemeffective to cope with these problems. The small size wind power generating system is one of the most usefulgeneration systems utilizing natural energy. Now, Permanent Magnet Type Synchronous Generator or Induction
Generator is used for the wind power generating system. However, material cost of the Permanent Magnet Type
Synchronous Generator is high, though the generation efficiency is high, and the efficiency of the Induction Generator
is low, though it is tough and requires little maintenance. Therefore, we focus attention on SRM (Switched ReluctanceMotor) which is characterized by simple structure, toughness, and high efficiency. And we studied a small size wind
power generating system which uses the SRM as a SRG (Switched Reluctance Generator). In this paper, configurationof the small size wind power generating system using a SRG, the generation principle and an experimental set up andresults are presented. We also propose a power control method by calculated the magnetization energy of the SRG. Also,
we propose MPPT (Maximum Power Point Tracking) control method based on foregoing control method and constantresistance control method. And we show validity of the proposed control method by experimental results.

Identification of human skill and its application to an automatic driving system --an approach from hybrid dynamical

A―18

system-- Shangchang Ma, Tadanao Zanma, Muneaki Ishida: Proceedings of The 32nd Annual Conference of theIEEE Industrial Electronics Society (IECON06), pp. 400-405, 2006
In this paper, we propose an approach to model human skill, which can be useful in systems of machine
intelligence and human operator assistance. The approach is to consider the model of human manipulation skill as a
hybrid dynamical system (HDS), where, each continuous submodel deals with its related manipulation mode, while a
discrete event model represents the switches between all the submodels. In particular, we express the HDS model as ahinging hyperplane autoregressive exogenous (HHARX) model as it is able to deal with manipulation modes and theirswitches simultaneously. Based on experimental data manipulated by an expert human operator, HHARX parameters
are identified via mixed-integer linear programming (MILP). As a typical example, we apply our approach to an
automatic driving system of a small radio-controlled vehicle. Both simulation and experimental results illustrate theeffectiveness of the proposed method.

Smoothed-Power Output Supply System for Battery of Stand-alone Renewable Power System Using EDLC, Jia Yan,
Ryosuke Shibata, Naoki Yamamura and Muneaki Ishida, Proceedings of Power Electronics and Motion Control
Conference, Vol. 3, pp 1-5, 2006
A smoothed-power output topology for battery of stand-alone renewable power system (SARPS) using EDLC
(electric double layer capacitor) is presented. To prolong the service life of battery, decrease maintenance cost andpower loss of SARPS by realizing smoothed-power output supply, an EDLC is paralleled with battery as a part ofstorage system, and connected by a bi-directional buck/boost compensation topology. The EDLC stores fluctuant
component and compensate battery current through proposed topology and switch control. Whereas the changefulnatural condition and initial power condition, an appointed fluctuant power condition as an example to analyze thevalidity of proposed method in simulation and real-time experiment example firstly. The results show thatsmoothed-power output for battery can be obtained through proposed topology and satisfy the criterion of smooth
precision. And then, the experiment result carried out in actual stand-alone wind power system further shows thefeasibility of proposed topology.

Keywords Recognition of Handwritten Character String on Whiteboard Using Word Dictionary for e-Learning,
Daisuke YOSHIDA, Shinji TSURUOKA, Hiroharu KAWANAKA, Tsuyoshi SHINOGI: Proc. of International
Conference on Hybrid Information Technology (ICHIT 06), Vol.1, pp.140-145, 2006
We are developing an individual e-Learning system using two communication cameras and a pen capture toolon whiteboard for university students. In this research, keywords recognition for the written characters by the lecturer
on the whiteboard is important for indexing the scene database. We are considering the handwritten keyword
recognition. The whiteboard image captured by the pen capture tool is recognized to character strings and the stringcorresponds to keywords in a textbook to link to the explanation of the keyword in textbook. One of important
problems in our learning system is that the accuracy of handwritten character recognition on whiteboard is not enoughfor keyword recognition. In this paper, we propose the new matching method of high accuracy keyword recognition
using word dictionary and the distance of character recognition. We confirmed the usefulness using word dictionary for
handwritten keyword recognition on whiteboard.

Heart Motion Evaluation Indexes Using Ultrasonic RF Signal, Yosuke.MIZUTANI, Shinji TSURUOKA, Hiroharu

A―19

KAWANAKA, Tsuyoshi SHINOGI, Wataru OHYAMA, Kiyotsugu SEKIOKA*: Proc. of International Conference on
Hybrid Information Technology (ICHIT 06), Vol.2, pp. 62-67, 2006
Our research group has developed the tracking method of regional myocardium from ultrasonic radio frequency(RF) signal. The tracking method employs a hierarchical correlation method. In addition, we regarded the correlation
coefficient as the confidence coefficient. If it is not high, the tracking position is corrected by neighbor points. The
tracking method can detect the movement of myocardium very well if the RF signal is clear. In this research, weinvestigate the moving distance based on the tracking position that includes less error. As a result, the contributions of
the distance are different between normal example and abnormal example. We propose three indexes defined byamounts of statistics for the evaluation of a heart motion. We compared the accuracy between indexes and thickening
rate by ROC analysis. As a result, one of proposed indexes has higher accuracy than thickening rate.

3-D Display of the Wall Motion for Regional Cardiac Muscle from Ultrasonic B-mode Image –Wall Motion ofThickness, Thickening Rate using Contour of Inner and Outer Wall—, Soohyo YANG, Shinji TSURUOKA, Tsuyoshi
SHINOGI, Hiroharu KAWANAKA, Wataru OHYAMA, Fumitaka KIMURA, Tetsushi WAKABAYASHI, Kiyotsugu
SEKIOKA*: Proc. of International Conference on Hybrid Information Technology (ICHIT 06), Vol.2, pp.6-12, 2006
In this paper, we propose a new 3-D display method of the motion function on the endocardium to evaluate themotion of the myocardium objectively. Its method displays cardiac wall motion during one cardiac cycle or more, and
it is colored the thickness or the thickening rate of the myocardium on the surface of the 3-D endocardium object. The
endocardium and epicardium of the heart are extracted from a set of ultrasonic B-mode Images. We implemented
3-D display system using C language and DirectX 3D in MS-Windows. We determine the position of the points for3-D display from the contour lines of the cardiac muscle. We define the thickness by the shortest distance between theendocardium and the epicardium, and we calculate the thickness rate from the obtained thickness. And in Experimental
3-D display, We confirmed the usefulness of our 3-D display.

Modeling Error Estimation of Mobile Robot Using Co-Evolutionary Computation and Image Processing, H.
Chinthaka. N. PREMACHANDRA, Hiroharu KAWANAKA, Shinji TSURUOKA, Tsuyoshi SHINOGI: Proc. of
Joint 3rd International Conference on Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems and 7th International Symposium on
advanced Intelligent Systems (SCIS & ISIS 06), TH-E3-4, pp. 361-366, 2006
Recently, Evolutionary Computations (ECs) have been employed to minimize modeling errors between robotic
movements on the computer simulation system and the trajectories of an actual mobile robot. Generally, this task isimportant but it is so difficult. In this paper, we propose the method to minimize the modeling error of between robotic
movements and simulation results using co-evolutionary computations with image processing technique. In the
proposed method, we employ the video camera system on the ceiling for capturing the robot movements, and the
trajectories of the actual mobile robot are detected from captured images by image processing technique and themodeling error is estimated. We experimented using an actual mobile robot to validate the effectiveness of the proposed
method, and the results shows that modeling errors are reduced effectively by the proposed method. Finally, this paper
describes the problem and future works of this study.

3-D Display of the Wall Motion for Regional Cardiac Muscle from Ultrasonic B-mode Image –Wall Motion Display ofThickness, Thickening Rate—, Soohyo YANG, Shinji TSURUOKA, Tsuyoshi SHINOGI, Hiroharu KAWANAKA,

A―20

Wataru OHYAMA, Fumitaka KIMURA, Tetsushi WAKABAYASHI, Kiyotsugu SEKIOKA*, Fumio OKUYAMA*:
Proc. of Proc. of Joint 3rd International Conference on Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems and 7th International
Symposium on advanced Intelligent Systems (SCIS & ISIS 06), SA-D3-3, pp.1848-1853, 2006
We have developed extracting the inner and outer walls of the cardiac muscle from a set of ultrasonic B-mode
images. In this paper, we propose a new 3-D (radius, angle and time) display method of the motion function on the
inner wall to evaluate the motion of the myocardium objectively. Its method displays the time transition of a cardiac
wall during one cardiac cycle, and it is colored the thickness or the thickening rate of the myocardium on the surface ofthe 3-D object. The inner and outer walls of the heart are extracted from a set of ultrasonic B-mode Images. We
implemented 3-D display system using C language and DirectX 3D in MS-Windows. We calculate the position of thepoints for 3-D display from the contour lines of the cardiac muscle by the cubic spline curve. The curve connects
smoothly between one point and the other one point. And we found the thickness and thickening rate by using thecontour lines of the cardiac muscle. We define the thickness by the shortest distance between the outer wall and theinner wall, and we calculate the thickness rate from the obtained thickness. We add the rotation view of the 3-D object
to see the every side of myocardium. We confirmed the usefulness of our 3-D display.

New Indexes on Heart Motion Evaluation Using Ultrasonic RF Signal, Yosuke MIZUTANI, Shinji TSURUOKA,
Hiroharu KAWANAKA, Tsuyoshi SHINOGI, Wataru OHYAMA, Kiyotsugu SEKIOKA*: Proc. of Joint 3rd
International Conference on Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems and 7th International Symposium on advancedIntelligent Systems (SCIS & ISIS 06), SA-D4-2, pp.2001-2006, 2006
Our research group has developed the tracking method of regional myocardium from ultrasonic radio frequency(RF) signal. The tracking method employs a hierarchical correlation method. In addition, we regarded the correlation
coefficient as the confidence coefficient. If it is not high, the tracking position is corrected by neighbor points. The
tracking method can detect the movement of myocardium very well if the RF signal is clear. In this research, weinvestigate the moving distance based on the tracking position that includes less error. As a result, the contributions of
the distance are different between normal example and disorder example. We propose three indexes defined by theamounts of statistics for the evaluation of a heart motion. The error rates for diagnosis with the proposed index(FP=4.8[%], FN= 9.5[%]) is lower than that with thickening rate (FP=13.6[%], FN=14.3[%]).

Telemedicine Imaging Collaboration System with Virtual Common Information Space, Fumio OKUYAMA*,
Takenori HIRANO*, Yuusuke NAKABAYUASHI*, Hirohito MINOURA*, Shinji TSURUOKA, Yousuke
OKAYAMA: Proc. of the Sixth IEEE International Conference on Computer and Information Technology (CIT’06),
pp.1-6, 2006
The computerization of the clinical record and the realization of the multimedia have brought improvement of
the medical service in medical facilities. It is very important for the patients to obtain comprehensible informed consent.
Therefore, the doctor should plainly explain the purpose and the content of the diagnoses and treatments for the patient.
We propose and design a Telemedicine Imaging Collaboration System which presents a three dimensional medical
image as X-ray CT, MRI with stereoscopic image by using virtual common information space and operating the image
remotely. This system can offer a comprehensible three-dimensional image of the diseased part. Therefore, the doctor
and the patient can easily understand it, depending on their demand. In this paper, we described the examination
situation of the system design.

A―21

Scan Chain Flip-Flop Reordering Method Considering Wiring Length for Test Response Test Vector Overlapping
Testing, Tsuyoshi SHINOGI, Tadao KYOTANI, Masakazu TOKAIRIN, Terumine HAYASHI, Hiroharu
KAWANAKA, Shinji TSURUOKA : Proceedings of IEEE 7th Workshop on RTL and High Level
Testing(WRTLT'06), pp.63-68, 2006
To reduce the test cost in full-scan testing, a method of "Test Response Test Vector Overlapping" without any
additional built-in hardware has already been proposed. In this paper, we propose a method of restricted scan flip-flop
reordering considering the wiring length of scan chain for reducing test cost of the Test Response Test Vector
Overlapping testing further.

Test Data Sequence Generation Method for Test Response - Test Vector Overlapping [in Japanese], Hiroyuki
YAMADA, Tsuyoshi SHINOGI, Tadao KYOTANI, Terumine HAYASHI, Shinji TSURUOKA : The IEICE
Transactions on Information and Systems [in Japanese], Vol.J89-D No.8, pp.1654-1662, 2006
To reduce the LSI testing cost in full-scan testing, various methods are proposed which utilize some additionalbuilt-in circuits dedicated for testing. In contrast, a previous method, called Reduced Scan Shift, does not utilize any
additional hardware. However, the method totally relies on scan chain flip-flop reordering, which is not always
applicable. In this paper, we propose a test data sequence generation method for Reduced Scan Shift without scan chain
flip-flop reordering. It fully utilizes justification technique and don't-care bits in test vectors. Two rescue methods
against fault coverage degradation are also discussed. Experimental results show its effectiveness.

Proposal of Residual Frequency Offset Compensation Method for OFDM Systems, Fang WANG, Masaaki
YAMAMOTO, Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Journal of IITE, vol.60,No.5, pp.773-780,
May 2006

Complexity Reduced Maximum Likelihood Detection for SDM-OFDM System, Yuanrun TENG, Katsuhiro NAITO,
Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: IEICE Transactions on Communications, vol.E89-B, No.7, pp2084-2087, July
2006

Doppler Spread Estimation Method for OFDM Signal Using Mean Square of Channel Impulse Response's Time
Derivative, Gagik MKRTCHYAN, Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: IEICE Transactions on
Communications, vol.E89-B, No.10, pp2961-2966, Oct. 2006

Evolutional Algorithm Based Learning of Time Varying Multipath Fading Channels for Software Defined Radio,
Gagik MKRTCHYAN, Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: IEICE Transactions on
Communications, vol.E89-B, No.12, pp.3269-3273, Dec. 2006

PAPR Reduction Method for OFDM Signal by Using Dummy Sub-carriers, Pongsakorn BOONSRIMUANG, Pisit
BOONSRIMUANG, Kazuo MORI, Tawil PAUNGMA*, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of 1st International Symposium

A―22

on Wireless Pervasive Computing (ISPWC'2006), pp.70-74, Jan. 2006

Prediction of Time-Varying Multipath Fading Channel for Pre-Equalization of the Signal in Uplink Mobile
MC-CDMA Communications, Gagik MKRTCHYAN, Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc.
of IEEE The 8th International Conference on Advanced Communication Technology (ICACT2006), pp. 204-209, Feb.
2006

Downlink Packet Transmission Control Based on Handoff Status in CDMA Cellular Packet Networks, Kazuo MORI,
Abubaker KHUMSI, Katsuhiro NAITO, Hideo KOBAYASHI, Hamid AGHVAMI*: Proc. of IEEE 2006
International Zurich Seminar on Communications (IZS2006), pp.62-65, Feb. 2006

Proposal of QAM-OFDM System with IDAR Method for Non-Linear Satellite Channel, Pisit BOONSRIMUANG
Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Tawil PAUNGMA*, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IEEE Vehicular Technology
Conference (VTC 2006-Spring), May 2006

Asymmetric Traffic Accommodation Using Cell Sizing in CDMA/FDD Cellular Packet Communication Systems,
Kazuo MORI, Katsuhiro NAITO, Hideo KOBAYASHI, Hamid AGHVAMI*: Proc. of IST Wireless & Mobile
Communications Summit 2006, CD-ROM, Mykonos, Greece, June 2006

Proposal of Demodulation Method for OFDM System under Multi-path Fading Environment with Delay Spread
Greater than Guard Interval , Kazuya MORIWAKI, Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. ofIEEE VTS Asia Pacific Wireless Communications Symposium (APWCS06), Aug. 2006

Proposal of Non-Linear Distortion Mitigation Method for MC-CDMA System, Naoki SAWADA, Katsuhiro NAITO,
Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IEEE VTS Asia Pacific Wireless Communications Symposium(APWCS06) , Aug. 2006

Study of Media Access Control Protocol for Ad Hoc Networks under Slow Fading Channel, Shoko UCHIDA,
Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IEEE VTS Asia Pacific Wireless Communications
Symposium (APWCS06) , Aug. 2006

Study of Site Diversity System for Roadside to Vehicle Communication, Kouichi TERADA, Katsuhiro NAITO,
Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IEEE VTS Asia Pacific Wireless Communications Symposium(APWCS06) , Aug. 2006

Simple PAPR Reduction Method for OFDM System By Using Dummy Sub-carriers, Pisit BOONSRIMUANG,
Kazuo MORI, Tawil PAUNGMA*, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of 3rd International Conference on

A―23

Telecommunications and Computer Networks (IADAT-tcn 2006), Portsouth, United Kingdom, pp.110-114, Sept. 2006

Dynamic Subband and Code Channel Assignment for Multicast Band Division MC-CDMA Systems, Kazuo MORI,
Katsuhiro NAITO, Hideo KOBAYASHI, Hamid AGHVAMI*: Proc. of IEEE International Symposium on Personal,
Indoor and Mobile Radio Communications (PIMRC2006), Helsinki, Finland, Sept. 2006

TCP Based Resource Allocation Method for Base Station Diversity System, Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo
KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IARIA International Conference on Systems and Networks Communications (ICSNC 2006),
Tahiti, French Polynesia, Oct.. 2006

Adaptive Transmission Window Control for Downlink Packet Transmission in CDMA Cellular Networks, AbubakerFaraj KHUMSI, Kazuo MORI, Katsuhiro NAITO, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IEEE International Symposium onIntelligent Signal Processing and Communication Systems (ISPACS2006), Dec. 2006

Adaptive Slot and Bit Allocation Method for OFDMA Transmission Systems, Fang WANG, Yuanrun TENG,
Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IEEE International Symposium on Intelligent Signal
Processing and Communication Systems (ISPACS2006), Dec. 2006

Study of local alternative ad hoc routing protocol for the exposed terminal problem, Takanori WATANABE, Katsuhiro
NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IEEE International Symposium on Intelligent Signal Processing
and Communication Systems (ISPACS2006), Dec. 2006

Evaluation of base station diversity system for reliable multicast delivery, Katsuhiro NAITO, Kazuo MORI, Hideo
KOBAYASHI: Proc. of IEEE International Symposium on Intelligent Signal Processing and Communication Systems(ISPACS2006), Dec. 2006

Fault Tolerant Training Algorithm for Multi-Layer Neural Networks Focused on Hidden Unit
Activities, Takase Haruhiko, Kita Hidehiko and Hayashi Terumine : Proceedings of International
Joint Conference on Neural Networks 2006, pp. 2849-2854, Sheraton Vancouver Wall Centre Hotel,
Vancouver, Canada, July 16-21, 2006
We propose a new training algorithm that enhances fault tolerance of multi-layer neural networks (MLNs).
Faults mean physical defects or noise in MLNs. Some studies on fault tolerance pointed out that faults on theconnections that connected to an output unit bring worse damage than other faults, and proposed training algorithms
that enhance fault tolerance of MLNs based on this idea. In this paper, we reveal that it is not always true. Based on thisidea, we improved our previous method (weight minimization algorithm).

Low Power Oriented Test Modification and Compression Techniques for Scan Based Core Testing, Terumine Hayashi,

A―24

Naotsugu Ikeda*, Tsuyoshi Shinogi, Haruhiko Takase, and Hidehiko Kita : Proceedings of the fifteenth Asian Test
Symposium (ATS2006), pp.327-332, Nov. 2006
This paper proposes effective techniques for reducing not only test data volume but also scan-intransitions that are closely related to power dissipation. First, we adopt a new test smoothing algorithm thatcan reduce scan-in transitions through test vector modification. Second, we propose a test compression
method that can reduce test data volume while keeping down the increase of transitions as small as possible.
The effectiveness of the proposed techniques is shown through experiments for ISCAS'89 benchmark
circuits.

Programming Exercise System with Automatic Test for Novice Programmers, Kenji KAWAMOTO, Hideyuki
KANZA, Hidehiko KITA, Haruhiko TAKASE and Terumine HAYASHI : the 14th International Conference on
Computers in Education (ICCE2006), Beijing, China, 2006
Programming exercises are essential for learning programming skills. However, they take a lot oftime for teachers. So they cannot give their students enough advices on their programs. We have developed
a programming exercise system assisting teachers. It checks students’ programs syntactically and tests them
automatically.

Influence of Si doping on the optical and structural properties of InGaN films, Da-bing LI, Takuya
KATSUNO,Masakazu.AOKI, Hideto MIYAKE and Kazumasa HIRAMATSU: Journal of Crystal Growth 290,
pp.374-378, 2006

Simulation of InGaP Liquid Phase Epitaxy Incluuding Convention, HiromotoSUGAWA*, Toshihiro TSUJI*,
Kazumasa HIRAMATSU, Takashi JINBO*, and Tetsuo SOGA*: THEORETICAL AND APPLIED MECHANICS
JAPAN 55, pp.279-284, 2006

Enhanced emission efficiency of InGaN films with Si Doping, Da-bing LI, Yu-huai LIU, Takuya KATSUNO,
Keisuke NAKAO, Kazuya NAKAMURA, Masakazu.AOKI, Hideto MIYAKE and Kazumasa HIRAMATSU:
Physica Status Solidi (c) 3, pp.1944-1948, 2006

Fabrication of thick AlN film by low pressure hydride vapor phase epitaxy, Yu-huai LIU , Tomoaki TANABE ,Hideto MIYAKE , Kazumasa HIRAMATSU , Tomohiko SIBATA* and Mitsuhiro TANAKA*: Physica Status Solidi(c) 3, pp.1479-1482, 2006

n-type conductivity control of AlGaN with high Al mole fraction, Takuya KATSUNO , Yu-huai LIU , Dabing LI ,Hideto MIYAKE , Kazumasa HIRAMATSU, Tomohiko SHIBATA* and Mitsuhiro TANAKA*: Physica Status Solidi(c) 3, pp.1435-1438, 2006

Enhancement of blue emission from Mg-doped GaN activated at low temperature in O2/N2 mixture, Da-Bing LI,

A―25

Katsuya NAKAMURA, Hideto MIYAKE, Kazumasa HIRAMATSU, Masaaki KOBAYASHI* and Shigeki
KIKUTA*: Physica Status Solidi (c) 3, pp.2750-2753, 2006

Growth characteristics of carbon nanotubes on nanotip-formed substrate, Hideki SATO, Mai MATSUBAYASHI,
Takamichi SAKAI, Koichi HATA, Hideto MIYAKE, Kazumasa HIRAMATSU, Akinori OSHITA and Yahachi
SAITO*: Journal of Vacuum Science & Technology B 24, pp.1004-1007, 2006

Fabrication of high-quality nitride semiconductors by facet control technique, Hideto MIYAKE and Kazumasa
HIRAMATSU: OYO BUTURI 75, pp.467- 472, 2006 [in Japanese]

Fabrication of LSMO Single Layers and LSMO/YBCO Double Layers, Hong Zhu, Masanori Okada, Atsushi Kamiya,
Ajay K. Sarkar, Masahito Matsui, Md. Motin Seikh, Tamio Endo: International Journal of Nanoscience Vol.5, No.4-5,
pp.511-515, 2006

Interaction between Abrikosov and Josephson Vortices Induced by Microwave Magnetic Field in Bi2212 Crystal:
Vortex Dynamics under Crossing Field, Tamio Endo, Ajay K. Sarkar, Hong Zhu, Ken-ichi Nakanishi, Ayumu Nishio,
Masanori Okada, Kazuhiro Endo*: Progress in Electromagnetics Research Symposium (Cambridge, USA), pp.583,
2006

Fabrication of YBCO and LBMO, and YBCO/LBMO Double Layers, Tamio Endo, Atsuya Akiba, Atsushi Kamiya,
Hirokazu O-oka, tatsuo Morimoto, Hong Zhu, Hirofumi Yamasaki*, Kazuhiro Endo*: Beijing International Materials
Week - International Conference on Superconducting Materials (Beijing, China), pp.79, 2006

Re-entrant Phase and Vortex Dynamics in Hi-Tc Superconducting Bi2212 Single Crystal, Tamio Endo, Ajay K. Sarkar,
Ken-ichi Nakanishi, Ayumu Nishio, Atsuya Akiba, Hong Zhu, International Conference on Composites/NanoEngineering (Boulder, USA), CDROM, 2006

Microwave Absorption in LCMO/YBCO Superlattice, Hong Zhu, Atsuya Akiba, Atsushi Kamiya, Hirokazu O-oka,
Tatsuo Morimoto, Hirofumi Yamasaki*, Kazuhiro Endo*, Tamio Endo, Jacobo Santamaria*, Axel Hoffmann*,
Suzanne te Velthuis*: International Conference on Composites/Nano Engineering (Boulder, USA), CDROM, 2006

Tunneling Spectroscopy of Metallic Manganites with a Colossal Magnetoresistance Effect, Vladimir M. Svistunov*, V.
N. Leonova*, M. A. Belogolovskii*, Yu. V. Medvedev*, Yu. F. Revenko*, Yuri M. Strzhemechny*, Tamio Endo:
International Conference on Composites/Nano Engineering (Boulder, USA), CDROM, 2006

Microwave Properties on Hi-Tc Superconductors, Tamio Endo, Hong Zhu, Ajay K. Sarkar, Atsuya Akiba, Atsushi
Kamiya, Hirokazu O-oka, Tatsuo Morimoto, Progress in Electromagnetics Research Symposium (Tokyo, Japan),A―26

pp.263, 2006

Temperature Dependence of Microwave Absorption in Bi2212 Single Crystal, Hirokazu O-oka, Ajay K. Sarkar,
Atsushi Kamiya, Ken-ichi Nakanishi, Tamio Endo, Md. Shahabuddin*: Progress in Electromagnetics Research
Symposium (Tokyo, Japan), pp.264, 2006

Microwave Power Dependence of Microwave Absorption in Bi2212 Single Crystals, Tatsuo Morimoto, Ajay K. Sarkar,
Atsuya Akiba, Ayumu Nishio, Tamio Endo, Md. Shahabuddin*: Progress in Electromagnetics Research Symposium(Tokyo, Japan), pp.265, 2006

Field Sweep-rate Dependence of Microwave Absorption in a-Oriented YBCO Superconductors: Atsuya Akiba, Hong
Zhu, Tamio Endo, Masashi Mukaida*: Progress in Electromagnetics Research Symposium (Tokyo, Japan), pp.329,
2006

Microwave Absorption in Superconducting/Ferromagnetic YBCO/LCMO Superlattice, Hong Zhu, Atsuya Akiba,
Tamio Endo, Jacobo Santamaria*, Axel Hoffmann*: Progress in Electromagnetics Research Symposium (Tokyo,
Japan), pp.330, 2006

Magnetic Properties and FMR in LBMO and LSMO Thin Films, Atsushi Kamiya, Hong Zhu, Jose Colino*, Josep
Nogues*, Tamio Endo: International Colloquium on Magnetic Films and Surfaces (Sendai, Japan), pp.50, 2006

Magnetoresistance and Magnetostriction of LBMO Thin Films, Hong Zhu, Ajay K. Sarkar, Hidetaka Nakashima,
Atsuya Akiba, Ken-ichi Nakanishi, Josep Nogues*, Jose Colino*, Tamio Endo: International Colloquium on Magnetic
Films and Surfaces (Sendai, Japan), pp.52, 2006

Fabrication of Single Layers of YBCO and LBMO, and Double Layers of YBCO/LBMO, Tamio Endo, Hong Zhu,
Atsuya Akiba, Atsushi Kamiya, Hirokazu O-oka, Tatsuo Morimoto, IUMRS – International Conference in Asia (Jeju,
Korea), pp.92, 2006

Effects of Substrate Surface Exposure to Oxygen-Plasma on a-c Orientation Growth of YBCO: Verification of Surface
Migration Mechanism, Tamio Endo, Atsuya Akiba, Hong Zhu, Tatsuo Morimoto, Makio Ishikawa: International
Conference on Solid Films and Surfaces (Bariloche, Argentina), Fr-Gro-1000, 2006

Fabrication of Nanostructured LBMO/YBCO Double Layers, Tamio Endo, Atsuya Akiba, Atsushi Kamiya, Hirokazu
O-oka, Daichi Ashida, Tatsuki Machida, Hirofumi Yamasaki*, Kazuhiro Endo*: International Conference on Recent
Trends in Nanoscience and Technology (Kolkata, India), pp.32, 2006

A―27

Growth Mechanism of Non c-axis Oriented Bi-2223 Superconducting Thin Films by MOCVD <Invited Talk>,
Kazuhiro Endo*, Peter Badica*, Tamio Endo, Hisashi Kado*: International Conference on Recent Trends in
Nanoscience and Technology (Kolkata, India), pp.29, 2006

Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectral Studies on Sapphite Mineral, S. Lakshmi Reddy*, Tamio Endo:
International Conference on Recent Trends in Nanoscience and Technology (Kolkata, India), pp.260, (2006).

Growth control of carbon nanotubes by plasma- enhanced chemical vapor deposition and reactive ion etching, Hideki
Sato, Takamichi Sakai , Mai Matsubayashi, Koichi Hata, Hideto Miyake, Kazumasa Hiramatsu, Akinori Oshita,
Yahachi Saito*: Vacuum 80, No.7, pp.798-801, 2006
A novel process for growth of carbon nanotubes using plasma processes is reported. This process consists offormation of nanotips on substrate and growth of carbon nanotubes on it. The formation of the nanotips, which wereformed under an intention to control formation of catalyst nanoparticles, was carried out on substrates by reactive ion
etching. After the nanotips formation, the carbon nanotubes were grown on the substrate by plasma-enhanced chemical
vapor deposition. Our results showed that the introduction of the nanotips on surface gave lower density and smaller
diameter growth of carbon nanotubes than those without the structure.

Development of microfocused x-ray source by using carbon nanotube field emitter, Kunihiko Kawakita, Koichi Hata,
Hideki Sato, Yahachi Saito*: Journal of Vacuum Science & Technology B 24, No.2, pp.950-952, 2006
To develop a microfocused x-ray source, field emission properties of a bundle of multiwalled carbon nanotubes
were investigated under an ordinary vacuum pressure of 5 x 10-7 Torr for a practical use. Total emission current reached
up to 1.3 mA at an applied voltage of -7 kV. An emitted electron beam was focused on a Cu anode by using a simple
electrostatic lens and excited an x ray with the source size of less than 30  m. X-ray transmission images were taken asa preliminary demonstration for a microfocused x-ray source and clear images whose resolutions were nearly equal to
the source size of x ray were easily obtained.

Growth of Carbon Nanotubes by Plasma-Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition, Hideki Sato, Koichi Hata: New
Diamond and Frontier Carbon Technology, 16, No.3, pp.163-176, 2006
The growth of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) by plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) has
attracted much attention because PECVD enables vertically aligned CNT growth and is applicable for CNT growth at
low temperature. Large area growth of CNTs is also possible by PECVD. These are desirable features for the growth
process of CNTs in nanoelectronics applications. Because of these features, it is expected that CNT growth has avariety of applications such as in field emission displays, interconnections in large-scale integrated circuits (LSIs) andoptical devices. In this paper, we review studies of CNT growth by PECVD. Some examples of CNT growth by
PECVD and selective CNT growth on substrates using semiconductor processes are described in this review.

Effect of catalyst oxidation on the growth of carbon nanotubes by thermal chemical vapor deposition, Hideki Sato,A―28

Yasunori Hori, Koichi Hata, Kazuyuki Seko*, Hitoshi Nakahara*, Yahachi Saito*: Journal of Applied Physisc, 100,
No.10, pp.104321_1-6, 2006
We report a heat treatment of catalyst in air that drastically enhances a growth of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) bymeans of thermal chemical vapor deposition (CVD). An Fe catalyst film deposited on a Si substrate was heat treated at
700 degrees C in air before the acetylene CVD. The growth rate of the CNTs grown with the heat treatment was morethan seven times higher than that of growth without the heat treatment. A scanning electron microscopy observation
showed that the heat treatment in air promotes a granulation of the Fe catalyst. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy andreflection high energy electron diffraction analyses showed that the heat treatment in air promotes an oxidation of thecatalyst film and formation of Fe2O3 nanoparticles, suggesting that the heat treatment of Fe catalyst in air prevented theformation of Fe silicide that would deactivate the catalyst effect of Fe. The Fe2O3 nanoparticles do not agglomerate andcan keep their original particles size. Thus the catalyst can maintain a catalyst activity during CNTs growth and, as aresult, gives a growth enhancement of CNTs.

Desorption of Adsorbed Gas Molecule on a Pentagon at a Tip of Carbon Nanotube by Pulse Laser Irradiation,
Shunsaku Waki, Koichi Hata, Hideki Sato, Yahachi Saito*: Technical Digest of 19th International Vacuum
Nanoelectronics Conference & 50th International Field Emission Symposium, pp.263-264, 2006

Low Temperature Growth of Carbon Nanotubes by Alcohol Catalytic CVD for Field Emitter Applications, Hideki Sato,
Koichi Hata, Ken Hiasa, Yahachi Saito*: Technical Digest of 19th International Vacuum Nanoelectronics Conference& 50th International Field Emission Symposium, pp.335-336, 2006

Development of Compact SEM Equipped with Carbon Nanotube Field Emission Cathode, Technical Ryosuke
Yabushita, Koichi Hata, Hideki Sato, Yahachi Saito*: Technical Digest of 19th International Vacuum Nanoelectronics
Conference & 50th International Field Emission Symposium, pp.427-428, 2006

Electron Optical System for Micro-Focused X-ray Source with Carbon Nanotubes Field Emitter,
Technical Digest, Koichi Hata, Kunihiko Kawakita, Hideki Sato, Yahachi Saito*: Technical Digest of International
Vacuum Nanoelectronics Conference & 50th International Field Emission Symposium, pp.429-430, 2006

Percolation Phenomena of Composites Made with Two Kinds of Filler and A New Potential Grading Materials,
Tetsushi Okamoto*, Makoto Kawahara*, Toshimitsu Yamada*, Yoshiyuki Inoue* and Shuhei Nakamura: Trans. IEE
of Japan, Vol. 126-A, pp. 1004-1012, 2006
During the last three decades, extensive and worldwide research has resulted in progress being made withrespect to many aspects of percolation phenomena of composites with one kind of filler. However, composites madewith two kinds of filler have not yet been investigated in depth. The percolation phenomena of the potential gradingmaterials made up of silicon carbide, tri-iron oxide and high density polyethylene have been discussed in this study. As
a result, a potential grading layer, which has a stable and excellent partial discharge suppression capability, has beendeveloped.
Mechanical properties of composite materials made with PDMS-ethyl silicate hybrid and silica powder, S. Magara, F.

A―29

Imasato, A. Ohno, Y. Aoki, S. Nakamura, T. Shindo, T. Kawakita, T. Okamoto: Organic Materials for Electronics andPhotonics, KOREA-JAPAN JOINT FORUM 2006, p. 167, 2006.

Application of a Hybrid Material Made with Ethoxy-Altered PDMS and TEOS to Thermostable Adhesives, A. Ohno,
F. Imasato, S. Magara, Y. Aoki, S. Nakamura, T. Shindo, T. Kawakita, T. Okamoto: Organic Materials for Electronics
and Photonics, KOREA-JAPAN JOINT FORUM 2006, p.168, 2006

Thermally Stable Proton Conductive Organic-Inorganic Hybrid Materials, Y. Aoki, T. Shindou: Organic Materials forElectronics and Photonics, KOREA-JAPAN JOINT FORUM 2006, p.169, 2006

Development of Thermally Conducting Sheet Made with PDMS-Based Organic-Inorganic Hybrid Material, Y. Aoki, S.
Nakamura, T. Shindou: Organic Materials for Electronics and Photonics, KOREA-JAPAN JOINT FORUM 2006,
p.170, 2006
CHANGE IN HEAT RESISTIVE, ELECTRICAL INSULATING AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OFHYBRID MADE WITH PDMS AND TEOS FOR THE MOLE RATIO OF THEM, Tetsushi OKAMOTO*, Takuya
SHINDOU*, Makoto SUGIURA, Shuhei NAKAMURA: Conf. on Elect. Insul. Dielec. Phenom., pp.55-60, 2006
Electrical Insulating and Heat Resistive Properties of TEOS-PDMS Hybrid Materials [in Japanese], Tetsushi Okamoto,
Fumitoshi Imasato, Takuya Shindou, Shuhei Nakamura: ,Proceedings of the 37th Symposium on Electrical andElectronic Insulating Materials and Applications in systems, pp.117-120, 2006
Preparation of Organic-inorganic Hybrid Materials by Sol-gel Method at Low Temperature and Their Application to
Thermally Conducting Sheets [in Japanese], Yusuke Aoki, Shuhei Nakamura, Takuya Shindou: The papers ofTechnical Meetings on Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation, IEE Japan, pp.43-47, 2006.
Organic-Inorganic Hybrid Material and Its Application to Adhesive [in Japanese], Shuhei NAKAMURA, Atsushi
OHNO, Yusuke AOKI, Takuya SHINDOU, Tadashi KAWAKITA: IEICE Technical Report OME2006-93(2006-11), pp. 13-18, 2006

A―30

Department of Chemistry for Materials* nonmember

Synthesis, Ionic Conductivity, and Thermal Properties of Proton Conducting Polymer Electrolyte for High Temperature
Fuel Cell, Takahito ITOH, Yohei HAMAGUCHI, Takahiro UNO, Masataka KUBO, Yuichi AIHARA*, Atsuo
SONAI* : Solid State Ionics 177, pp. 185-189, 2006
Hyperbranched polymer (poly-1a) with sulfonic acid groups at the end of chains was successfully synthesized.
Interpenetration reaction of poly-1a with a hyperbranched polymer with acryloyl groups at the end of chains (poly-1b)
as a cross-linker afforded a tough electrolyte membrane. The poly-1a and the resulting electrolyte membrane showed
the ionic conductivities of 7x10-4 and 8x10-5 S/cm, respectively, at 150 ºC under dry condition. The ionic conductivitiesof the poly-1a and the electrolyte membrane exhibited the VTF type temperature dependence. And also, both poly-1aand the resulting electrolyte membrane were thermally stable up to 200 ºC.

Solid Polymer Electrolytes Based On Comblike Polymers, Takahito ITOH, Yukihiro MITSUDA, Katsumi
NAKASAKA, Takahiro UNO, Masataka KUBO, Osamu YAMAMOTO* : Journal of Power Source 163, pp. 252-257,
2006
New comblike polymers such as a homopoloymer (poly-4) of 3,5-bis[poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether (350,n=7.2)]styrene (4) and an alternating copolymer (poly-4/TCNQ) of 4 with 7,7,8,8-tetracyanoquinodimethane (TCNQ)
were prepared as a plasticizer for the poly(ethylene oxide) (PEO)-LiN(CF3SO2)2 electrolyte, and the ionic
conductivities, thermal property, electrochemical and thermal stabilities, and mechanical property for the
comblike-based polymer electrolytes, composed of the comblike polymers, poly(ethylene oxide) (PEO), and
LiN(CF3SO2)2, were investigated. The polymer electrolytes containing an alternating copolymer poly-4/TCNQ showed
the higher ionic conductivity, better thermal stability and better mechanical stability than that containing a
homopolymer poly-4, due to the presence of an aromatic ring and a polar cyano group of the TCNQ unit.

Solid Polymer Electrolytes Based on Poly(1,3-diacetyl-4-imidazolin-2-one), Hiroyuki MITSUDA, Takahiro UNO,
Masataka KUBO, Takahito ITOH : Polymer Bulletin 57, pp. 313-319, 2006
Solid polymer electrolytes composed of a homopolymer (poly(AcIM)) of 1,3-diacetyl-1,4-imidazolin-2-one(AcIM) and lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (LiTFSI) or of copolymers (poly(AcIM/VC)) of AcIM withvinylene carbonate (VC) and LiTFSI were prepared and their ionic conductivities and thermal properties were
investigated. For the polymer electrolyte of the poly(AcIM) with LiTFSI, the highest ionic conductivity was found at
the [Li]/[O] ratio of 1/3 with the values of 8.5 x 10-5 S/cm at 80 ºC and 1.7 x 10-6 S/cm at 30 ºC, respectively. In thepolymer electrolyte of poly(AcIM/VC) with LiTFSI at the [Li]/[O] ratio of 1/3, the ionic conductivity increased withincreasing VC unit content in the copolymers, and the highest ionic conductivity was found at the AcIM/VC ratio of
39/61 (mol%) with the values of 7.0 x 10-4 S/cm at 80 ºC and 6.7 x 10-5 S/cm at 30 ºC, respectively. This copolymer
electrolyte showed a linear relationship between the ionic conductivity and the reciprocal of the temperature, indicativeof the system decoupled from the segmental motion of the polymer.

Synergistic effect of red phosphorus, novolac and melamine ternary combination on flame retardancy ofA―31

poly(oxymethylene), Hatsuhiko HARASHINA, Yoshihisa TAJIMA*, Takahito ITOH : Polymer Degradation andStability 91, pp. 1996-2002, 2006
New flame retardant system for poly(oxymethylene)（POM） has been studied. The combination of red
phosphorus with novolac and melamine was found to act as an effective flame retardant of POM. The base POM
exhibited very low limiting oxygen index (LOI) value of 15.3, while the flame retarded POM gave remarkably high
LOI value of 37.5 and UL94 V-1 ranking without dripping at 0.8mm thickness. The results of cone calorimetry,
thermogravimetry and FTIR analysis suggested that the flame retarding mechanism is the intumescent char formationin the condensed phase. Novolac having a phenolic hydroxyl group is miscible with POM, and in the flaming process,red phosphorus yields phosphine and its acidic product such as phosphoric acid due to hydrolysis and oxidation
reactions. In addition, all of novolac, melamine and phosphine are able to readily react with formaldehyde generatingfrom POM during burning to give the reinforced and cross-linked char network through the polyaddition andpolycondensation reactions. Therefore, the red phosphorus/novolac/melamine ternary combination system could
synergistically promote the high flame retardancy of POM without the flaming drips.

Topochemical Reaction of 7-Bromoethoxycarbonyl-7-cyano-1,4-benzoquinone Methide in the Solid State, Takahito
ITOH, Kyoko TACHINO, Takahiro UNO, Masataka KUBO, Norimitsu TOHNAI*, Mikiji MIYATA* : Chemistry
Letters 35(8), pp. 918-919, 2006
Topochemically controlled [2 + 2] photocycloaddition took place at the quinonid double bond of the
7-bromoethoxycarbonyl-7-cyano-1,4-benzoquinone methide (1) to afford its cyclobutane dimer.

Synthesis, Ionic Conductivity, and Thermal Properties of Hyperbranched Polymer with Phosphonic Acid Groups at theChain Ends for High Temperature Fuel Cell, Takahito ITOH, Yohei HAMAGUCHI, Keita HIRAI, Takahiro UNO,
Masataka KUBO, Yuichi AIHARA*, Atsuo SONAI* : ECS Transactions (Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells 6) 3,
pp. 113-121, 2006
Two different molecular weight hyperbranched polymers (HBP-PA(L) and HBP-PA(H)) with phoshonic acidgroups at the chain ends were successfully synthesized. The ionic conductivities of the low molecular weight
HBP-PA(L) and the high molecular weight HBP-PA(H) were found to be 1.3x10-4 and 6.4x10-5 S/cm, respectively, at
135 ºC under dry condition, and showed the VTF type temperature dependence. And also, both polymers were
thermally stable up to 300 ºC, and they had suitable thermal stability as an electrolyte in the polymer electrolyte fuel cell
operating under dry condition.

Emission from Silica Hybrid Containing RBG Fluorescent Conjugated Polymers, Yuya SUGIURA, Masashi
SHOYAMA*, Koji INOUE*, Takahiro UNO, Takahito ITOH, Masataka KUBO : Polymer Bulletin 57, pp. 865-871,
2006
Red, green and blue fluorescent poly(arylene vinylene)s were prepared by Wittig reaction. Polycondensation oftetraethoxysilane (TEOS) was carried out in the presence of a mixed solution of these polymers to give a silica hybrid
in which RBG fluorescent polymers were immobilized without phase separation. White light emission was observed
from the ternary polymer blend/silica hybrid.

A―32

Nonbonding cross-linking agent, Masataka KUBO : Hyomen 44, pp. 337-344, 2006

Development of hybrid EL film by sol-gel method, Masataka KUBO, Masashi SHOYAMA* : Monthly DISPLAY 12,
pp. 43-47, 2006

Titanium Tetraiodide Mediated Reductive Opening of Aziridines, Leading to the Aldol and Mannich-Type Reactions,
Makoto SHIMIZU, Hiroshi KUROKAWA, Shuji NISHIURA, Iwao HACHIYA: Heterocycles, 70 (1), pp. 57-64,
2006

3,4,5,6-Tetrasubstituted-2-pyridone Synthesis via Nucleophilic Addition of Active Methine Compounds to Dialkynyl
Imines Directed to the Synthesis of (-)-A58365A, Iwao HACHIYA, Shiho FUKUSHIMA, Makoto SHIMIZU:
Heterocycles, 69 (1), pp. 43-48, 2006

Ring Expansion Reaction of Cyclic  -Keto Esters or  -Cyano Ketones via Conjugate Addition to Alkynyl Imines:
The Synthesis of Functionalized Medium-Sized Carbocycles, Iwao HACHIYA, Wataru MAEHARA, Yasushi
YAMADA, Toru KAMIKI, Makoto SHIMIZU: Synlett, (19), pp. 3271-3274, 2006

Efficient Asymmetric Synthesis of Novel Gastrin Receptor Antagonist AG-041R via Highly Stereoselective Alkylationof Oxindole Enolate, Takashi EMURA, Toru ESAKA*, Kazutaka TACHIBANA*, Makoto SHIMIZU: J. Org. Chem.,
71 (22), pp. 8559-8564, 2006

Unexpected and Intriguing Reactivity of  -Imino Esters and Iminium Salts, Makoto SHIMIZU: Pure Appl.Chem., 78(10), pp. 1867-1876, 2006

Efficient Pyrrole Synthesis Using Double Nucleophilic Addition to  , -Unsaturated Imines with Plural Nucleophiles,
Makoto SHIMIZU, Atsushi TAKAHASHI, Shiho KAWAI: Org. Lett., 8 (16), pp. 3585-3587, 2006

Remarkable Effects of Additives to Facilitate Aza-Mannich Type Reaction: A Rapid Access to  -Amino Ketone
O-Alkyl Oximes, Makoto SHIMIZU, Mitsue TANAKA, Tomohiro ITOH, Iwao HACHIYA: Synlett, (11), pp.
1687-1690, 2006

New Synthetic Reactions Using Conjugate Addition Reactions of Active Methine Compounds to Alkynyl Imines and
Ketones [in Japanese], Iwao HACHIYA, Makoto SHIMIZU, J. Synth. Org. Chem., Jpn., 64 (3), pp. 251-262, 2006

Synthesis of Bicyclic Compounds Containing a 2-Pyridone Structure by Addition of Malonic Esters toA―33

Alkynylpyridines, Pyrimidine, and Thiazoles, Iwao HACHIYA, Masaki ATARASHI, Makoto SHIMIZU:
Heterocycles, 67 (2), pp. 523-528, 2006

Rigid Molecular Tripod with an Adamantane Framework and Thiol Legs. Synthesis and Observation of an Ordered
Monolayer on Au(111), Toshikazu KITAGAWA, Yuichi IDOMOTO*, Hiroaki MATSUBARA*, Daisuke HOBARA*,
Takashi KAKIUCHI*, Takao OKAZAKI*, Koichi KOMATSU*: J. Org. Chem., 71(4), pp. 1362-1369, 2006

Synthesis of Disubstituted Homodiamantanes by Acylative Ring Expansion Using Benzoyl Trifluoromethanesulfonate,
Takao OKAZAKI*, Shusaku MANDAI*, Toshikazu KITAGAWA, and Ken’ichi TAKEUCHI*: Sci. Tech. Adv.
Mater., 7(6), pp. 531-535, 2006

Triplet Diphenylcarbenes Protected by Trifluoromethyl and Bromine Groups. A Triplet Carbene Surviving a Day in
Solution at Room Temperature, Tetsuji ITOH, Yoshimaru NAKATA, Katsuyuki HIRAI*, and Hideo TOMIOKA*: J.
Am. Chem. Soc., 128(3), pp. 957-967, 2006

A Dendrimer Approach to High-Spin Polycarbenes. Conversion of Connectivity from Disjoint to Non-Disjoint by
Perturbation of Nonbonding Molecular Orbital Coefficients, Katsuyuki HIRAI*, Eiko KAMIYA, Tetsuji ITOH, andHideo TOMIOKA*: Org. Lett., 8(9), pp. 1847-1850, 2006

Theoretical Study of Electronic Structures of [Peroxoporphinato]manganate [Mn(P)(O2)]– Anion, Yasunori
YOSHIOKA, Hideaki SANO, Masaki MITANI: Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 79 (8), pp. 1201–1210, 2006
Geometries and electronic structures of the quintet and septet states of the [Mn(P)(O2)]– (P: porphinato) anion
were theoretically investigated. Four local minimum geometries with two side-on additions of O2 to MnP, 1 (5B2) and 3(7A2), and two end-on additions of O2, 2 (5A’’) and 4 (5A’), were found. One of the side-on forms, 1, corresponds to thatobserved by X-ray crystallographic study. 3 is a septet state with higher spin than the quintet states of 1, 2, and 4. Eachof the two end-on forms has the corresponding transition state with the side-on geometry. Energy differences among 1,
2, and 3 are less than 1 kcal mol–1. The electronic structures of four local minimum states were essentially different. 1
has an electronic structure presented as [MnIII(O22–)]–. 2 has antiferromagnetically coupled diradical character presented
by the formal chemical formula of [MnII•(O2•–)]–. 3 has ferromagnetically coupled diradical character. 4 is presented by[MnII(O2–)]–.

Electronic Structures of Heme(Fe)–Dioxygen Complex as an Intermediate Model of Dioxygen Reduction in
Cytochrome c Oxidase, Yasunori YOSHIOKA, Masaki MITANI, Hiroyuki SATOH: Internet Electron. J. Mol. Des., 5(8), pp. 447–459, 2006
We have previously proposed the O2 reduction mechanism that the protons transfer from the K–channel to theactive site of CcO. The second proton transfer to the hydroperoxy intermediate FeOOH did not lead the OO bondcleavage. It has been recently reported that the addition of the proton induces the OO bond cleavage to yield the
productive H2O molecule and the oxo intermediate Fe=O, being inconsistent with our results. We have started thisA―34

study to confirm whether the OO bond cleavage occurs or not upon the proton addition. We concentrated our study tothe changes of the electronic structures of the heme a3 part throughout the sequential additions of the protons and anelectron during the process of the O2 reduction. We employed a model that is composed of porphyrin without any
substituents, Fe, and an imidazole as His376. We added sequentially protons and an electron to the heme(Fe)–dioxygen
complex. The geometrical parameters were fully optimized without any constraints. The unrestricted hybrid
exchange–correlation functional B3LYP method was used. The Wachters double zeta basis set was employed for Fe
atom. The 6–31G* basis set was used for C, N, and H atoms, and the 6–311+G* for O atom. All calculations werecarried out using the program package Gaussian 98. The proton addition to FeOO (H2) to yield FeOOH (H3) causes
the electron transfer from the porphyrin ring to FeOOH moiety, giving the porphyrin–radical cation. The additional
proton to FeOOH (H4) leads to the OO bond cleavage, yielding the hydrogen bonded complex of an oxo heme
(compound I) and a H2O molecule. The bonding characters of FeOOH in H3 and H4 are identical, even though theelectronic structures of the porphyrin rings in H3 and H4 are different. However, the proton addition to FeOOH (H3)does not lead to the OO bond cleavage. The protonated heme(Fe)–dioxygen complexes are effective models toinvestigate the reduction mechanism of a O2 molecule in CcO.

A B3LYP Study of Proton Transfer Path within a Complex of Benzene Radical Cation and Water Cluster, Moriyuki
SHIMIZU, Emi YAMASHITA, Masaki MITANI, Yasunori YOSHIOKA: Chem. Phys. Lett., 432, pp. 22–26, 2006
We made a theoretical study of the proton transfer path from C6H6•+(H2O)4 to C6H5•(H2O)4H+ with a planar
cyclic geometry of (H2O)4H+ by the hybrid density functional B3LYP method. The proton transfer proceeds in athree-step manner. In the first step, the proton in C6H6•+(H2O)4, moves from the terminal H2O molecule in the (H2O)4cluster to yield a (H2O)3H+ cluster. In the last third step, one H2O molecule leaves from C6H6(OH)• in
C6H6(OH)•(H2O)3H+ to yield a C6H5•(H2O)4H+ complex through the H-abstraction by the OH radical. It is found thatthe proton transfer and redistribution from p to r of the radical electron proceed separately.

Highly Activated Vinyl Hydrogen in a Significantly Twisted Styrene, Hajime MORI*, Takafumi MATSUO*,
Yasunori YOSHIOKA, Shigeo KATSUMURA*: J. Org. Chem., 71 (24), pp. 9004–9012, 2006
The novel example of a vinylic hydrogen more reactive than a benzylic hydrogen was found by treatment of atwisted styrene derivative with a strong base followed by D2O quenching. In this paper, the full details of the examplesof the highly activated vinyl hydrogens in twisted styrene derivatives are described, with a discussion on the correlation
between the reactivity of the vinyl hydrogens and the magnitude of the twist. The highly reactive vinyl hydrogens could
be rationalized by considering the novel orbital interaction between the  * orbital of the benzene ring and the  orbitalof the vinylic C–H bond in the twisted styrene derivatives.

Density Functional Study on Geometrical Features and Electronic Structures of Di- -oxo-Bridged [Mn2O2(H2O)8]q+
with Mn(II), Mn(III), and Mn(IV), Masaki MITANI, Yohei WAKAMATSU, Takeharu KATSURADA, Yasunori
YOSHIOKA: J. Phys. Chem. A, 110 (51), pp. 13895–13914, 2006
We report the geometrical features and electronic structures of di- -oxo-bridged Mn–Mn binuclear complexes
with H2O ligands [Mn2O2(H2O)8]q+ in the iso- and mixed-valence oxidation states. All of the combinations among
Mn(II), Mn(III), and Mn(IV) ions are considered the oxidation states of the Mn–Mn center, and the changes inmolecular structure induced by the different electron configurations of Mn-based orbitals are investigated in relation toA―35

the oxygen-evolving complex (OEC) of photosystem II. The stable geometries of complexes are determined by using
the hybrid-type density functional theory for both of the highest- and lowest-spin couplings between Mn sites, and thelowest-spin-coupled states are energetically more favorable than the highest-spin-coupled states except in the case of
the complexes with the Mn(II) ion. The coordination positions of H2O ligands at the Mn(II) site tend to shift from theoctahedral positions in contrast to those at the Mn(III) and Mn(IV) sites. The shape of the Mn2O2 core and the distances
between the Mn ions and the H2O ligands vary depending on the electron occupations of the octahedral eg orbitals on
the Mn site with an antibonding nature for the Mn–ligand interactions, indicating the trend as Mn(II)–O > Mn(III)–O
and Mn(IV)–O, O–Mn(II)–O > O–Mn(III)–O > O–Mn(IV)–O among the iso-valence Mn2O2 cores, andO–Mn(lower)–O < O–Mn(higher)–O within the mixed-valence Mn2O2 core, and as Mn(II)–OH2 and Mn(III)–OH2 >Mn(IV)–OH2 for the axial H2O ligand. The optimized geometries of model complexes are compared with the X-ray
structure of the OEC, and it is suggested that the cubanelike Mn cluster of the active site may not contain a Mn(II) ion.
The effective exchange integrals are estimated by applying the approximate spin projection to clarify the magnetic
coupling between Mn sites, and the superexchange pathways through the di- -oxo bridge are examined on the basis of
the singly occupied magnetic orbitals derived from the singlet-coupled natural orbitals in the broken-symmetry state.
The comparisons of the calculated results between [Mn2O2(H2O)8]q+ in this study and [Mn2O2(NH3)8]q+ reported by
McGrady et al. suggest that the symmetric pathways are dominant to the exchange coupling constant, and the crossed
pathway would be less important for the former than it would for the latter in the Mn(III)–Mn(III), Mn(IV)–Mn(IV),and Mn(III)–Mn(IV) oxidation states.

Synthesis, structure, and electrochemical properties of epitaxial perovskite La0.8Sr0.2CoO3 film on YSZ substrate,
Daisuke Mori*, Hideaki Oka*, Yoshitaka Suzuki*, Noriyuki Sonoyama*, Atsuo Yamada*, Ryoji Kanno*, Yoshiaki
Sumiya, Nobuyuki Imanishi and Yasuo Takeda : Solid State Ionics 177, pp. 535-540, 2006
Epitaxial films of the perovskite, La0.8Sr0.2CoO3 (LSC), for SOFCs cathode were deposited on yttria-stabilized
zirconia (YSZ) single crystals by pulsed laser deposition method. The films were characterized by thin-film X-ray
diffraction measurement, atomic force microscopy (AFM), transmission electron microscope (TEM), and ac
impedance spectroscopy. The film orientations depend on the substrate planes. The LSC films on the YSZ (100) and(111) substrates showed the (110) orientation with different twin structures, while those on the YSZ (110) had (100) and(112) orientations. Surface morphology of the films also depends on the substrate orientations. These films showed
different electrode properties depending on the orientations. The relationships between the properties, the filmorientations, surface morphology, and lattice misfit are discussed.

An anomalous thermal expansion in the perovskite system, Gd1−xSrxMnO3 (0 ≤ x ≤ 0.3), A. Hirano, F. Hirano, T.
Matsumura, N. Imanishi and Y. Takeda : Solid State Ionics 177, pp. 749-755, 2006
The thermal expansion behavior of sintered samples of Gd1−xSrxMnO3 (X=0.0–0.4) was studied. The sinteredbodies in this system showed negative thermal expansion over a wide temperature range. The detailed crystal structurerefinements with respect to temperature showed that the volume of the orthorhombic perovskite lattice monotonicallyincreased with temperature, however, in addition to this, the release of distortion from the Jahn-Teller effect of Mn3+ ion
occurred over a wide temperature range, which brought the negative expansion of the a- axis, although the b- andc-axes increased with temperature. The anomalous thermal expansion is explained by the sum of the effects of theshrinkage of the a-axis and absorption of the b- and c-axes' expansion by the pores in the sintered body.

A―36

Preparation and electrochemical properties of a Li2CuO2–Li2NiO2 solid solution as a lithium-intercalation electrode, N.
Imanishi, K. Shizuka*, T. Ikenishi, T. Matsumura, A. Hirano and Y. Takeda : Solid State Ionics 177, pp. 1341-1346,
2006
Solid solution materials of Li2CuO2 and Li2NiO2 were studied with respect to their electrochemical performanceand crystal structure. The Li2CuO2–Li2NiO2 system shows a solid solution over the whole composition range with theorthorhombic structure. Pure Li2CuO2 has a reversible capacity of only 100 mA h/g, and the capacity of Li2Cu1−xNixO2
increased with increasing the content of Ni. The maximum capacity of 250 mA h/g is obtained for Li2Cu0.5Ni0.5O2, andit exhibits a good reversibility for charge and discharge cycles. The orthorhombic Li2CuO2 undergoes a phase change tothe monoclinic LiCuO2 during lithium deintercalation, while nickel-rich compositions show a new phase that isdifferent from either the original orthorhombic or monoclinic structure.

Impedance study and TEM characterization of a PLD perovskite air electrode, Nobuyuki Imanishi, Yoshiaki Sumiya,
Ken Yoshimura, Tadaaki Matsumura, Atsushi Hirano, Yasuo Takeda, Daisuke Mori* and Ryoji Kanno* : Solid State
Ionics 177, pp. 2165-2173, 2006
TEM observation and electron diffraction analysis of a laser ablation perovskite film was carried out. The film
was deposited on a single-crystal substrate and showed epitaxial growth normal to the substrate. The crystal orientationof the perovskite film varies depending on the kind of single-crystal substrate. The surface structure of the atomic
arrangement was investigated based on an analysis of electron diffraction patterns. Its relation to the kinetics of the
reduction of molecular oxygen is discussed.

Novel Composite Anodes Consisting of Lithium Transition-Metal Nitrides and Transition Metal Oxides for
Rechargeable Li-Ion Batteries, Y. Liu, Y. Takeda, T. Matsumura, J. Yang*, N. Imanishi, A. Hirano, and O. Yamamoto* :J. Electrochem. Soc., 153 (2 ) , pp. A437-A444 , 2006
Lithium transition-metal nitrides are promising anode candidates for Li-ion batteries. However, lithium must be
extracted from the nitrides in an initial anodic oxidation, indicating these compounds cannot directly combine with thecurrent cathodes to constitute cells. This deterrent can be overcome by introducing a certain amount of Co3O4, whichshows large capacities and relatively high oxidation/reduction potentials, into the electrodes containing the above
nitrides. A thermodynamically spontaneous reaction between these two active hosts results in a delithiated state oflithium metal nitrides. Under cycling within 1.4–0 V vs Li/Li+, Co3O4 is relatively inert to lithium and the nitrides
become electrochemically active. The composite electrodes show high first-cycle efficiency of 100%, large capacities of
500 mAh g–1, and excellent cyclability. Furthermore, research revealed that the composite electrodes demonstrated
high cycling stability operating with polyethylene oxide (PEO) electrolytes at the elevated temperature. The reaction
heating of the composite electrode under high Li utilization with PEO electrolytes via differential scanning calorimetry
measurement was found to be extremely low compared with those of the lithium metal and the Li-alloy-based systems,suggesting that the composite electrodes could be promising anode candidates for all-solid-state PEO Li-ion batteries interms of capacity, first-cycle charge efficiency, and thermal reliance.

Structural Changes and Electrochemical Properties of Chemically oxidized NaxFeO2 , Tadaaki Matsumura, Nobuyuki
Imanishi, Atsushi Hirano, Ryoji Kanno* and Yasuo Takeda : Journal of the Japan Society of Powder and Powder
Metallurgy 53 (11) , pp. 860-864, 2006

A―37

NaxFeO2 was obtained by chemical oxidization method using NO2BF4 and Br2 which shows the redox potentialof ca. 5.1 V and ca. 4.1 V vs Li / Li+ , respectively. The oxidized products showed different X-ray diffraction patterns
depending on the oxidizing species. In case of NO2BF4 , as soaking time progressed, new phase increased withdecreasing of NaFeO2 as stating material. The oxidized NaxFeO2 was possible to be inserted the Li ion
electrochemically, and resulted in the crystal structure similar to the layered LiFeO2 synthesized by the Li-ion-exchange
method from NaFeO2. Reversible discharge-charge reactions were progressed for NaxFeO2// Li cell, and ac.150 – 200
mAh/g of initial capacities were achieved although the capacities decreased with cycle numbers.

Effect of Silicon on the Formation of Graphitic Polyhedra and Balloon-like Particles, Fumio KOKAI, Noriko
TAKAKUWA, Akira KOSHIO, Kunimitsu TAKAHASHI*: Applied Physics A, 84, pp. 391-394, 2006

Antibacterial Activity of Fluorine Incorporated DLC Films, Masatou ISHIHARA*, Tomomi KOSAKA*, Takako
NAKAMURA*, Kazuo TSUGAWA*, Masataka HASEGAWA*, Fumio KOKAI, Yoshinori KOGA*: Diamond &Related Materials, 15, pp. 1011-1014, 2006

Electrochemical Reduction of CO2 to Methane at the Cu Electrode in Methanol with Sodium Supporting Salts and Its
Comparison with Other Alkaline Salts, Satoshi KANECO, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa
OHTA: Energy Fuels, 20, pp. 409–414, 2006

Photoelectrochemical Reduction of Carbon Dioxide at p-Type Gallium Arsenide and p-Type Indium PhosphideElectrodes in Methanol, Satoshi KANECO, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Chem. Eng.
J., 116, pp. 227–231, 2006

Sequential Molecular Vapor Elution Analysis for the Separation and Determination of LiCl and NaCl in River Waters,
Yasutoshi SHIROTA, Md. Nurul AMIN, Yoshifumi WATANABE, Satoshi KANECO, Hideyuki KATSUMATA,
Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Anal. Chim. Acta, 560, pp. 159–163, 2006

Photoelectrocatalytic Reduction of CO2 in LiOH/Methanol at Metal-modified p-InP Electrodes, Satoshi KANECO,
Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Appl. Catal. B: Environ., 64, pp. 139–145, 2006

Electrochemical Reduction of Carbon Dioxide to Ethylene at A Copper Electrode in Methanol Using Potassium
Hydroxide and Rubidium Hydroxide Supporting Electrolytes, Satoshi KANECO, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru
SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Electrochim. Acta, 51, pp. 3316–3321, 2006

Electrochemical Reduction of High Pressure CO2 at A Cu Electrode in Cold Methanol, Satoshi KANECO, Keiji IIBA,
Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Electrochim. Acta, 51, pp. 4880–4885, 2006

A―38

Electrochemical Reduction of CO2 in Copper Particle-suspended Methanol, Satoshi KANECO, Yosuke UENO,
Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Chem. Eng. J., 119, pp. 107–112, 2006

Fabrication of Visible Light Response Praseodymium-doped TiO2 Photocatalysts and Its Application to Dye-sensitizedSolar Cells, Naomi NISHIKAWA, Satoshi KANECO, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI Kiyohisa OHTA,
Yasuo TAKEDA, Masaki MURAYAMA*, Eiji YAMAZAKI*, Noritsugu HASHIMOTO*, Kazuaki MASUYAMA,
Masashi SHOYAMA*: Photo/Electrochem. Photobiol. Environ. Energy Fuel, 5, pp. 311–319, 2006

Effect of Side-chain Structure on the Solar Photocatalytic Degradation of Phthalate Acid Esters, Satoshi KANECO,
Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Photo/Electrochem. Photobiol. Environ. Energy Fuel, 5,
pp. 347–359, 2006

Titanium Dioxide Mediated Photocatalytic Degradation of Dibutyl Phthalate in Aqueous Solution—Kinetics,
Mineralization and Reaction Mechanism, Satoshi KANECO, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa
OHTA: Chem. Eng. J., 125, pp. 59–66, 2006

Removal of Arsenic in Aqueous Solutions by Adsorption onto Waste Rice Husk, Md. Nurul AMIN, Satoshi KANECO,
Taichi KITAGAWA, Aleya BEGUM, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Ind. Eng. Chem.
Res., 45, pp. 8105–8110, 2006

Degradation of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins in Aqueous Solution by Fe(II)/H2O2/UV System, Hideyuki
KATSUMATA, Satoshi KANECO, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA, Yoshihiro YOBIKO*: Chemosphere, 63, pp.
592–599, 2006

Photo-Fenton Degradation of Alachlor in the Presence of Citrate Solution, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Satoshi
KANECO, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA, Yoshihiro YOBIKO*: J. Photochem. Photobiol. A: Chem., 180, pp.
38–45, 2006

Determination of Atrazine And Simazine in Water Samples by High-performance Liquid Chromatography After
Preconcentration with Heat-treated Diatomaceous Earth, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Satoshi KANECO, Tohru
SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA: Anal. Chim. Acta, 577, pp. 214–219, 2006

Degradation of Carbofuran by Cu/L-ascorbic acid/H2O2 System, Farzana FERDOUSH, Hideyuki KATSUMATA,
Satoshi KANECO, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA, Yoshihiro YOBIKO*: Photo/Electrochem. Photobiol. Environ.
Energy Fuel, 5, pp. 321–334, 2006

A―39

Degradation of Diazinon in Aqueous Solution by V(IV)/H2O2 System, Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Hideyasu NAKAO,
Farzana FERDOUSH, Satoshi KANECO, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA, Yoshihiro YOBIKO*:
Photo/Electrochem. Photobiol. Environ. Energy Fuel, 5, pp. 335–345, 2006

Membrane Fusion between a Giant Vesicle and Small Enveloped Particles: Possibilities for the Application toConstruct Model Cells, Kanta TSUMOTO, Koki KAMIYA, Tetsuro YOSHIMURA: Proceedings of the International
Symposium on Micro-NanoMechatronics and Human Science, MHS 2005 Micro-Nano COE, IEEE, pp. 7-12, 2006

Antigen-Based Immunofluorescence Analysis of B-Cell Targeting: Advanced Technology for the Generation of Novel
Monoclonal Antibodies with High Efficiency and Selectivity, Masahiro TOMITA, Takatomi FUKUDA, Akira OZU,
Keiichi KIMURA, Tian Yow TSONG*, Tetsuro YOSHIMURA: Hybridoma, 25(5), pp. 283-292, 2006

A New Technologly for the Generationof Novel Monoclonal Antibodies Based on Short-Term Immunization,
Masahiro TOMITA, Yoshiharu ASAOKA, Yasuhiko KATO, Shin OGATA*, Tian Yow TSONG*, Tetsuro
YOSHIMURA: Peptide Science 2005, pp. 105-108, 2006

Controlled Self-Assembly of Amphiphilic Oligopeptides into Shape-Specific Nanoarchitectures, Tomoyuki KOGA*:
Masahiro HIGUCHI, Takatoshi KINOSHITA*, Nobuyuki HIGASHI*: Chem. Eur. J., 12 (5), pp.1360-1367, 2006

Polymer Adsorption Effects on Stabilities and Chemical Mechanical Polishing Properties of Ceria Particles, Norifumi
SHIMONO, Naoyuki KOYAMA*, Masami. KAWAGUCHI: Jpn. J. Appl. Phys., 45 (5A), pp. 4196-4200, 2006

Buoyancy-driven Path Instabilities of Bubble Rising in Simple and Polymer Solutions of Hele-shaw Cell, Masami
KAWAGUCHI, Sukehiro NIGA, Nobuaki GOU, Kazuo MIYAKE: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn., 75 (12), pp.124401-1-124401-6,
2006

Ti3+-Free Multicomponent Titanophosphate Gasses as Ecologically Sustainable Optical Glasses, Tadanori
HASHIMOTO, Hiroyuki NASU and Kanichi KAMIYA: J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 89 (8), pp. 2521-2527, 2006

Tunable Localized-Surface-Plasmon-Resonance Characteristics of Independently Prepared Ag-TiO2 Particles,
Noritsugu HASHIMOTO, Tadanori HASHIMOTO, Hiroyuki NASU, Yoshitsugu YAMAMOTO and Seiji NIIJIMA:
e-J. Surf. Sci. Nanotech., 4 (7), pp. 566-569, 2006

Cycle Performance of Sol-Gel Optical Sensor Based on Localized Surface Plasmon Resonance of Silver Particles,
Noritsugu HASHIMOTO, Tadanori HASHIMOTO, Taichi TERANISHI, Hiroyuki NASU and Kanichi KAMIYA:

A―40

Sens. Actuators B, 113 (1), pp. 382-388, 2006

Photocatalytic Degradation of Allergens in Water with Titanium Dioxide, Naomi NISHIKAWA, Satoshi KANECO,
Hideyuki KATSUMATA, Tohru SUZUKI, Kiyohisa OHTA, Eiji YAMAZAKI, Kazuaki MASUYAMA, Tadanori
HASHIMOTO and Kanichi KAMIYA: Fresen. Environ. Bull., 16 (3), pp. 310-314, 2006

Addition Effect of Phosphorus on Ni-Mo Catalysts in Hydrodenitrogenation, Weihua QIAN, Satoshi ABE, Akinobu
NOJIMA, Kenji GUNJI, Atsushi ISHIHARA, Hiroyuki IKEDA: Prepr. Pap.-Am. Chem. Soc., Div. Petr. Chem. 51(2),pp.271, 2006

PVC Hydrocracking with Recovering of a Large Amount of H2. Characterization of the Catalysts and the Products
after Each Step of the Process, Thierry GIORNELLI, Franck DUMEIGNIL, Atsushi ISHIHARA: Energy EfficientTechnologies I-ACS, Green Chem. Inst., pp. 63, 2006

Intercellular localization of occludins and ZO-1 as a solute transport barrier of the mesothelial monolayer, Kenichi
KANEDA, Keiichi MIYAMOTO, Shinsuke NOMURA, Takashi HORIUCHI: J. Artif. Organs., 9(4), pp.241-50, 2006

Development of a new method for endovascular aortic repair: combination therapy of cell transplantation and stentgrafts with a drug delivery system, Masaki KAJIMOTO, Takatsugu SHIMONO, Kouji HIRANO, Youichi MIYAKE,
Yashuhiro SAWADA, Noriyuki KATO, Hitoshi HIRATA, Kyoko IMANAKA-YOSHIDA, Masakatsu NISHIKAWA,
Toshimichi YOSHIDA, Hideto SHIMPO, Takashi HORIUCHI, Keiichi MIYAMOTO: CIRCULATION 114,
pp.I378-83, 2006

Evalition of Compliance and Stiffness of Decellularized Tissues as Scaffolds for Tissue-Engineered Small Caliber
Vascular Grafts Using Intravascular Ultrasound, Yousuke MURASE*, Yuji NARITA*, Hideaki KAGAMI*, Keiichi
MIYAMOTO, Yuichi UEDA*, Minoru UEDA*, Toyoaki MUROHARA*: ASAIO, 52, pp.450-455, 2006

An image analysis algorithm for kinematics and morphology measurement of cells for the evaluation of tissue
construction, Tomoko GESSEI, Chie OTSUKA, Masatoshi BANNO, Keiichi MIYAMOTO, Yuji OHTA, Takashi
HORIUCHI: IFMBE Proceedings, 14:2006

A―41

Department of Architecture*nonmember

City Planning Stdies “Presents Situation and Prospects, District, Resort”, Satoshi ASANO, City
Planning Review, No.263, pp.104-107, 2006

A Stusy on the Applying Circumstances and Roles of the Landscape Administrative Measures in the LandscapeOrdinance about the Region Limitative type and the idea Active Type, the Present Condition of the Prefectures`
landscape Administrative Measures Centered on the Landscape Ordinances Part 2, Yoshio BANDO, Satoshi ASANO
and Shoji IMAI, Journal of Architecture and Planning, No.612, pp.99-105, 2006
In this study, we’ve made the hearing for 12 Prefectures and 12 municipalities of the total development
type which occupies the Prefectures more than the others. So we’ve surveyed the situation bearing the landscapeadministrative measures of the total development type’s Prefectures by making clear not only the applying
circumstances of the hard measures of the wide-landscape region, the landscape-forming district, the large-scale
activities etc. ,the important landscape structure etc. ,and the soft measures of the enlightenment etc. ,thelandscape-forming agreement, the landscape-forming group, the support etc. ,but also the Prefectures’ role for themunicipalities. There’re the 3 roles in the landscape administrative measures of the total development type

3D SPATIAL COMPOSITION OF CIVIC CENTER IN THE EARLY SHOWA ERA WITH BIRD' S-EYE VIEW
PICTURES BY YOSHIDA HATSUSABURO IN CASES OF 18 PREFECTUAL CAPITAL CITIES BASED ON
JAPANESE CASTLE-TOWNS.[in Japanese], Kenjiro MATSUURA : Jounal of Architecture and Planning ,Transactions of Architectural Institute of Japan, No. 602, p.p. 105-112, 2006.4
This paper aims to clarify 3D spatial composition of Civic Center in the early Showa era with bird's-eye view
pictures by YOSHIDA Hatsusaburo in cases of 18 prefectual capital cities based on Japanese Castle-Towns. First, I
indicate necessity of complementing by topographical map , photographs and pictures in case of using bird's-eye view
pictures by YOSHIDA Hatsusaburo as research material , because characteristic of them is deformation, and examine
their possibility of research material. Findings are as follows : 1) We can grasp arrangement conditions and facades ofeach government and municipal offices , whole construction of Civic Center and physical state of surrounding Civic
Center with bird's-eye view pictures , 2) As a result of analysis 3D spatial composition of Civic Center with bird's-eyeview pictures in cases of 18 cities , there was principle of 3D Urban Design answer to spatial composition of Castle
Districts such as main road , moat and skirt of mountain.

THE REORGANIZATION AND URBAN DESIGN OF CIVIC CENTER BY WAR REHABILITATIONPROJECT AFTER THE WORLD WAR II IN PREFECTUAL CAPITAL CITIES BASED ON JAPANESECASTLE-TOWNS.[in Japanese], Kenjiro MATSUURA, Hirohisa NINOYU and Masuro URAYAMA: Jounal ofArchitecture and Planning , Transactions of Architectural Institute of Japan, No. 608, p.p. 89-96, 2006.10
This paper aims to clarify reorganization and urban design of civic center by War Rehabilitation Project after theWorld War II , analyzing cases of 22 prefectural capital cities based on Japanese Castle-Towns. Findings are as
follows : 1) governmental and municipal offices tended to be accumulated near castle area after the World War II , 2)A―42reorganization of civic center from before to after the World War II are grouped into three types , and most of them are
the Keeping type which was kept in the same place as before the World War II and expanded , 3) in the case of forming
civic center inside castle area before the World War II , civic center tended to be kept in the same place as before theWorld War II and seen urban design applying the elements of Japanese Castle-Towns, 4) urban design of paying
attention to "Axis" tended to be kept and urban design of paying attention to "Class" tended to be disappeared after theWorld War II , 5) urban design of paying attention to main street built by War Rehabilitation Project after the World War
II were seen in the cities of all types.

A Study of Spatial Characteristics and Urban Design of Civic Center formed in the Meiji and Taisho Era - Case Studyof 39 Prefectural Capital Cities.[in Japanese],Kenjiro Matsuura , Tomohiro Iwasa and Masuro Urayama, Journal of theCity Planning Institute of JAPAN, No.41, pp. 917-922, 2006.11
This Paper aims to clarify Spatial Characteristics and Urban Design of Civic Center analyzing Cases ofPrefectural Capital 39 Cities formed Civic Center in the Meiji and Taisho era. Findings are as follows : 1) in JapaneseCastle-Towns Civic Center were formed in Castle Districts , and in other Cities along Main Streets or behindCommercial Districts , 2) four Urban Designs used main streets were seen in Model located in Castle Districts andModel located along Main Streets , 3) four Urban Designs used side Streets crossed Main Streets were seen in Modellocated behind Commercial Districts , 4) Urban Design placing government and municipal offices focal point of vista
was widely used regardless of Spatial Characteristics of Civic Center and cities' origin.

A Study on Shop Accumulation by Community Planning for Tourism on The Yakimono-Stroll-Road District inTokoname City , Aichi Prefecture.[in Japanese],Shinjiro SAKAMOTO* , Kenjiro MATSUURA and Masuro
URAYAMA, Journal of the City Planning Institute of JAPAN, No.41, pp. 1025-1030, 2006.11
This Paper aims to clarify Spatial Form of Shop Accumulation and Process from opening Shops toaccumulating Shops paying attention to Shops for Tourists in Case of Yakimono-Stroll-Road-District in Tokoname
City , Aichi Prefecture. Findings are as follows : 1) Small Shop Accumulations from three to nine were nearby
Stroll-Road , 2) Shop Masters without Relationship in the Local Community were half the number and they havestrong will to contribute to Stroll-Road-District, 3) Mediators encouraged opening Shops to Shop Masters , 4) Empty
Factories prepared for Shops were distributed inside Stroll-Road-District , 5) Owners of Shops called out Shop Masters
in selecting Shops , 6) Main Cause that make it possible to Large Shop Accumulations was Stroll-Road which was a
Busy Street and has Sequence of Attractive Scenes.

A Study on Citizen's Maintenance and Use of Roads planted Street Trees with Edible Fruits.[in Japanese],Kenjiro
MATSUURA and Masuro URAYAMA,Papers on Environmental Information Science No.20,p.p.223-228,2006.11
This research clarifies citizen participation in maintenance of street trees with edible fruits, using a questionnaire
to local governments. Main results are as follows; Almost of the roads planted fruiters locate in urban areas. Fruiters
require more disinfection and manure than trees without fruit, and to take those fruits. There are some roads for citizen
groups, students and commerce groups to maintain and harvest them. From comparison between the Apple Street Trees
and Cherry Street Trees in Iida city, street trees with fruiters can provide citizen with chance to utilize them such as
events of harvest and environmental study etc.

A―43

Development Plan of Mie prefectural Riverside Park in 1965 , Satoshi ASANO and Kenjiro MATSUURA : "Dreamsof urban planning", [in Japanese], Jurinsha , p.p.134-137 , 2006.3

INABE SOGO GAKUEN Hige School,ISHIGURE Elementary School,YOKKAICHI University,OYAMADA
Memorial Spa Hospital,MIE Prefectual Art Museum,MIE Center for the Arts,SENJUJI Charnel House, Kenjiro
MATSUURA : " Guide Book of Modern Architectures in Tokai Area ", [in Japanese], Architecural Journal , p.p.84-87 ,2006.4

A Study on the Actual Conditions of the Reorganization and Consolidation of Municipal Offices by the Consolidationof Municipalities [in Japanese], Naoto Kanzaki, Hiroyuki Takai, Shoji Imai, Mitsumasa Nakamura: Regional
Community Facilities Planning and Design, Vol.24, pp.25-32, 2006
In late years, many municipalities consolidated. When we catch the consolidation of municipalities from thearchitectural side, it is thought to generate the surplus facilities and spaces, and to be done the reorganization andconsolidation. In that case, it is a social proposition to use them effectively today. The purpose of this study is to clarify
the ideal way of effective uses in communal facilities of the future by clarifying the actual conditions of thereorganization and consolidation, and the effective uses generated in that.

A Study on the Successive Change Condition of Ashiyahama Seaside Town－From the Interview Research forManagement Staffs and Homeowners Association, and Observation Research－ [in Japanese], TAKAI Hiroyuki,
TAKADA Mitsuo*, TONOOKA Tsubasa*, YOSHINO Masahiro, KANZAKI Naoto, BAI Jin: Journal of Papers on
Housing, No. 1, pp.241-248, 2006
The aim of this research is to make clear the actual condition on successive change of the Ashiyahama Seaside
Town. The research was made by the interview research for management staffs and homeowners association, andobservation research. Many changes are surely occurred. For example, residents’ ageing tendency has occurred, andsky-parks and open spaces are not used as the planners intended.

Passive Cooling Effect of Water Evaporation in Perspirable Building, Yukio ISHIKAWA, Proceedings of EuroSun
2006, International Solar Energy Society, pp.1-6, 2006

Spectral reflectance of ceramic tiles for exterior wall of buildings and their performances on solar heat absorption,
Masato TAZAWA*, Hiroshi KAKIUCHIDA*, Ping JIN*, Toyohiko SUGIYAMA*, Yukio ISHIKAWA,, Proceedingsof the World Renewable Energy Congress, pp.19-25, 2006

Spectral reflectance and Solar Absorption of Ceramic Tiles for Exterior Wall of Buildings, Masato TAZAWA*, Hiroshi
KAKIUCHIDA*, Ping JIN*, Toyohiko SUGIYAMA*, Yukio ISHIKAWA,, Proceedings of Renewable Energy,
pp.153-156, 2006

A―44

Mixing Model for Thermal Energy Storage Water Tank of Multi-connected Mixing Type, H. Kitano, T. Iwata, S.
Ichinose*, Y. Ishikawa and K. Sagara* : Proc. of 10th International Conference on Thermal Energy Storage(ECOSTOCK 2006), pp.71-77, 2006.6

A Study on the Heat Load Characteristics of Underground Structures, Part 1. Field Experiment of Underground
Structure under Internal Heat Generation, Kyung-Soon Park, Hisaya Nagai and Takeshi Iwata, Journal of AsianArchitecture and Building Engineering, Vol.5, No.2,pp.421-428, November 2006
The purpose of this study is to clarify the heat load characteristics of underground structures.
In order to achieve this purpose, it is necessary to clarify the heat and moisture behavior ofunderground basements and the surrounding ground, and to acquire the basic data for computational
analysis. Accordingly, this paper presents the measurement results of about one year of field
experiments begun in October, 2004, related to an underground experimental basement underinternal heat generation conditions. Analysis results related to the heat and moisture behavior of theexperimental basement and ground, the influence that internal heat generation had on thesurrounding ground, condensation behavior, the interrelationship between precipitation and thefluctuation of moisture content in the ground, and the annual mean heating load per unit area, etc.,
are also presented.

Assessment Report on Damaged Prambanan World Heritage Compounds, Central Java, Satoshi YAMATO, Toshikazu
HANAZATO, Kunihiko ONO et. al., July 2007
This report was published as a reconnaissance report of the Prambanan, World Heritage in Indonesia, damaged
seriously damaged by the Central Java Earthquake of May 27, 2006. The authors were sent by Japanese Government to
conduct the survey of the earthquake damage to the architectural heritages in the epicentral area near Yogyakarta. The
report was based on this field survey performed in the middle of July 2007, focusing on both the structural damage andthe historical documents/drawings of the Prambanan that would be essential for planning to restore the damaged themasonry heritages.

Fundamentals and a Few Recent Applications of Environmentally Friendly Porous Concrete,

Shigemitsu

HATANAKA, Naoki MISHIMA, Yukihisa YUASA*, Akihiro MAEGAWA, Takeshi NAKAGAWA and Moe
KURODA : International Conference on Pozzolan, Concrete and Geopolymer, pp.20-36, 2006.5

Experimental Study on Permeability Coefficient of Fresh Mortar, Toshitsugu INUKAI, Naoki
MISHIMA, Eisuke SAKAMOTO and Shigemitsu HATANAKA : Proceedings of the Japan Concrete
Institute, Vol 28, No.1, pp.1109-1114, 2006.6 (in Japanese)

Study on Quality Improvement in Vacuum Processed Full-Scale Slab Concrete, Eisuke

A―45

SAKAMOTO, Naoki MISHIMA, Mamoru FURUICHI and Shigemitsu HATANAKA : Proceedingsof the Japan Concrete Institute, Vol 28, No.1, pp.1325-1330, 2006.6 (in Japanese)

Experimental Study on Properties of Small Particle Size Porous Concrete, Akihiro MAEGAWA,
Akira YAMAMOTO, Naoki MISHIMA and Shigemitsu HATANAKA : Proceedings of the Japan
Concrete Institute, Vol 28, No.1, pp.1397-1402, 2006.6 (in Japanese)

Roof Planting with Water Culture Using Light Weight Porous Concrete, Moe KURODA, Naoki MISHIMA, Ken
MATSUDA and Shigemitsu HATANAKA : Proceedings of the Japan Concrete Institute, Vol 28, No.1,
pp.1409-1414, 2006.6 (in Japanese)Strength Evaluation of Hardened Cement by a Drill Type of Surface Strength Measurement Apparatus, Tetsuya
HASEGAWA, Shigemitsu HATANAKA, Naoki MISHIMA and Yasuo TANIGAWA : Proceedings of the Japan
Concrete Institute, Vol 28, No.1, pp.1877-1882, 2006.6 (in Japanese)

FEM Analyses on Compressive Failure of Prismatic Concrete with Internal Defect, Eiji MIZUNO*, Tomonori
TANASE*, Atsushi ITOH* and Shigemitsu HATANAKA : Proceedings of the Japan Concrete Institute, Vol
28, No.2, pp.109-114, 2006.6 (in Japanese)

Investigation on Preservation and Repairs of the Sukhothai-Ayutthaya Ruins (World Cultural Heritage Site) in Thailand,
HATANAKA,S., PRINYA,C.*, HASEGAWA,T., THANUDKIJ,C.* : Bulletin of Center for International Education
and Research, Mie University, Vol.2, pp.75-85, 2007.3

Fundamentals and Few Recent Applications of Environmentally Friendly Porous Concrete, HATANAKA,S.,MISHIMA,N., YUASA,Y., MAEGAWA,A., NAKAGAWA,T., KURODA,M. : Bulletin of Center for International
Education and Research, Mie University, Vol.2, pp.113-124, 2007.3

Strength Evaluation of Hardened Cement Paste by Small Diameter Drill-Type Test Machine,
T.HASEGAWA, N.MISHIMA, S.HATANALA, N.HASEGAWA and Y.TANIGAWA : Proceedings of
The 2nd Symposium on Prospects of Nondestructive Testing Method for Concrete Structure,
pp.421-426, 2006.8

Evaluation of Surface Strength of Terra-Cotta and Effect of Penetration-Type Chemical Agent by
Small Diameter Drill Type Test Machine, T.HASEGAWA, S.HATANALA, N.MISHIMA,
N.HASEGAWA and Y.TANIGAWA : Proceedings of The 2nd Symposium on Prospects ofA―46

Nondestructive Testing Method for Concrete Structure, pp.441-446, 2006.8

A―47

Department of Information Engineering*nonmember

The reachability and related decision problems for monadic and semi-constructor TRSs, Ichiro MITSUHASHI, Michio
OYAMAGUCHI, Toshiyuki YAMADA: Information Processing Letters, Vol.98, pp.219-224, 2006
This paper shows that reachability is undecidable for confluent monadic and semi-constructor TRSs, and thatjoinability and confluence are undecidable for monadic and semi-constructor TRSs. Here, a TRS is monadic if theheight of the right-hand side of each rewrite rule is at most 1, and is semi-constructor if all defined symbols appearing in
the right-hand side of each rewrite rule occur only in its ground subterms.

The Confluence Problem for Flat TRSs, Ichiro MITSUHASHI, Michio OYAMAGUCHI, Florent JACQUEMARD*:
KOKYUROKU of Research Institure for Mathematical Sciences Kyoto University, New Trends in Theory ofComputation and Algorithm, vol.1489, pp.250-255, 2006
We prove that confluence is undecidable for flat TRSs. Here, a TRS is flat if the heights of the left andright-hand sides of each rewrite rule are at most one.

The Joinability and Related Decision Problems for Semi-constructor TRSs, Ichiro MITSUHASHI, Michio
OYAMAGUCHI, Yoshikatsu OHTA and Toshiyuki YAMADA: Trans. IPS Japan, Vol.47, No.5, pp.1502-1514, 2006
The word and unification problems for term rewriting systems (TRSs) are most important ones and theirdecision algorithms have various useful applications in computer science. Algorithms of deciding joinability for TRSs
are often used to obtain algorithms that decide these problems. In this paper, we first show that the joinability problem
is undecidable for linear semi-constructor TRSs. Here, a semi-constructor TRS is such a TRS that all defined symbols
appearing in the right-hand side of each rewrite rule occur only in its ground subterms. Next, we show that problem isdecidable both for confluent semi-constructor TRSs and for confluent semi-monadic TRSs. This result implies that theword problem is decidable for these classes, and will be used to show that unification is decidable for confluent
semi-constructor TRSs in our forthcoming paper.

The Confluence Problem for Flat TRSs, Ichiro MITSUHASHI, Michio OYAMAGUCHI and Florent
JACQUEMARD*: Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on Artificial Intelligence and Symbolic
Computation (AISC 2006) , Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence 4120, pp.68-81, 2006
We prove that the properties of reachability, joinability and confluence are undecidable for flat TRSs. Here, a
TRS is flat if the heights of the left and right-hand sides of each rewrite rule are at most one.

Scheduling support hardware for multiprocessor system and its evaluations, Takahiro SASAKI, Tetsuo HIRONAKA*,
Naoki NISHIMURA*, Noriyoshi YOSHIDA*: Systems and Computers in Japan, Vol.37, No.2, pp.79-95, 2006
It is important to write portable programs while concealing various latencies that would be problematic inA―48

getting the optimal performance out of a parallel processing environment. Fine Grain Parallelism is one of the methods
for implementing this. However there is a problem in achieving Fine Grain Parallelism using a conventional OS. This isbecause, as the granularity becomes finer, the frequency of context switching, scheduling and the like increases, leading
to an increase in the overhead due to those factors, and there would be a risk of causing severe performance degradation.
Therefore, we propose a multiprocessor architecture using a Scheduling Support Hardware (SSH), which aims toachieve high speed context switching and scheduling while utilizing fine grain parallelism, by having the hardware
support the thread scheduling and the allocation / release of the CPU resources, which are part of the function of the OS.
In this paper, we designed a multi-processor system with SSH using the Verilog-HDL and showed the effectiveness of
our approach in an evaluation by a computer simulation. In the evaluation, we found that the scheduling time could be
reduced by using the SSH, and thus it became possible to use a parallelism with a finer granularity.

Motion Estimation Using Adaptively Hierarchical Spiral Search [in Japanese], Motoki MIYAMAE, Takahiro SASAKI,
Kazuhiko OHNO, Toshio KONDO: Trans. of the Institute of Electronics, Information and Communication Engineers,
Vol.J89-D, No.3, pp.482-491, 2006
Motion estimation is computationally complicated task in video coding process. Block-matching-based fastalgorithms reduce the computational complexity of motion estimation at the expense of accuracy. However, theimprovement of the accuracy of motion estimation is attached to importance for the high quality video coding. This
paper proposes a new motion estimation algorithm executing adaptively two-stage hierarchical spiral search. The
proposed algorithm a little better average image quality (PSNR) than the full-search for the evaluation image. Moreover,the quality for the worst condition image was improved from 0.46dB to 0.19dB in comparison with a current superior
spiral search.

A Design and Evaluation of Low Energy Processor by Variable Stages Pipeline Technique [in Japanese], Yuji
ICHIKAWA*, Takahiro SASAKI, Tetsuo HIRONAKA*, Kazuya TANIGAWA*, Toshiaki KITAMURA*, Toshio
KONDO: IPSJ Trans. on Advanced Computing Systems, Vol.47, No.SIG7(ACS14), pp.231-242, 2006
Recently, in the field of mobile computing, the achievement of low energy computing and high performancecomputing is required simultaneously. DVS (Dynamic Voltage Scaling) is a current major technique to realize that.
However, the lower the chip voltage becomes in the future, the less energy saving we get by DVS. So we propose VSP(Variable Stages Pipeline) processor by a unifying pipeline stages in the use of flip-flop called LDS-cell which has anability to act as a latch or flip-flop. VSP can achieve low energy computing without any dependence on chip voltage.
We show that VSP processor can achieve lower energy computing and higher performance computing than the DVS
processor in low energy mode.

Evaluation of Bank-Based Multiport Memory Architecture with Blocking Network, Tomohiro INOUE*, Tetsuo
HIRONAKA*, Takahiro SASAKI, Seiji FUKAE*, Tetsushi KOIDE*, Hans J. MATTAUSCH*: Electronics andcommunications in Japan (Part 3), Vol.89, No.6, pp.22-33, 2006
The bank-based multiport memory is better composition approach to realizing realistic chip area and highaccess bandwidth than a conventional N-Port memory cell approach. However this method is unsuitable for large
numbers of ports and banks because the hardware resources of the crossbar network which connects the ports andbanks increase in proportion to the product of the numbers of ports and banks. In order to solve this problem, this paper

A―49

proposes a new bank-based multiport memory architecture using a blocking network instead of a crossbar network.
Many blocking networks have been researched so far. However, these researches evaluated hardware resources basedon the number of switches, but the compositions and circuit scale of the switches used in crossbar network andblocking network are different. Hence, this paper compares the number of transistors to show that the bank-based
multiport memory using the blocking network achieves high access bandwidth with smaller hardware resources thanthe conventional approach. According to our results, our approach achieves the same access bandwidth with half thenumber of transistors, for 512 ports and 512 banks.

A User-Level Extension Scheme for a Task Parallel Script Language [In Japanese], Yusuke SAKAGUCHI, Kazuhiko
OHNO, Takahiro SASAKI, Toshio KONDO, Hiroshi NAKASHIMA*: IPSJ Transactions on Advanced Computing
Systems, Vol. 47, No. SIG 12 (ACS 15), pp.296-307, 2006
We are developing a task-parallel script language named MegaScript for mega-scale parallel processing.
MegaScript regards existing sequential/parallel programs as tasks, and controls them for massively parallel execution.
Although MegaScript runtime and task programs should be specialized to the target application and platform to obtainhigh performance, it is undesirable for portability and reusability. To satisfy these conflicting requirements, we propose
a user-level runtime extension scheme named Adapter. This scheme enables programmers to extend and optimize
behavior of the application without modifying the runtime nor task programs. The evaluation of our implementationachieved both efficient programming and enough performance for practical use.

Structure Monitoring by Optical Fiber [in Japanese], Hiroshi NARUSE: Journal of the Japan Society of MechanicalEngineers, Vol.109, No.1048, pp.22-23, 2006

The Entire Solution Path of Kernel-based Nonparametric Conditional Quantile Estimator, Ichiro TAKEUCHI, Kaname
NOMURA and Takafumi KANAMORI*: Proceedings of the 2006 IEEE World Congress on Computational
Intelligence (WCCI 2006) / International Joint Conference on Neural Networks, pp.153-158 , 2006
The goal of regression analysis is to describe the relationship between an output y and a vector of inputs x. Leastsquares regression provides how the mean of y changes with x, i.e., it estimates the conditional mean function.
Estimating a set of conditional quantile functions provides a more complete view of the relationship between y and x.
Quantile regression [1] is one of the promising approaches to estimate conditional quantile functions. Several types ofquantile regression estimator have been studied in the literature. In this paper, we are particularly concerned withkernel-based nonparametric quantile regression formulated as a quadratic programming problem similar to those insupport vector machine literature [2].
A group of conditional quantile functions, say, at the orders q = 0.1, 0.2, …, 0.9, can provide a nonparametricdescription of the conditional probability density p(y|x). This requires us to solve many quadratic programming
problems and it could be computationally demanding for large-scale problems. In this paper, inspired by the recently
developed path following strategy [3][4], we derive an algorithm to solve a sequence of quadratic programming
problems for the entire range of quantile orders q ∈(0, 1). As well as the computational efficiency, the derived
algorithm provides the full nonparametric description of the conditional distribution p(y|x). A few examples are given toillustrate the algorithm.

A―50

Nonparametric Quantile Estimation, Ichiro TAKEUCHI, Quoc V. LE*, Timothy D. SEARS*, Alexander J. SMOLA*:
Journal of Machine Learning Research, Vol.7, pp.1231-1268, 2006
In regression, the desired estimate of y|x is not always given by a conditional mean, although this is mostcommon. Sometimes one wants to obtain a good estimate that satisfies the property that a proportion, τ, of y|x, will be
below the estimate. For τ= 0.5 this is an estimate of the median. What might be called median regression, is subsumed
under the term quantile regression. We present a nonparametric version of a quantile estimator, which can be obtainedby solving a simple quadratic programming problem and provide uniform convergence statements and bounds on thequantile property of our estimator. Experimental results show the feasibility of the approach and competitiveness of our
method with existing ones. We discuss several types of extensions including an approach to solve the quantile crossing
problems, as well as a method to incorporate prior qualitative knowledge such as monotonicity constraints.

A Reconstruction Method of 3-D Surface Topography Using Evolutionary Computation in the SEM, Tetsuji
KODAMA, Xiaoyuan LI* and Kenji NAKAHIRA*: Proceedings of the 16th International Microscopy Congress(IMC 16), p.955, 2006

Casualty Insurance Pure Premium Estimation Using Two-Stage Regression Tree, Kumiko NISHI, Ichiro TAKEUCHI:
Proceedings of the International Workshop on Data-Mining and Statistical Science (DMSS 2006), pp.159-166, 2006
We study a regression tree algorithm tailored to casualty insurance pure premium estimation problem. Casualty
insurance premium is mainly determined by the expected amount that the insurance companies have to pay for thecontract. Therefore, casualy insurance companies have to estimate the expected insurance amount on the basis of
insurance risk factors. This problem is formulated as a regression problem, i.e. estimation of conditional mean E[Y|x],where Y is insurance amounts and x is risk factors. In this paper, we aim to implement the regression problem inregression tree framework. The difficulty of the problem lies in the fact that the distribution of insurance amount P(Y|x)
is highly skewed and exhibits a long-tail toward positive direction. Conventional least-square-error regression tree
algorithm is notoriously unstable under such long-tailed error distribution. On the other hand, several types of robust
regression trees, such as least-absolute-error regression tree, are neither appropriate in this situation because they yields
significant bias to conditional mean E[Y|x]. In this paper, we propose a two-stage tree fitting algorithm. In the first stage,
the algorithm constructs a quantile tree, a kind of robust regression tree, which is stable but biased to conditional mean
E[Y|x]. In the second stage, the algorithm corrects the bias using least-square error regression tree. We discuss thetheoretical background of the algorithm and empirically investigate the performances. We applied the proposed
algorithm to a car insurance data set of 318, 564 records provided from a north-american insurance company andobtained significantly better results than conventional regression tree algorithm.

Underground Mine monitoring Using Distributed Fiber Optic Strain Sensing System, Hiroshi NARUSE, Hideki
UEHARA*, Taishi DEGUCHI*, Kazuhiko FUJIHASHI*, Yasuhiko ISHIKURA*, Masatoshi ONISHI*, Raul
ESPINOZA*, Cesar GUZMAN*, Cesar PARDO*, Cesar ORTEGA*, Manuel PINTO* and Francisco GALVEZ*:
Proceedings of the 18th International Optical Fiber Sensors Conference (OSA 18), ThD5, CD-ROM , 2006
We demonstrated the applicability of a distributed fiber optic strain sensing system for monitoring changes in anunderground mine through a half-year field trial. This paper outlines the mine structure and the monitoring system andpresents monitoring results.

A―51

Effectiveness of Relative Expressions for Trend Information Extraction, Hiroki IMAOKA, Fumito MASUI, Atsuo
KAWAI and Naoki ISU: Journal of Japan Society for Fuzzy Theory and Intelligent Informatics, Vol.18, No.5,
pp.735-744, 2006
In this paper, we discuss effectiveness of “relative expressions” for trend information extraction. Relative
expressions, for example, “12% increase”, “last year”, “the first place” and so forth, show relative difference andvariation of numerical value implicitly. To extract more trend information from newspaper articles, one of possiblemeans would be to utilize relative expressions. We investigated functions and statistical trend of the relative expressions
in newspaper articles. And rules to extract basic elements were generated for trend information extraction. To evaluate
effectiveness of the extraction rules, we experimented on newspaper articles. The result shows 0.8 or more F-measure.
It was confirmed that relative expression-based extraction should well-performed.

An Automatic Relevance Estimation of Property Values and Its Feedback based on World Wide Web for Metaphor
Recognition [in Japanese], Fumito MASUI, Jun’ichi FUKUMOTO* and Kenji ARAKI*: IEICE Transactions on
Information and Systems, Vol.J89-D, No.9, pp.860-870, 2006
This paper proposes a method which estimates the relevance of closed-up property values as salience featuresduring the metaphor recognition process and feeds the estimation results back to a property value set to deal with anevaluation cost problem of metaphor recognition. Evaluating the relevance of closed-up property values, the specificexpressions(a comparative expression and an adnominal expression) which was generated with a pair of concepts andeach closed-up property value between these concepts are retrieved from the World Wide Web (WWW). In case of a
non-relevant result, it is fed back to the property ranking by reconstructing a property value set with the retrieved
information. Some experiments have been conducted and those experimental results showed that our method performs
human-level estimation, as about 80¥% of the estimation results were the same with human judgments. Also byadding a feedback process we achieved about a 20% increase of property ranking accuracy.

WoZ Simulation of Interactive Question Answering, Tsuneaki KATO*, Jun’ichi FUKUMOTO*, Fumito MASUI and
Noriko KANDO*: Proceedings of Workshop on Interactive Question Answering at HLT-NAACL2006, 2006
Question answering (QA) systems that can be used in interactive environments are need in various applications.
It is important to develop proper evaluation frameworks in order to guide the direction of research, based on a proper
understanding of what functions and abilities are needed for such interactive QA systems and also what range oflanguage phenomena should be handled by them. QACIAD (Question Answering Challenge for Information Access
Dialogue) is one of such evaluation frameworks and assumes that users interactively collect information using a QA
system for writing a report on a given topic and evaluates, among other things, the abilities needed under suchcircumstances. In this research, in order to examine the assumptions made by QACIAD, dialogues under the situationthat it assumes are collected using WoZ (Wizard of Oz) simulating, which is frequently used for collecting dialogue
data for designing speech dialogue systems, and then analyzed. The results indicate that the setting of QACIAD is real
and appropriate and that one of the important abilities for future interactive QA systems is providing cooperative andhelpful responses.

A―52Countermeasures Against Carsickness Enhanced by Watching an Onboard Video Display, Akihiro MORIMOTO,
Tomohiro OKUMURA, Noritaka HIDAKA, Dan PIAO, Yusuke ARAKI, Fumito MASUI, Atsuo KAWAI, Naoki
ISU: Information Technology Letters, Vol. 5, pp. 323-326, 2006
Three approaches were proposed for reducing carsickness while watching an onboard display in a vehicle. The
approaches are based on the sensory conflict theory to reduce a conflict of sensory information between the vestibular
and the visual systems. Visual stimulus along with the original content is presented on the onboard display to provide
optokinetic sensation of yaw rotation of a vehicle. Experimental study showed that the carsickness severity was
remarkably reduced by the proposed approaches.

Recognizing Errors in English Writing Based on the Mass Count Distinction, [in Japanese], R.NAGATA*,T.WAKANA, A.KAWAI, K.MORIHIRO*, F.MASUI, N.ISU: Trans. of the Institute of Electronics, Information andCommunication Engineers, J89-D, pp.1777-1790, 2006
This paper proposes a method for detecting errors in article usage and singular plural usage based on the masscount distinction. First, it learns decision lists from training data generated automatically to distinguish mass and countnouns. Then, it detects errors by applying rules(the decision lists) to the mass count distinction. Experiments show thatit achieves a recall of 0.648 and a precision of 0.747 and outperforms other methods(a recall of 0.564 and a precision of
0.528).

Recognizing article errors using prepositional information, R.NAGATA*, T.IGUCHI, K.WAKIDERA, F.MASUI,
A.KAWAI, and N.ISU: Systems and Computers in Japan, vol.37, pp. 17-26, 2006
In this paper, the authors propose a method to recognize article errors often seen in English text written by
Japanese learners of English. In this method, article errors are recognized using prepositional information. The resultsof experiments confirm that the performence of the author's method is a F-measure of 0.72 and superior to our earlier
method(F-measure of 0.53).

A Feedback-augmented method for detecting errors in the writing of learners of English, R.NAGATA*, A.KAWAI,
K.MORIHIRO*, and N.ISU: Proceedings of the 21st International Conference on Computational Linguistics and 44th
Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, pp.241-248, 2006
This paper proposes a method for detecting errors in article usage and singular plural usage based on the masscount distinction. First, it learns decision lists from training data generated automatically to distinguish mass and countnouns. Then, in order to improve its performance, it is augmented by feedback that is obtained from the writing oflearners. Finally, it detects errors by applying rules to the mass count distinction. Experiments show that it achieves a
recall of 0.71 and a precision of 0.72 and outperforms other methods used for comparison when augmented by
feedback.

Reinforcing English countability prediction with one countability per discourse property, R.NAGATA*, A.KAWAI,
K.MORIHIRO*, and N.ISU: Proceedings of the 21st International Conference on Computational Linguistics and 44th
Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics Main Conference Poster Sessions, pp.595-602, 2006

A―53

Countability of English nouns is important in various natural language processing tasks. It especially plays animportant role in machine translation since it determines the range of possible determiners. This paper proposes amethod for reinforcing countability prediction by introducing a novel concept called one countability per discourse. It
claims that when a noun appears more than once in a discourse, they will all share the same countability in the
discourse. The basic idea of the proposed method is that mispredictions can be correctly overridden using efficiently theone countability per discourse property. Experiments show that the proposed method successfully reinforces
countability prediction and outperforms other methods used for comparison.

The Impact of OCR Accuracy and Feature Transformation on Automatic Text Classification, Mayo MURATA,
BUSAGALA, L.S.P., Wataru OHYAMA, Tetsushi WAKABAYASHI, Fumitaka KIMURA: Document Analysis
Systems VII by Bunke, H. and Spdz, A.(Eds.) DAS 2006, pp.506-517, 2006
Digitization process of various printed documents involves generating texts by an OCR system for different
applications including full-text retrieval and document organizations. However, OCR-generated texts have errors as perpresent OCR technology. Moreover, previous studies have revealed that as OCR accuracy decreases the classification
performance also decreases. The reason for this is the use of absolute word frequency as feature vector. Representing
OCR texts using absolute word frequency has limitations such as dependency on text length and word recognition rate
consequently lower classification performance due to higher within-class variances. We describe feature transformation
techniques which do not have such limitations and present improved experimental results from all used classifiers.

Automatic Assembling of Cadastral Maps Based on Generalized Hough Transformation, Fei LIU, Wataru OHYAMA,
Tetsushi WAKABAYASHI, Fumitaka KIMURA: Document Analysis Systems VII by Bunke, H. and Spdz, A.(Eds.)DAS 2006, pp.593-603, 2006
There are numerous cadastral maps generated by past land surveying. The raster digitization of these paper
maps is in progress. For effective and efficient use of these maps, we have to assemble the set of maps to make themsuperimposable on other geographic information in a Geographic Information System. The problem can be seen as acomplex jigsaw puzzle where the pieces are the cadastre sections extracted from the map. We present an automatic
solution to this geographic jigsaw puzzle, based on the generalized Hough transformation that detects the longest
common boundary between every piece and its neighbors. The experiments have been conducted using the map of Mie
Prefecture, Japan and the French cadastral map. The results of the experiment with the French cadastral maps show thatthe proposed method, which consists of extracting an external area and extracting and regularizing the north arrow, issuitable for assembling the cadastral map. The final goal of the process is to integrate every piece of the puzzle into anational geographic reference frame and database.

Facial Feature Extraction Using Gradient Features and MQDF Matching, Wataru OHYAMA, M.SHRIDHAR* andPaul WATTA*: Proceedings of Eighth IASTED International Conference Signal and Image Processing, pp.329-334,
2006
We propose a novel approach for the extraction of facial features from frontal face images. The proposed
approach involves 3 main processing stages. In the first stage, a bounding box is placed over the face. In the second
stage, candidate positions for the facial features are identified using a set of MQDF-based distance functions. Finally, inA―54

the third stage, the candidate feature positions are evaluated using an MQDF-based verification function, and an
optimal configuration is chosen. Results on the FERET database indicate that with a proper setting of parameters, theproposed algorithm can accurately extract facial features over many different scales.

Recognition of handwritten Tamil characters, N.SHARMA*, U.PAL* and F.KIMURA: In Proc. National Conference
on Recent Trends in Information Systems, pp.180-183, 2006
Recognition of Handwritten characters is challenging task because of the variability involved in the writing
styles of different individuals. This paper deals with the recognition of off-line Tamil handwritten characters using thequadratic classifier based on the features obtained from directional chain code histogram. The bounding box of acharacter is segmented into blocks and the chain code histogram is computed in each of the blocks. This chain code
features are fed to the quadratic classifier for recognition. We used 50687 numbers of samples comprising all the classof the Tamil script for the present work. We obtained 90.95% recognition accuracy.

Recognition of English Multi-oriented Characters, U.PAL*, F.KIMURA, K.ROY* and T.PAL*: In. Proc International
Conference on Pattern Recognition, pp. 873-876, 2006
There are some printed artistic documents where text lines may be curved in shape. As a result, characters of asingle line may be multi-oriented. To handle such artistic documents, in this paper, we present a scheme towards therecognition of multi-oriented and multi-sized English characters. The features used here are invariant to characterorientation and computed based on the angular information of the border points of the characters. We used modified
quadratic discriminant function (MQDF) for recognition. We tested our proposed scheme on a dataset of 18232
characters and obtained 98.34% accuracy from the system.

A Lexicon Driven Method for Unconstrained Bangla Handwritten Word Recognition, U.PAL*, K.ROY* andF.KIMURA: In Proc. 10th International Workshop on Frontiers in Handwriting Recognition (IWFHR), pp. 601-606,
2006
In this paper a lexicon driven segmentation-recognition scheme for unconstrained Bangla handwritten word
recognition is proposed for Indian postal automation. In the proposed method, at first, binarization of the input
document is done and slant correction of the individual words is performed. Next, using water reservoir concept words
are pre-segmented into possible primitive components (characters or its parts). In order to merge these primitive
components into characters and to find optimum character segmentation, dynamic programming (DP) is applied using
total likelihood of characters as the objective function. To compute the likelihood of a character, modified quadratic
discriminant function (MQDF) is used for the purpose. The features used in the MQDF are mainly based on the
directional features of the contour points of the components. We tested our system on Bangla city-name images andat present an overall accuracy of 87.21% is obtained from the proposed system.

Recognition of Handwritten Kannada Numerals, N.SHARMA*, U.PAL* and F.KIMURA: Proc. 9th International
Conference on Information Technology (ICIT-2006), IEEE Computer Society Press, pp.133-136, 2006
This paper deals with a quadratic classifier based scheme for the recognition of off-line handwritten numerals of

A―55

Kannada, an important Indian script. The features used in the classifier are obtained from the directional chain code
information of the contour points of the characters. The bounding box of a character is segmented into blocks and thechain code histogram is computed in each of the blocks. Here we have used 64 dimensional and 100 dimensionalfeatures for a comparative study on the recognition accuracy of our proposed system. This chain code features are fed
to the quadratic classifier for recognition. We tested our scheme on 2300 data samples and obtained 97.87% and98.45% recognition accuracy using 64 dimensional and 100 dimensional features respectively, from the proposed
scheme using five-fold cross-validation technique.

Recognition of Offline Handwritten Devnagari Characters using Quadratic Classifier, N.SHARMA*, U.PAL*,
F.KIMURA and S.PAL*: Indian Conference on Computer Vision Graphics and Image Processing (ICVGIP), LNCS,
Springer Verlag, pp. 805-816, 2006
Recognition of handwritten characters is a challenging task because of the variability involved in the writing
styles of different individuals. In this paper we propose a quadratic classifier based scheme for the recognition ofoff-line Devnagari handwritten characters. The features used in the classifier are obtained from the directional chain
code information of the contour points of the characters. The bounding box of a character is segmented into blocks andthe chain code histogram is computed in each of the blocks. Based on the chain code histogram, here we have used 64
dimensional features for recognition. These chain code features are fed to the quadratic classifier for recognition. At
present we obtained 95.81% and 80.36% recognition accuracy on Devnagari numerals and characters, respectively,from the proposed scheme.

Quadratic Classifier Based approach for Recognition of Handwritten Kannada Numerals, U.PAL*, F.KIMURA, and
N.SHARMA*: 41st National Annual Convention, Computer Society of India (CSI-2006), Tata McGraw Hill,
pp.159-163, 2006
Recognition of handwritten characters is a challenging task because of the variability involved in the writing
styles of different individuals. In this paper we propose a quadratic classifier based scheme for the recognition ofoff-line Kannada handwritten numerals. The features used in the classifier are obtained from the directional chain code
information of the contour points of the characters. The bounding box of a character is segmented into blocks and thechain code histogram is computed in each of the blocks. Here we have used 64 dimensional and 400 dimensionalfeatures for a comparative study on the recognition accuracy of our proposed system. This chain code features are fed
to the quadratic classifier for recognition. At present we modified the parameters of the classifier and obtained 98.54%
and 98.98% recognition accuracy using 64 dimensional and 400 dimensional features respectively from the proposed
scheme.

Offline Handwritten Kannada Character Recognition, U.PAL*, N.SHARMA*, F.KIMURA and S.PAL*: IEEE
International Conference on Signal and Image Processing (ICSIP), Macmillan Advanced Research, Vol.-1, pp.174-177,
2006
Recognition of handwritten characters is challenging task because of the variability involved in the writing
styles of different individuals. In this paper we propose a quadratic classifier based scheme for the recognition ofoff-line Kannada handwritten Characters. The features used in the classifier are obtained from the directional chain
code information of the contour points of the characters. The bounding box of a character is segmented into blocks andA―56

the chain code histogram is computed in each of the blocks. Here we have used 64 dimensional features for high speed
recognition and 400 dimensional features for high accuracy recognition in our proposed system. This chain code
features are fed to the quadratic classifier for recognition. At present we obtained 80.87% and 85.71% recognition
accuracy using 64 dimensional and 400 dimensional features respectively from the proposed scheme.

Extraction of English Multi-oriented and Curved Text line, U.PAL*, N.SHARMA*, N.TRIPATHY*, and F.KIMURA:IEEE International Conference on Signal and Image Processing (ICSIP), Macmillan Advanced Research, Vol.-2,
pp.581-586, 2006
There are many printed artistic documents where text lines of a single page may have different orientations or
they may be curved in shape. For the OCR of such documents we have to extract individual text lines from the
documents. Extraction of individual text lines from multi-oriented and/or curved text document is a difficult problem.
In this paper, we propose a bottom-up approach to extract individual text lines from English artistic document pages
and the method is based on the foreground and background information of the characters of the text lines. Here at first,
individual components are detected and grouped into candidate clusters using the positions of the center of gravity(CG) of the components and the background information obtained from the components using water reservoir concept.
From each candidate cluster we find some candidate points based on the water flow level of the reservoirs obtained
from the components of the cluster. Finally, based on these candidate points, individual clusters are grouped to extract
different text lines from a document.

A―57

Department of Physics Engineering*nonmember

Successive Phase Transitions in Antiferroelectric Liquid Crystal Systems -An Axial Next-Nearest-Neighbor XY Modelwith Biquadratic Interaction, M. Koroishi, M. Torikai and M. Yamashita: Ferroelectrics 344, 125-132, 2006
An axial next-nearest-neighbor XY model is studied as a model of chiral liquid crystals which exhibit many
ferro-, ferri- and antiferroelectric tilted smectic phases. Depending on the values of interaction parameters, thismodel exhibits Ising symmetric (i.e., the tilt directions of directors are parallel or anti parallel) phases or XY symmetricphases. Phases with each type-of-symmetry show the character of devil's staircase, which has been observed inexperiments.

Symmetry of Nematic Phase and Oblique Axial Order, M. Yamashita and M. Torikai: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn., 75,
104601-1-6, 2006
Nematic order is usually described by a uniaxial order parameter, or occasionally by a biaxial order parameter
together with the uniaxial one, in a typical configuration. In a general case of a system exposed to two different typesof external fields, e.g., an electric field and a magnetic field, an additional order parameter, here called an oblique axial
order parameter, is shown to be necessary, in addition to the above order parameters, to describe transition phenomenaof the system correctly. The symmetry of the phase with the triplet of the order parameters is discussed. Effect of
the oblique axial order are demonstrated practically in two phenomena: (i) qualitative change of the phase transition
when the oblique axial order is neglected; (ii) disappearance of phase transition between ordered phases with different
ordering axes when an oblique axial field conjugate to the oblique axial order parameter exists.

Nematic and Smectic Orderings and Commensurability at Thin Liquid Crystal System, S. Murayama, S. Taira, M.
Torikai, T. Miyazaki and M. Yamashita: Proceedings of the 13th Tri-University International Joint Seminar &Symposium 2006, 364-367, 2006
Liquid crystalline ordering at a very thin system is simulated to study an effect of boundary walls, especially,
due to a thickness of the system. The system is composed of Gay-Berne particles of standard values of force
parameters, which is sandwiched by parallel walls of homeotropic anchoring. Molecular dynamics simulation iscarried out at an NVT ensemble. The system exhibits isotropic, nematic and smectic phases successively as atemperature is decreased. The transition temperature between the nematic phase and the smectic one is shown tochange oscillatory as the thickness of the system is increased, and this phenomenon is interpreted as an outcome of acommensurability of the thickness to a layer spacing of the smectic structure.

An empirical potential approach to wurtzite-zinc blende polytypism in group III-V semiconductor nanowires, Toru
AKIYAMA, Kosuke SANO, Kohji NAKAMUARA, Tomonori ITO: Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, 45,
pp.L275-L278, 2006.
The relative stability between wurtzite and zinc blende structures in group III–V semiconductor nanowires issystematically investigated based on an empirical potential, which incorporates electrostatic energy due toA―58

valence-bond and ionic charges. The energy differences between wurtzite and zinc blende structures of 12 compoundnanowires with diameter of 1–22 nm show that the wurtzite nanowires are stabilized for small diameter. This structural
trend is found to be due to the contribution of two- and three-coordinated atoms on the nanowire facets to the systemenergy. We also find that the critical diameters, where the nanowires turn out be bistable forming both wurtzite and zinc
blende structures, exist at the diameter of 12–32 nm depending on the ionicity of semiconductors. The bistability
implies the synthesis of nanowires exhibiting polytypes, and supports the experimental results in GaP, GaAs, InP, andInAs nanowires.

Mechanism of oxide deformation during silicon thermal oxidation, Hiroyuki KAGESHIMA*, Masashi UEMATSU*,
K. AKAGI*, Shinji TSUNEYUKI*, Toru AKIYAMA, Kenji SHIRAISHI*: Physica B, 376-377, pp.407-410 , 2006.
Mechanisms of oxide deformation during silicon thermal oxidation are studied by investigating the energetics
of intrinsic point defects in the bulk silicon oxide and in the oxide film of the silicon oxide/silicon interface with
first-principles calculations. The results suggest that the SiO2 and the SiO interstitials are thought to relate to thedeformation of the silicon oxide. Especially, during the silicon oxidation, the SiO interstitial is suggested to beimportant because it can be formed in the oxide film neighboring to the interface and can enhance the deformation of
the oxide films.

A simple approach to polytypes of SiC and its application to nanowires, Tomonori ITO, Kosuke SANO, Toru
AKIYAMA, Kohji NAKAMURA: Thin Solid Films, 508 , pp.243-246, 2006.
SiC polytypes in bulk form and nanowire are systematically investigated using our empirical potential that isbased on a simple approach, and which incorporates electrostatic energies due to bond charges and ionic charges. Using
the empirical potential, the system energies of 3C (zinc blende), 6H, 4H and 2H (wurtzite) structured SiC in bulk form
are calculated and compared with ab initio calculations and experimental results. Our calculated results reveal that
3C–SiC is the most stable while 2H–SiC is unstable among these structures at 0 K. This is consistent with experimental
results. The appearance of polytypes in bulk form is qualitatively discussed by considering ionicity of semiconductors
based on our simple approach. Furthermore, we clarify the versatility of our simple approach to nanostructuresconsidering SiC nanowire. Hexagonal SiC nanowire stabilizes a 2H structure in the diameter range of D < 20 (nm),whereas 3C–SiC is stabilized only at a large diameter range beyond 20 (nm). This is also consistent with experimental
findings for InAs and InP nanowires. SiC polytypes in nanowire are discussed in terms of the ratio of the number ofsurface dangling bonds to the total number of interatomic bonds.

A first-principles study of O2 incorporation and its diffusion in compressively strained high-density silicon oxides, Toru
AKIYAMA, Keiichi KAWAMOTO, H. KAGESHIMA*, M. UEMATSU, Kohji NAKAMURA, Tomonori ITO: Thin
Solid Films, 508, pp.311-314, 2006.
The microscopic mechanisms of O2 diffusion in compressively strained high-density silicon oxides areinvestigated based on first-principles total-energy calculations. It is found that, both in high-density α-quartz and in
α-cristobalite, the calculated incorporation energies and energy barriers increase with increase of oxide density.
Independent of the structure of oxides, the calculated activation energies increase with increasing density. Furthermore,
the calculated activation volumes suggest that the oxidation retardation by the oxidation-induced strain is due to theretardation of O2 diffusion in the high-density region, qualitatively consistent with experimental results.

A―59

Spin-spiral structures in free-standing Fe(110) monolayers, Kohji NAKAMURA, Naoki MIZUNO, Toru AKIYAMA,
Tomonori ITO, A. J. FREEMAN*: Journal of Applied Physics, 99, pp.08N501-1-3, 2006.
Electronic and magnetic structures in spin-spiral structures of free-standing Fe(110) monolayers with lattice
constants, a, matching those of bulk bcc Fe (2.87 Å) and W (3.16 Å), were investigated by means of first-principles film
full-potential linearized augmented-plane-wave calculations including intra-atomic noncollinear magnetism. For
a=2.87 Å, the spin-spiral structures with wavelength around 7a are energetically favored over the collinear
ferromagnetic state while those for a=3.16 Å turn out to be less favorable. The formation of the spin-spiral structures
are found to result from a Fermi-surface nesting that leads to an instability of the ferromagnetic state. In addition, thespin-orbit coupling is found to play an important role to determine the magnetization rotation. These results offer an
important step in understanding complex noncollinear spin-spiral magnetism in thin films.

Structural stability and electronic structures of InP nanowires: Role of surface dangling bonds on nanowire facets, Toru
AKIYAMA, Kohji NAKAMUR, Tomonori ITO: Physical Review B, 73, pp.235308-1-6, 2006.
The structural stability and electronic properties of InP nanowires (NWs) are investigated based on
first-principles pseudopotential calculations. In contrast to the bulk phase, zinc-blende (ZB) NWs are found to be lessfavorable over wurtzite (WZ) NWs, in which the surface dangling bonds (DBs) on the NW facets play a crucial role tostabilize the WZ structure. Our analysis of the NW cohesive energy based on the number of DBs also suggests thebistability forming both ZB and WZ NWs around 120 Å diameter and the formation of rotational twin structures
around 400 Å diameter being consistent with experiments. Furthermore, the stable WZ NWs are found to be
semiconducting whose characteristics are dependent on the surface DBs as well as the NW size and shape. The
estimated oscillator strength also indicates the possibility of efficient light emission originating from the direct gap andgeometrically restricted excitonic effects.

Stacking sequence preference of pristine and hydrogen-terminated Si nanowires on Si(111) substrates, Toru
AKIYAMA, Kohji NAKAMURA, Tomonori ITO: Physical Review B, 74 , pp.033307-1-4, 2006.
The hexagonal versus cubic structural preference in vertically grown silicon nanowires on Si(111) substrates issystemized by using first-principles pseudopotential calculations. The calculated formation energy for pristine andH-terminated silicon nanowires with both hexagonal and cubic stacking sequences demonstrates that the stability
depends on hydrogen chemical potential and the hexagonal-type nanowires are energetically favorable over a wide
range of hydrogen chemical potential. This preference offers a possible origin for little detection of the [111]-oriented
silicon nanowires with small diameters, qualitatively consistent with experimental findings.

Thermodynamic stability of In1-x-yGaxAlyN on GaN and InN, Yoshihiro KANGAWA*, Koichi KAKIMOTO*,
Tomonori ITO, Akinori KOUKITSU*: Physica Status Solidi (c), 3, pp.1700-1704, 2006.
Monte Carlo simulations of InGaN MOVPE were carried out to investigate the relationship between growth
conditions and atomic arrangement in thin films grown on (0001) and (11 0). In the case of small input partialpressures of indium, it was found that compositional instability was enhanced during the site exchanging processA―60

instead of the adsorption process. Moreover, it was found that compositional fluctuation in thin films grown on (11 0)
is smaller than that in thin films grown on (0001). This suggests that accumulated stress near the growth surface
influences the compositional fluctuation.

Theoretical study on atomic structures of thermally grown silicon oxide/silicon interfaces, Hiroyuki KAGESHIMA*,
Masashi UEMATSU*, K. AKAGI*, Shinji TSUNEYUKI*, Toru AKIYAMA, Kenji SHIRAISHI*: e-Journal of
Surface Science and Nanotechnology, 4, pp.584-587, 2006.
The reason why previous researchers have repoterd many different atomic structures such as cristobalite,
tridymite, and quartz for the thermally grown silicon oxide/silicon interfaces is studied by following the possible
interface structures during the oxidation processes using the first-principles calculations. The results show that thecristobalite-like structures can be easily formed from the silicon diamond structure. Proceeding with the oxidation,
compressive strains are accumulated in these cristobalite-like regions. To significantly release these accumulated strains,
it is considered that the cristobalite-like regions change into less strained tridymite-like structures and finally morerelaxed quartz-like structures. If the transformation occurs without lateral ordering, then the transformed interfacial
structure does not have any order and should be amorphous. This explanation provides us with a unified understandingof the interfacial atomic structures.

Oxygen trap hypothesis in silicon oxide, Hiroyuki KAGESHIMA*, Masashi UEMATSU*, Toru AKIYAMA,
Tomonori ITO: Japanese Journal of Applied Physics, 45, pp.7672-7674, 2006.
A hypothesis on the atomic structure of silicon oxide is proposed to explain the discrepancy between theoreticaland experimental studies on the oxygen diffusion and the interfacial reaction during the thermal silicon oxidation
process. The hypothesis says that silicon oxide contains “oxygen traps”, in which the molecular oxygen can be locatedwith almost 0 dissolving enthalpy. The density of the “traps” is ∼1016 cm-3. A possible local structure is also proposed
based on the first-principles calculations.

Magnetic and electronic structures of zinc-blende ferromagnetic/antiferromagnetic Interfaces, Yoshinori KATO, Toru
AKIYAMA, Kohji NAKAMURA, Tomonori ITO: e-Journal of Surface Science and Nanotechnology, 4, pp. 58-62,
2006.
Magnetic structures at zinc-blende ferromagnetic (FM) and antiferromagnetic (AFM) interfaces, CrAs/Cr,
CrAs/GaAs/Cr, and CrSe/MnSe, were investigated by means of the full-potential linearized augmented plane-wave
method in order to search the half-metallic exchange bias interfaces. The CrAs/Cr structure is found to lose thehalf-metallicity at the CrAs interface while the CrAs/GaAs/Cr structure retains the half-metallicity but the energy
difference between parallel and antiparallel moment alignments of the FM and AFM layer at the interface significantly
reduces. In contrast, the CrSe/MnSe interface induces an excellent half-metallicity, which importantly offers a key
ingredient as a promising half-metallic exchange bias.

Half-metallic exchange bias ferromagnetic/antiferromagnetic interfaces in transition-metal chalcogenides Kohji
NAKAMURA, Yoshinori KATO, Toru AKIYAMA, Tomonori ITO, A. J. FREEMAN: Physical Review Letters, 96,(4), pp. 047206-1-4, 2006.

A―61

To investigate half-metallic exchange bias interfaces, magnetic structures at ferromagnetic(FM)/antiferromagnetic (AFM) interfaces in the zinc blende transition-metal chalcogenides, CrSe/MnSe and
CrTe/MnTe with compensated and uncompensated AFM interfaces, were determined by the full-potential linearized
augmented plane-wave method. With the uncompensated AFM interface, an antiparallel alignment of the Cr and Mn
moments induces an excellent half-metallicity. More striking still, in the compensated AFM interface the Cr momentsin the FM layer lie perpendicular to the Mn moments in the AFM layer but the Mn moments strongly cant to induce a
net moment so as to retain the half-metallicity. These findings may offer a key ingredient for exchange biased spintronic
devices with 100% spin polarization, having a unidirectional anisotropy to control and manipulate spins at thenanoscale.

Transport mechanism of interfacial network forming atoms during silicon oxidation, Hiroyuki KAGESHIMA*,
Masashi UEMATSU*, K. AKAGI*, Shinji TSUNEYUKI*, Toru AKIYAMA, Kenji SHIRAISHI*: Japanese Journalof Applied Physics, 45, pp. 694-699, 2006.
A first-principles study on the energetics of the structural transformation at the interfaces revealed that oxygen
vacancies can accompany the high density oxide regions formed during the silicon oxidation. The vacancies can also
promote the effective out-migration of these regions, which allows the easier oxide viscous flow to release theinterfacial strain. Compared with this mechanism, self-interstitials are rarely formed in the silicon substrate. These
results also suggest defect formation mechanisms around the interfaces.

Development of a Super Broadband RF Splitter Using Bead Type Ferrite Core Transformers, T. KANIE*, H. KATO, Y.
NORO and T. TAKEO: Proc. of 11th International Ceramic Congress Advances in Science and Technology 45,
pp.2576-2581, 2006
Recent developments in information technologies require various communication devices to operate at ahigher speed and in a wider frequency range in order to accommodate a vast amount of data. A RF Splitter whosefunction is to divide an input signal into multiple outputs is the most popular passive device in CATV networks andconsists of transformers using ferromagnetic materials such as ferrite. Nowadays, because of the circumstances statedabove, the RF splitter for CATV systems must operate in an extremely wide frequency range in order to transmit a large
number of channels multiplexed with a frequency division technique. In other words, its loss should be as small as
possible in that region. We have studied the broadening of the operative frequency by investigating how the ferrite coreparameters including the magnetic permeability, shape, surface mounting of the core, etc. affect the transmission
characteristics. We examined the relationship between each of these parameters and the transmission characteristics
through a computer simulation and fabricated a device based on the calculations. It was found that by selecting theappropriate parameters, excessive splitter loss could be suppressed to less than 3.5dB in the range of 10MHz to
3,000MHz.

Preparation of Magnetic Tunnel Transistors with Double Tunnel Junctions, Haruki NAKANISHI, Haruki OMAE, Yuji
FUJIWARA, Mutsuko JIMBO*, Tadashi KOBAYASHI, Shigeru SHIOMI: J. Magn. Soc. Jpn., 30, pp.188-191, 2006.
Magnetic tunnel transistors (MTTs) with double tunnel junctions were prepared in order to investigate the emitter voltage
dependence of a magneto-current (MC). A three-terminal structure was fabricated, using metal shadow masks. It was observed that hot

A―62

electrons contributed to a collector current. A transfer ratio of over 10-3 was obtained in an MTT with double tunnel junctions. The MC
decreased gradually with increasing emitter voltage. The emitter voltage at which the MC decreased to half its original value was over 1.5
V.

Magnetics Education in Companies, Magnetics Education in Universities, Tadashi KOBAYASHI: Magn. Jpn., 1,
pp.370-374, 2006.
It seems that some gap exists between magnetics education in companies and in universities. To bridge the gap,
if necessary, universities should deliver lectures to companies. Furthermore, universities should educate students toobtain an exact understanding of physical phenomena. For this purpose, experience is very important. Various teachingmaterials for experiments are introduced, e.g. diamagnetic substances and magnets to demonstrate repulsion,
paramagnetic substances and magnets to demonstrate attraction, speakers made from corrugated boxes, andmicrophones. It is also important to show that how theory is put to practical use.

Oil Solidified High-Pressure Traction Curve Estimation with Spin by Elastic Contact Mechanics, Yuichi
NAKAMURA and Masane FUNAHASHI: Trans. of JSME, Ser. C, 72-717, pp. 1653-1659, 2006
Traction curves are fundamental data for the design of traction-type continuously variable transmission (tCVT)of automobiles, in which maximum hertzian contact pressure exceeds 3GPa. Under such high contact pressure, oils
seems to behave like solid lubricants and elastic contact mechanics (creep theory) seems to be appropriate for
evaluation of traction curves similar to that of railway wheels. In the present study, oil-solidified high-pressure traction
curves with spin were roughly and simply calculated up to 3 GPa based on creep theory together with maximum
traction coefficients of pure roll experimental data of reference. Calculated curves were almost consistent with several
reference experimental ones of various conditions (speed, geometry of test machine). This consistency proved thatmain factor of oil-solidified high-pressure traction curves with spin is creep theory and main rheological property of oils
is the limiting shear stress.

High-Pressure Viscosity Measurements of Vegetable Based Biodegradable Lubricant Oils up to 2.5 GPa andTribological Characteristics, Y. Nakamura, H. Matsubo, K. Yoshizaki and H. Komiya,: Proc. Int. Tribology Conf.,
Austrib 2006, CD, 108, pp. 1-6, 2006
In order to provide environmentally friendly lubrication with high-pressure rheological and tribological data ofseveral biodegradable vegetable oils, their viscosity and phase transition were evaluated up to 2.5 GPa at up to 200℃
employing a falling sphere method in a diamond-anvil pressure cell. Also, friction and wear properties for these oils
were evaluated employing a SRV tribo-tester. Similar high-pressure viscosity characteristics of 7 oils including
rapeseed oil, soybean oil and polyol ester (POE) were observed. The pressure-viscosity coefficients of all the oils
around the maximum pressure were 12 /GPa at 0.2-0.4 GPa and at 40℃, 7 /GPa at 0.5-1.4 GPa and at 100 ℃, 3-4/GPa at 1.8-2.7 GPa and at 200℃. For most oils, the sphere stopped falling over about 10 Pa･s at all temperatures andpressures evaluated. Finally, lubricant oils, except POE, were observed to transit to polycrystal-like phase. Friction
coefficients for the vegetable oils were evaluated between 0.09 and 0.12, and between 0.12 and 0.14 for POE. The wear
amount of POE was observed to be more than twice larger than that of the vegetable oils.

A―63

Fabrication of LSMO Single Layers and LSMO/YBCO Double Layers, Hong ZHU, Masanori OKADA, Atsushi
KAMIYA, Ajay Krishno SARKAR, Masahito MATSUI, Md. Motin SEIKH and Tamio ENDO: International Journalof Nanoscience, 5– 4 & 5, pp. 511–515, 2006
(La, Sr)MnO3 (LSMO) single-layer and LSMO/YBCO double-layer films have been grown on LAO andMgO substrates using ion beam sputtering. For LSMO single-layer films, the highly epitaxial films can be grown atlower substrate temperatures down to 500ºC. The epitaxy of the films, which is degraded with increasing TS, can berestored by supply of plasma oxygen. Smaller lattice mismatch of LSMO on LAO gives two-dimensional
step-and-terrace type growth, whereas on MgO grain type growth is observed due to larger mismatch. For the
double-layer films, LSMO layer can be grown epitaxially on a-oriented YBCO underlayer, but a part of the underlying
a-YBCO is changed into c-YBCO during the deposition of overlayer. For c-YBCO underlayer, a part of the underlying
c-YBCO is changed into (110)-oriented phase after the deposition of overlayer. Then it is necessary to deposit theoverlayer at lower temperatures.

A―64

Abstracts of Books and Reviews (2006)
Department of Mechanical Engineering*nonmember

Fundamentals of Jet Flow Phenomena, Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Journal of Refrigeration, 81-941, pp.213-219, 2006.

Control of Jet Flow Phenomena and the Advanced Application Technology, Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, Journal of
Science of Machine, 58-10, pp.1023-1030, 2006.

JSME Mechanical Engineer’s Handbook, Fundamentals-α4: Fluids Engineering, * 10.4 Liquid Oscillation in Container,
Toshihiko SHAKOUCHI, joint work, Japan Society of Mechanical Engineers, Maruzen, pp.α4- 118-120, 2006.

A―65

Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering*nonmember
Lattice Constants of Semiconductors [in Japanese], Kazumasa HIRAMATSU: Widegap Semiconductors Optical andElectronic Devices, pp.84-88, 2006

AlGaN,AIN and AlGaN/GaN Heterostractures [in Japanese], Kazumasa HIRAMATSU: Widegap Semiconductors
Optical and Electronic Devices, pp.368-374, 2006

A―66

Department of Chemistry for Materials* nonmember

Fullerene Reactivity — Fullerene Cations and Open-Cage Fullerenes, Toshikazu KITAGAWA, Yasujiro MURATA*,
and Koichi KOMATSU*: Carbon-Rich Compounds. From Molecules to Materials, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, pp.
383-420, 2006

Rapid and Selective Production of Hybridoma Cells Secreting Novel Monoclonal Antibodies Based on Short-Term
Immunization, Masahiro TOMITA, Yoshiharu ASAOKA, Takatomi FUKUDA, Takanobu TANIGUCHI, Jun-ichiro
TANAKA, Shin OGATA*, Tian Yow TSONG*, Tetsuro YOSHIMURA: Human Antibodies, 15 (1,2), pp. 33-35, 2006

Stabilities and Chemical Mechanical Polishing Properties of Ceria Particles [in Japanese], Norifumi SHIMONO,
Masami KAWAGUCHI: Polymer Processing, 55 (2), pp. 72-76, 2006

Structure and Property Measurements of Polymers at Surfaces and Interfaces [in Japanese], Masami KAWAGUCHI: A
Laboratory Guide to Structure and Property Measurements of Organic Compounds and Polymers for Young Chemists,
Kohdansha Scientific, Part 3, Chapter 24, pp. 322-329, 2006

Added Polymer Effects on Stabilization of Dispersion Systems [in Japanese], Masami KAWAGUCHI: Science andTechnology on Dispersion of Nano-particle, CMC Books, Chapter 9, pp. 125-134, 2006
Ekogarasu to Serufukuriningugarasu no Kaihatsu [in Japanese], Tadanori HASHIMOTO: Kinouseigarasu･Nanogarasu
no Saishingizyutsu, NTS, pp. 291-303, 2006

Treating Technology of Waste PVC [in Japanese], Franck DUMEIGNIL, Weihua QIAN, Atsushi ISHIHARA:
Petrotech 29(6), pp.422-427, 2006

Survey of Treating Technology of Waste PVC [in Japanese], Franck DUMEIGNIL, Weihua QIAN, Atsushi
ISHIHARA: Kagakukougyo, 58(1), pp.65-73, 2007

Journal of artificial organs 2005: the year in review, Yoshiki SAWA, Takashi HORIUCHI, Akio KISHIDA, Toru
MASUZAWA, Kazumi MIZUGUCHI, Motonobu NISHIMURA, Takafumi OKOSHI, Takehiro SHINZATO, Eisuke
TATSUMI, Yasuko TOMIZAWA, Hiroshi WATANABE, J Artif Organs 9:1-7, 2006

医用材料工学、共著：堀内 孝、村林 俊、コロナ社 2006 年 2 月